67447ee78427 PDF

PROCEEDNG
ICoSET
2017
International Conference on Science Engineering

and Technology (ICoSET) and International
Conference on Social Economic Education and
Humaniora (ICoSEEH)
08 - 10 November 2017
Pekanbaru, Indonesia
ICoSET 2017 Partner and Support
Organizer :
Co-Organizers :
ICoSET UIR 8-10 November 2017, Pekanbaru, Riau, Indonesia
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE
Conference Chair:
Dr. Evizal Abdul Kadir, ST., M.Eng
Conference Co-Chair Science: Conference Co-Chair Social:

Dr. Dedikarni, ST., M.Sc Dr. Sri Yuliani, M.Pd
Technical Program Chair:

Prof. Dr. Ku Ruhana Ku Mahamud
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Tole Sutikno
Technical Program Committees:

Prof. Dr. Detri Karya, SE., MA Prof. Dr. Hasan Basri Jumin, M.Sc
(Islamic University of Riau, Indonesia) (Islamic University of Riau, Indonesia)
Prof. Dr. Tengku Dahril, M.Sc Prof. Dr. Syafrinaldi, SH., M.CL (Islamic
(Islamic University of Riau, Indonesia) University of Riau, Indonesia)
Prof. Dr. Sugeng Wiyono, MMT (Islamic Prof. Dr. Seno Himala Putra,
University of Riau, Indonesia) M.Pd (Islamic University of Riau,
Indonesia)
Prof. Zainal A. Hasibuan, MLS., Ph.D Prof. Josaphat Tetuko Sri Sumantyo, Ph.D
(University of Indonesia, Indonesia) (Chiba University, Japan)
Prof. Dr. Usama Fauzi Juniansyah Prof. Dr. Eko Supriyanto
(University of Tokyo, Japan) (Universiti Teknologi Malaysia)
Prof. Dr. Zailuddin Arifin Prof. Jhon Lee, B.Sc, M.Sc., Ph.D
(Universiti Teknologi MARA, Malaysia) (Kyungdong University Korea)
Prof. Ahmed A. Al Absi Prof. Wisup Bae, Ph.D
(Kyungdong University Korea) (Sejong University, Korea)
Prof. Kazuhiko Nagatomo Assoc. Prof. Dr. Azhan Hashim Ismail
(Dayeh University) (Universiti Teknologi MARA, Malaysia)
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Shahrul Kamal Abdul Dr. Inkyo Cheong
Rahim (Inha University, Korea)
(Universiti Teknologi Malaysia)
Ahn, Young Mee, Ph.D Dr. Montira Leelakriangsak
(Inha University, Korea) (Prince of Songkla University, Thailand)
Hitoshi Irie, Ph.D Kuen-Song Lin, Ph.D

(Chiba University, Japan) (Yuan Ze University, Taiwan)
Julie Yu-Chih Liu, Ph.D Liang Chih Yu, Ph. D
(Yuan Ze University, Taiwan) (Yuan Ze University, Taiwan)
Chia-Yu Hsu, Ph.D Dr. Tulyapong Tulyapitak
(Yuan Ze University, Taiwan) (Prince of Songkla University, Thailand)
i
ICoSEEH UIR 08-10 November 2017, Pekanbaru, Riau, Indonesia
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Dr. Wahyudi Sutopo Dr. Zulfatman

(Solo State University, Indonesia) (University of Muhammadyah Malang,
Indonesia)
Dr. Anas Puri, ST., MT Dr. Eng. Muslim, ST., MT
(Islamic University of Riau) (Islamic University of Riau)
Dr. Eng. Husnul Kausarian, B.Sc (Hons)., Dr. Shukor Sanim Mohd Fauzi (Universiti
M.Sc Teknologi MARA, Malaysia)
(Islamic University of Riau)
Organizing Committee: Secretary:

Faizan Dalilla, ST., M.Si Dr. Zetriuslita, S.Pd., M.Si
Augusta Adha, ST., MT Heriyanto, SP., M.Si
Reni Anggraini Putri, SE
Treasurer: Information Technology (IT):
Bismi Annisa, ST., MT Abdul Syukur, S.Kom., M.Kom
Hendra Gunawan, ST., M.Eng
ii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
FOREWORD FROM CHAIR OF ICOSET & ICOSEEH

UNIVERSITAS ISLAM RIAU
In the name of Allah, Most Gracious, Most Merciful

Assalamualaikum Wr. Wb,
Welcome to the International Conference on Science Engineering and Technology (ICoSET)
and International Conference on Social Economic Education and Humaniora (ICoSEEH).
ICoSET & ICoSEEH 2017 has a theme “Sustainability Development in Developing
Country”. This forum provides researchers, academicians, professionals, and disciplinary
working or interested in the field of Science Electrical Technology and Social Education
Economy and Humaniora to show their works and findings to the world.
I would like to express my hearty gratitude to all participants for coming, sharing and
presenting your experiences in this vast conference. There are more than 150 papers
submitted to ICoSET & ICoSEEH UIR 2017. However only high quality selected papers are
accepted to be presented in this event, so we are also thankful to all the international
reviewers and steering committee for their valuable work. I would like to give a compliment
to all partners in publications and sponsor ships for their valuable supports.
Organizing such a prestigious conference was incredibly challenge and would have been
impossible without our outstanding committee, So, I would like to extend my sincere
appreciation to all committees and volunteers from Chiba University, Saga University,
Universiti Teknologi Mara, Universiti Utara Malaysia, Dayen University, Kyungdong
University for providing me with much needed support, advice, and assistance on all aspects
of the conference. We do hope that this event will encourage the collaboration among us
now and in the future.
We wish you all find opportunity to get rewarding technical programs, intellectual
inspiration, renew friendships and forge innovation and that everyone enjoys some of what
in Pekanbaru-Riau special.
Pekanbaru, 8th November 2017
Dr. Evizal Abdul Kadir, M.Eng

Chair of ICoSET & ICoSEEH 2017
iii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
FOREWORD FROM RECTOR

UNIVERSITAS ISLAM RIAU
It is our great pleasure to join and to welcome all participants of the International Conference
on Science Engineering and Technology (ICoSET) and International Conference on Social
Economic Education and Humaniora (ICoSEEH) 2017 in Pekanbaru. I am happy to see this
great work as part of collaborations among Chiba University, Saga University, Universiti
Teknologi Mara, Universiti Utara Malaysia, Dayen University, Kyungdong University. In
this occasion, I would like to congratulate all participants for their scientific involvement
and willingness to share their findings and experiences in this conference.
I believe that this conference can play an important role to encourage and embrace
cooperative, collaborative, and interdisciplinary research among the engineers and scientists.
I do expect that this kind of similar event will be held in the future as part of activities in
education research and social responsibilities of universities, research institutions and
industries internationally.
My heart full gratitude is dedicated to organizing committee members and the staff of Islamic
University of Riau for their generous effort and contribution toward the success of the
ICoSET & ICoSEEH 2017.
Pekanbaru, 8th November 2017
Prof. Dr. H. Syafrinaldi, SH., MCL

Rector of Islamic University of Riau
Pekanbaru, Indonesia
iv
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
TIME SCHEDULE
International Conference on Science Engineering and

Technology (ICoSET) and International Conference on Social
Economic Education and Humaniora (ICoSEEH)
Pekanbaru, Indonesia, 08-10 November 2017
PERSON IN CHARGE
TIME ACTIVITIES VENUE
November 08, 2017
08.00-08.30 Registration Committee
08.30-09.15 Opening Ceremony: Committee
Quran Recitition Committee
Indonesia Raya National Committee
Anthem
Speech of the Chairman of the committee
Committee Dr. Evizal Abdul Kadir, ST, M.Eng
Opening speech Rector of Islamic Universty of Riau
Prof. Dr. H. Syafrinaldi, SH., MCL
Performing Arts Committee
(Traditional Dance)
09.15-09.30 Photo Session and Committee
Coffee Break
Auditorium Rectorat 4th Floor

09.30-12.00 Keynote speakers: Moderator
1. Prof. Dr. Shigeki 1. Dr. Ujang Paman Ismail, M.Agr
Inaba: Professor of 2. Dr. Evizal Abdul Kadir., M.Eng
Agronomy. 3. Arbi Haza Nst, B.IT, M.IT
Agricatural Plant
Science &
Agricultural
Economics. Saga
University, Japan.
2. Prof. John Lee
PhD, ME, MSc,
BSc: President
Kyungdong Global
Campus Research,
Kyoto University,
Japan
3. Yohei Murakami,
Ph.D: Center for
the Promotion of
Interdisciplinary
Education
12.00-13.00 Lunch Break Committee 3rd

Floor
13.00-15.00 Parallel Session 1 Moderator

Participants
4rd
15.00-15.30 Coffee Break Committee
Floor
15.30-17.30 Parallel Session 2 Moderator
Participants
17.30-17.45 Closing Ceremony Committee
v
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
PERSON IN CHARGE
TIME ACTIVITIES VENUE
November 09, 2017
07.30-08.00 Re-registration Committee 1st
Floor
08.00-17.00 Siak Tour:
1. Istana Siak
2. Klenteng Hock Siu
Kiong (Bangunan
Merah)
3. Masjid Syahabuddin
4. Balai Kerapatan Adat
vi
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
LIST OF PRESENTES
Technology (ICoSET)
ROOM 1
Time Paper
No Author Title
Slot ID
Feasibility Study On Solar Power Generation
Evizal Abdul Kadir, Ahmed
1 1001 In Islamic University Of Riau Pekanbaru
A. Al Absi, Sri Listia Rosa
Capacity 1 Mw
Parallel Presentation 1 (13.00-15.00)
Arbi Haza Nasution, Yohei Similarity Cluster of Indonesian Ethnic

2 1002
Murakami, Toru Ishida Languages
Design Self Service Software Prototype For
Jaroji, Agustiawan, Rezki
3 1007 Village Office Using Unified Modeling
Kurniati
Language
Yoanda Alim Syahbana, Analysis Of Frame Loss Position Influence
4 1009 Memen Akbar And Type Of Video Content To Perceived
Video Quality
Apri Siswanto, Norliza
Katuk, Ku Ruhana Ku- An Overview of Fingerprint Template
5 1010
Mahamud, Evizal Abdul Protection Approaches
Kadir
Yuniarti Yuskar, Dewandra Sandstone Reservoir Characteristic Based on
Bagus Eka Putra, Tiggi Surficial Geological Data of Sihapas
6 1013
Choanji, Ziadul Faiez, Formation in Bukit Suligi Area, Southwest
Muhammad Habibi Central Sumatra Basin
Raisa Baharuddin, Selvia Effect of Maturity Level of Compost
(15.30-
7 1015 Sutriana And Shallot Varieties to Growth and Yield

in Peat Soil
Ida Syamsu Roidah, Dona Improving Family Revenues Through Role of
9 1019
Parallel Presentation 2
Wahyuning Laily Household Mother In Rejotangan District

Relationship Between Adolescent
17.30)
Fathra Annis Nauli1,

10 1026 Characteristic and Bullying Incidents At
Jumaini, Diva de Laura
Private Junior High School In Pekanbaru
Husnul Kausarian, Batara, Measurement of Electric Grid Transmission

Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra, Lines as the Supporting of National Energy
11 1025
Adi Suryadi Program in West Sumatera Area, Indonesia
Evizal Abdul Kadir through Geological Mapping and Assessment
vii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ROOM 2
Time Paper
No Author Title
Slot ID
Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra,
Rock Mass Classification System Using
Yuniarti Yuskar, Catur
1 1012 Rock Mass Rating (Rmr) Of A Cut Slope In
Cahyaningsih, Seppia
Riau – West Sumatra Road
Khairani
Factors Affecting Production of Coconut
(Cocos Nucifera Linn)
Sisca Vaulina, Khairizal,
2 1016 In Gaung Anak Serka District Indragiri Hilir
Hajry Arief Wahyudy
Regency,
Riau Province
Parallel Presentation 1 (13.00-15.00)
Determining Sliders Position by Using

Nur Khamdi, Muhammad
3 1004 Pythagoras Principle of 3-DOF Linear Delta
Imam Muthahhar
Robot
Morphological Characterization of Nibung
4 1005 Desti (Oncosperma Tigillarium (Jack) Ridl.) As
Riau Province Mascot Flora
Weight On Bit Analysis In Rate Of
Novrianti, Ali Musnal, Hardi, Penetration Optimization Using Bourgoyne
5 1006
Bop Duana A, Leovaldo P And Young Method
Idham Nugraha, Febby The Effects of Tengku Agung Sultanah
6 1008 Asteriani, Puji Astuti, Retno Latifah Bridge Toward Physical
Sawitri, Firdaus Agus Development in Siak Sub Districts
Efficiency Of Rubber People Production In
7 1003 Heriyanto
Kampar Regency Of Riau Province
Production Optimization Esp-To-Gas Lift In
8 1011 Ariyon, M, Nugroho, R. S.
High Gor Case Using Well Simulator
Effect of Safety Factors on The Calculated
Deflection of 1-Pile Row Full Scale Nailed-
Slab Pavement System Resting on Soft
9 1014 Anas Puri
Clay Due to Concentric Loadings
Utilization Of Palm Oil Waste With

Dody Yulianto, Dedikarni,
10 1017 Polypropylene Matriks (Pp) Recycling On
Kurnia Hastuti, Juraiz Saputra
Particle Board Composite (Particle Board)
Profile of Habits of Mind Student of Biology
Tengku Idris, Nurkhairo
(15.30-17.30)
11 1018 Education Program

Hidayati,
Islamic University of Riau
Hermaini, Sugeng Wiyono, Study Of Concrete On Rigid Pavement With
12 1020
Anas Puri Addition Scanfibre
Energy Resource Development Strategy At
13 1021 Muhammad Ariyon
Indragiri Hulu Regency Riau Province
Parallel Presentation 2
Rosyadi, Agusnimar, Abdul Giving Chlorella sp with Different Amount

14 1022
Fatah Rasidi for DevelopmenT Moina sp
Analysis Of The Competitiveness Of
Sri Ayu Kurniati, Welly
15 1023 Farming Oil Palm People Bengkalis
Sampurno
Regency In Mandau
Green Beans Plant Response (Vigna Radiata
Ernita, M. Noer, Sidik Arif
16 1027 L) On Liquid Organic Fertilizer (Lof) Nasa
Irawan
and NPK Compound Fertilizer
Analysis Of Human Resources Work In
Production Activity Hydroponic Vegetables
17 1028 Darus, Hajry Arief Wahyudy Commodity (Case Study: Technical
implementation Unit of Agro Garden in
Islamic University of Riau)
viii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Organizing Committee -------------------------------------------------------------------- i

Foreword From Chair of ICoSET & ICoSEEH Universitas Islam Riau -------- iii
Foreword From Rector Universitas Islam Riau ------------------------------------- iv
Time Schedule ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- v
Table of Contents -------------------------------------------------------------------------- vii
1001:Feasibility Study On Solar Power Generation In Islamic University
Of Riau Pekanbaru Capacity 1 Mw (Evizal Abdul Kadir, Ahmed A. Al
Absi, Sri Listia Rosa) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1002:Similarity Cluster of Indonesian Ethnic Languages (Arbi Haza
Nasution, Yohei Murakami, Toru Ishida) ------------------------------------------------ 12
1003:Efficiency Of Rubber People Production In Kampar Regency Of
Riau Province (Heriyanto) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 28
1004: Determining Sliders Position by Using Pythagoras Principle of 3-
DOF Linear Delta Robot (Nur Khamdi, Muhammad Imam Muthahhar) ----------- 36
1005:Morphological Characterization of Nibung (Oncosperma Tigillarium
(Jack) Ridl.) As Riau Province Mascot Flora (Desti ) --------------------------------- 41
1006: Weight On Bit Analysis In Rate Of Penetration Optimization Using
Bourgoyne And Young Method (Novrianti, Ali Musnal, Hardi, Bop Duana
A, Leovaldo P) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46
1007: --- Design Self Service Software Prototype For Village Office Using Unified
Modeling Language (Jaroji, Agustiawan, Rezki Kurniati) ---------------------------- 56
1008:The Effects of Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah Bridge Toward
Physical Development in Siak Sub Districts (Idham Nugraha, Febby
Asteriani, Puji Astuti, Retno Sawitri, Firdaus Agus) ----------------------------------- 67
1009:Analysis Of Frame Loss Position Influence And Type Of Video Content To
Perceived Video Quality (Yoanda Alim Syahbana, Memen Akbar) -------------- 73
1010: An Overview of Fingerprint Template Protection Approaches (Apri
Siswanto, Norliza Katuk, Ku Ruhana Ku-Mahamud, and Evizal Abdul
Kadir) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 80
1011:Production Optimization Esp-To-Gas Lift In High Gor Case Using
Well Simulator (Ariyon, M, Nugroho, R. S) -------------------------------------------- 94
1012:Rock Mass Classification System Using Rock Mass Rating (Rmr) Of
A Cut Slope In Riau – West Sumatra Road (Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra,
Yuniarti Yuskar, Catur Cahyaningsih, Seppia Khairani1) ----------------------------- 106
ix
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1013:Sandstone Reservoir Characteristic Based on Surficial Geological

Data of Sihapas Formation in Bukit Suligi Area, Southwest Central
Sumatra Basin (Yuniarti Yuskar, Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra, Tiggi
Choanji, Ziadul Faiez, Muhammad Habibi) --------------------------------------------- 112
1014:Effect of Safety Factors on The Calculated Deflection of 1-Pile Row
Full Scale Nailed-Slab Pavement System Resting on Soft Clay Due to
Concentric Loadings (Anas Puri) --------------------------------------------------------- 118
1015:Effect of Maturity Level of Compost And Shallot Varieties to
Growth and Yieldin Peat Soil (Raisa Baharuddin, Selvia Sutriana) ----------------- 125
1016:Factors Affecting Production of Coconut (Cocos Nucifera Linn) In
Gaung Anak Serka District Indragiri Hilir Regency, Riau Province (Sisca
Vaulina, Khairizal, Hajry Arief Wahyudy) ---------------------------------------------- 133
1017:Utilization Of Palm Oil Waste With Polypropylene Matriks (Pp)
Recycling On Particle Board Composite (Particle Board) (Dody Yulianto,
Dedikarni Kurnia Hastuti, Juraiz Saputra) ----------------------------------------------- 142
1018:Profile of Habits of Mind Student of Biology Education Program
Islamic University of Riau (Tengku Idris, Nurkhairo Hidayati) ---------------------- 151
1019:Improving Family Revenues Through Role Of Household Mother In
Rejotangan District (Ida Syamsu Roidah dan Dona Wahyuning Laily) ------------- 159
1020:Study Of Concrete On Rigid Pavement With Addition Scanfibre
(Hermaini, Sugeng Wiyono, Anas Puri) ------------------------------------------------- 165
1021:Energy Resource Development Strategy At Indragiri Hulu Regency
Riau Province (Muhammad Ariyon) ----------------------------------------------------- 178
1022:Giving Chlorella sp with Different Amount for DevelopmenT Moina
sp (Rosyadi, Agusnimar, Abdul Fatah Rasidi) ------------------------------------------ 189
1023:Analysis Of The Competitiveness Of Farming Oil Palm People
Bengkalis Regency In Mandau (Sri Ayu Kurniati, Welly Sampurno) --------------- 198
1024: Learning Outcome Comparison In Biology Subject Between
Problem Based Learning (Pbl) Method Applied And Guided Discovery
Learning (Gdl) Method Applied At Class Xi Sman Pekanbaru Academic
Year 2016/2017 (Suryanti, Sepita Ferazona) -------------------------------------------- 212
1025:Measurement of Electric Grid Transmission Lines as the Supporting
of National Energy Program in West Sumatra Area, Indonesia through
Geological Mapping and Assessment (Husnul Kausarian, Batara,
Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra, Adi Suryadi, Evizal Abdul Kadir) ----------------------- 221
1026:Relationship Between Adolescent Characteristic and Bullying
Incidents at Private Junior High School In Pekanbaru (Fathra Annis Nauli,
Jumaini, Diva de Laura) -------------------------------------------------------------------- 230
x
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1027: Green Beans Plant Response (Vigna Radiata L) On Liquid Organic

Fertilizer (Lof) Nasa and NPK Compound Fertilizer (Ernita, M. Noer,
Sidik Arif Irawan) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 238
1028: Analysis Of Human Resources Work In Production Activity
Hydroponic Vegetables Commodity (Case Study: Technical
Implementation Unit Of Agro Garden In Islamic University Of Riau)
(Darus, Hajry Arief Wahyudy) ------------------------------------------------------------ 254
xi
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
LIST OF PAPERS
Technology (ICoSET)
Pekanbaru, Indonesia, 08-10 November 2017
No ID Author Paper
Evizal Abdul Kadir, Ahmed A. Al Feasibility Study On Solar Power Generation In
1 1001 Absi, Sri Listia Rosa Islamic University Of Riau Pekanbaru Capacity
1 Mw
Arbi Haza Nasution, Yohei
Similarity Cluster of Indonesian Ethnic
2 1002 Murakami, Toru Ishida3
Languages
Efficiency Of Rubber People Production In
3 1003 Heriyanto Kampar Regency Of Riau Province
Nur Khamdi, Muhammad Imam Determining Sliders Position by Using

4 1004 Muthahhar Pythagoras Principle of 3-DOF Linear Delta
Robot
Morphological Characterization of Nibung
5 1005 Desti (Oncosperma Tigillarium (Jack) Ridl.) As Riau
Province Mascot Flora
Novrianti, Ali Musnal, Hardi, Bop Weight On Bit Analysis In Rate Of Penetration
6 1006 Duana A, Leovaldo P Optimization Using Bourgoyne And Young
Method
Design Self Service Software Prototype For

Jaroji, Agustiawan, Rezki Kurniati
7 1007 Village Office Using Unified Modeling
Language
Idham Nugraha, Febby Asteriani, The Effects of Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah
8 1008 Puji Astuti, Retno Sawitri, Firdaus Bridge Toward Physical Development in Siak
Agus Sub Districts
Analysis Of Frame Loss Position Influence And
Yoanda Alim Syahbana, Memen
9 1009 Type Of Video Content To Perceived Video
Akbar
Quality
Apri Siswanto, Norliza Katuk, Ku An Overview of Fingerprint Template
10 1010 Ruhana Ku-Mahamud, and Evizal Protection Approaches
Abdul Kadir
Production Optimization Esp-To-Gas Lift In
11 1011 Ariyon, M, Nugroho, R. S.
High Gor Case Using Well Simulator
Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra, Rock Mass Classification System Using Rock
12 1012 Yuniarti Yuskar, Catur Mass Rating (Rmr) Of A Cut Slope In Riau –
Cahyaningsih, Seppia Khairani1 West Sumatra Road
Yuniarti Yuskar, Dewandra Sandstone Reservoir Characteristic Based on
Bagus Eka Putra, Tiggi Choanji, Surficial Geological Data of Sihapas Formation
13 1013
Ziadul Faiez, Muhammad Habibi in Bukit Suligi Area, Southwest Central
Sumatra Basin
Effect of Safety Factors on The Calculated
Deflection of 1-Pile Row Full Scale Nailed-
14 1014 Anas Puri
Slab Pavement System Resting on Soft Clay
Due to Concentric Loadings
Effect of Maturity Level of Compost
15 1015 Raisa Baharuddin, Selvia Sutriana And Shallot Varieties to Growth and Yieldin
Peat Soil
Factors Affecting Production of Coconut
Sisca Vaulina, Khairizal, Hajry (Cocos Nucifera Linn) In Gaung Anak Serka
16 1016
Arief Wahyudy District Indragiri Hilir Regency,
Riau Province
xii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
No ID Author Paper
Utilization Of Palm Oil Waste With
Dody Yulianto, Dedikarni Kurnia
17 1017 Polypropylene Matriks (Pp) Recycling On
Hastuti, Juraiz Saputra
Particle Board Composite (Particle Board)
Profile of Habits of Mind Student of Biology
18 1018 Tengku Idris, Nurkhairo Hidayati
Education Program Islamic University of Riau
Ida Syamsu Roidah dan Dona Improving Family Revenues Through Role Of
19 1019
Wahyuning Laily Household Mother In Rejotangan District
Hermaini, Sugeng Wiyono, Anas Study Of Concrete On Rigid Pavement With
20 1020
Puri Addition Scanfibre
Energy Resource Development Strategy At
21 1021 Muhammad Ariyon
Indragiri Hulu Regency Riau Province
Rosyadi, Agusnimar, Abdul Fatah Giving Chlorella sp with Different Amount for
22 1022
Rasidi DevelopmenT Moina sp
Analysis Of The Competitiveness Of Farming
23 1023 Sri Ayu Kurniati, Welly Sampurno
Oil Palm People Bengkalis Regency In Mandau
Learning Outcome Comparison In Biology
Subject Between Problem Based Learning (Pbl)
24 1024 Suryanti, Sepita Ferazona Method Applied And Guided Discovery
Learning (Gdl) Method Applied At Class Xi
Sman Pekanbaru Academic Year 2016/2017
Measurement of Electric Grid Transmission
Husnul Kausarian, Batara,
Lines as the Supporting of National Energy
25 1025 Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra, Adi
Program in West Sumatra Area, Indonesia
Suryadi, Evizal Abdul Kadir
through Geological Mapping and Assessment
Relationship Between Adolescent
Fathra Annis Nauli, Jumaini, Diva
26 1026 Characteristic and Bullying Incidents at Private
de Laura
Junior High School In Pekanbaru
Green Beans Plant Response (Vigna Radiata L)
27 1027 Ernita, M. Noer, Sidik Arif Irawan On Liquid Organic Fertilizer (Lof) Nasa and
NPK Compound Fertilizer
Analysis Of Human Resources Work In
Production Activity Hydroponic Vegetables
28 1028 Darus, Hajry Arief Wahyudy Commodity (Case Study: Technical
implementation Unit of Agro Garden in Islamic
University of Riau)
xiii
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
FEASIBILITY STUDY ON SOLAR POWER GENERATION

IN ISLAMIC UNIVERSITY OF RIAU PEKANBARU
CAPACITY 1 MW
Evizal Abdul Kadir1, Ahmed A. Al Absi2, Sri Listia Rosa3

1,3
Department of Information Technology, Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
Jl. Kaharuddin Nasution No.113, Marpoyan, Pekanbaru 28284 Riau, Indonesia
2
Department of Information Technology, Kyungdong University
Global Campus, Gosung, Gangwondo, 24764, South Korea
Email: [email protected],[email protected], [email protected]
Abstract
Currently electricity power supplies have limited resources because of most power
generation from diesel engine and others limited resources. Solar power is one of
alternative energy resources that having in tropical region especially in Indonesia. This
research conduct on feasibility and capacity that potential be generate in Islamic
University of Riau. Method use is based on survey and data collected in area of campus
Islamic University of Riau. Results shows within as space on open area that available
as 2 Hectare in Islamic University of Riau, potential to generate electricity power by
installing solar photovoltaic as much as 1 MW. This capacity have potential to replace
electricity usage in campus daily in day time and night time will be less because not
much activity compare to daytime. With this solar photovoltaic power generation will
be reduce University expenses in monthly electric bill as well in night time power is
surplus then can be sell to resident that get extra income for University.
Keywords: Solar Power, Feasibility Study, UIR

interesting approach to solve this problem
could be the introduction of stand-alone
1. INTRODUCTION
This diesel based energy has several PV systems. This kind of systems has the
problems that need to be taken into possibility of reducing fuel consumption
consideration. Firstly, the CO2 emissions and noise level of the area. The election of
due to fuel for generators were 569.000 tons Photovoltaic (PV) energy as the substitute
in 2012. Secondly, oil spills and pollution of the fuel generators comes from an
(both chemical and acoustic) are especially analysis of the characteristics that make the
important in the arctic region. The pristine arctic environment a unique place. The
characteristics of this environment, like the relatively high irradiances, long day lights
low temperatures that regulate the climate and the low ambient temperature are key
or the inability of the habitat of cleaning factors that increase the efficiency of the
itself, make the problems mentioned above solar energy production. In addition, PV
even worst. Thirdly, the transportation of systems require almost no maintenance,
fuel to remote areas can be dangerous and which make it an important aspect in a
highly cost, especially during winter. An
1
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
country where no technicians, tools and to insulate or think about solar aspect
equipment are easily available. anymore. We just put the air-con on, and
When it comes to our energy needs, that will heat and cool the house at the touch
there are three main problems. We have of a button, cheap fossil fuels have had an
confused needs and desires, cheap energy enormous part in making renewable energy
and not educated ourselves enough on seem expensive. Fossil fuels receive a huge
understanding energy. Need is a word that chunk of currency from governments to
gets used out of context all the time, it falls keep the energy coming so that we don’t get
into the category of words like have to, upset when there is no energy at the power
should, got to and must. When we hear points. If they charged us the true cost of
those words, we feel as if our choice is taken what it takes to get energy to our power
away and we are presented with something points, I guarantee that would instantly help
we have to do or else. The reason is what is reduce the need for energy in our homes.
it we need in our homes that require energy, The math is simple, multiply your energy
people say all the time to me, but I need a bill by 10 times, and that’s how much of a
dryer, air-con and else. When in reality they discount the government is paying for you
are just desires. Things we would like to every month right now to subsidies fossil
have to make our days easier so we can get fuels and that is worldwide.[1]
more done in a day. So that we can go to
work to pay for our electricity bills in reality, 2. LITERATURE REVIEW
more people on earth live without electricity
than with, so we don’t need it at all to Solar PV technology converts energy
survive. Have a think about how much from solar radiation directly into electricity.
excess electrical load you have in your Solar PV cells are the electricity-generating
home just because it saves you time or helps component of a solar energy system. When
you do something faster. sunlight (photons) strikes a PV cell, an
electric current is produced by stimulating
The next part of the problem is cheap electrons (negative charges) in a layer in the
energy, what has made us go out and buy a cell designed to give up electrons easily.
lot of electrical devices that save us time. The existing electric field in the solar cell
That way we can go to work and make more pulls these electrons to another layer. By
money as it’s cheaper to have the electricity connecting the cell to an external load, this
work for us at home while we go work. This current (movement of charges) can then be
has helped a lot of desires become needs. used to power the load (e.g., a light bulb) as
Cheap energy has helped bad building shows in figure 1.
designs to get built because we don’t need
Figure 1. Generation of electricity from a PV cell
2
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
PV cells are assembled into a PV as needed to reach the specific voltage and
panel or modules, PV modules are then current requirements for the array. The
connected to create an array. The modules direct current (DC
are connected in series and then in parallel
)
electricity generated by the array is
then converted by an inverter to useable A typical PV system is made up of
alternating current (AC) that can be several key components, including:
consumed by adjoining buildings and • PV modules
facilities or exported to the electricity grid. • Inverter
PV system size varies from small residential • Balance-of-system (BOS)
(2–10 kW), to commercial (100–500 kW), components.
to large utility scale (10+ MW). Central
distribution plants are also currently being These, along with other PV system
built in the 100+ MW scale. Electricity from components, are discussed in turn
utility-scale systems is commonly sold back below in figure 2.
to the electricity grid.
Figure 2. Ground-mounted array diagram
Module technologies are and nontoxic. It builds on a strong industry

differentiated by the type of PV material on both supply (silicon industry) and
used, resulting in a range of conversion product side. This technology has been
efficiencies from light energy to electrical demonstrated to be functional for over 30
energy. The module efficiency is a measure years in the field. The performance
of the percentage of solar energy converted degradation, a reduction in power
into electricity. generation due to long-term exposure, is
Two common PV technologies that have under 1% per year. Silicon modules have a
been widely used for commercial- and lifespan in the range of 25–30 years but can
utility-scale projects are crystalline silicon keep producing energy beyond this range.
and thin film. Traditional solar cells are
made from silicon. Silicon is quite abundant
3
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Typical overall efficiency of silicon of grain-boundaries (i.e., multiple crystals)

solar panels is between 12% and 18%. in the cell materials and is controlled by raw
However, some manufacturers of mono- material selection and manufacturing
crystalline panels claim an overall technique. Crystalline silicon panels are
efficiency nearing 20%. This range of widely used based on deployments
efficiencies represents significant variation worldwide. Figure 3 shows two examples of
among the crystalline silicon technologies crystalline solar panels: mono and multi
available. The technology is generally silicon installed on tracking mounting
divided into mono- and multi-crystalline systems
technologies, which indicates the presence
.
Figure 3. Mono and multi crystalline solar panels.
3. METHODOLOGY generation from solar panels in UIR campus.

From these results, which was compared
The research focuses on two cases, an with literature concerning solar radiation,
internet café with existing solar panels and conclusions could be drawn, of which data
an upcoming school facility. In the field source that should be used in the research,
study measurements were done on the solar for the dimensioning of the energy systems.
panels of the internet café, to get accurate Measurements were also done to evaluate
data, valid for the location. Laboratory work the importance of maintenance of solar
with solar PV has been done at Chalmers to panels. The generation by the panels at the
see how angles and reflectors affect the internet café was measured before and after
power output. Different sources of climate cleaning the panels. To evaluate if it is
data for Universitas Islam Riau (UIR) economic to use reflectors the expected
campus has been studied and compared, in increased generation from attached
order to evaluate which data to use. A reflectors has been calculated. The
literature study was done within the field of reflections from a metal surface were
stand-alone power systems. Scientific analyzed in a laboratory test. The
articles were studied to evaluate equations attachment of the reflectors was designed to
and methods for the dimensioning of solar suit the panels and the solar path throughout
power systems. Since climate data varies the year, as shows in Figure 4. The required
between different sources, the field study size and cost of the reflectors was evaluated
includes measurements of the actual for the cost-comparison.
4
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 4. The proposed attachment of reflectors.
Geometrical theory was used to the part of the generation that occurs when
evaluate Equation 1, which was used to five of the panels are affected by the
calculate the expected increased generation reflectors. η0r is the part of the generation
for different solar paths. that occurs when none of the panels are
affected by the reflections.
E = 2 * α – S – 90 (1)
Reflectors lead to an increased
The angle E means that the reflections temperature, which results in decreased
will add as an extra light source with the efficiency. The estimated increased
incoming angle E. The increased radiation temperature (ΔT) and the decreased
(R), during solar noon, was calculated with efficiency per ΔT gives the decreased
Equation 2. efficiency. In order to recommend and
present a cost-effective energy system,
R = cos (90 – E) * ηr * ηsurf based on solar panels, a few alternative
(2) systems have been designed and compared.
The systems are designed by estimating the
The reflection efficiencies (ηr) are power consumption throughout the year and
evaluated from the results of an experiment adapting the power generation to the load.
by (4). When the increased generation over The month with lowest values of insolation
one full day should be estimated, the solar was used for dimensioning the generation,
height and the varying generation over the in order to cover the electricity demand for
day are included. Equation 3 was evaluated every month of the year. Attached reflectors
to estimate the increased generation over were included in some of the alternatives to
one full day (RF). give conclusions if reflectors should be
recommended to solar power systems.
RF = R * η6r + R * η5r + R * η0r Some of the alternatives use a Maximal
(3) Power Point Tracker (MPPT) charge
controller, while other uses a regular Pulse
η6r is the part of the total daily generation Width Modulations (PWM) controller. This
that occurs during the time when all the six gives a conclusion of which investment is
panels fully can absorb reflections. η5r is preferred.
5
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
were done to evaluate the robustness of the

The dimensioning of the energy alternative systems. The robustness of the
storage differs for the two cases. For the alternative systems is checked by
case of the internet café, the energy system calculating the Depth of Discharge (DOD)
mainly works as a backup system during of the battery bank, during periods with low
power blackouts. The energy storage was generation, when both the generation and
dimensioned to cover the energy demand the battery capacity are reduced with 20 %.
during one day with a generation at a low
level. The low level is defined as the tenth To see if the alternative systems,
lowest daily irradiation that occurs during designed for the school facility, can
one year of climate data. The dimensioning withstand the single-day scenario and the
for the school case is based on the expected five-day scenario, with a 20 % decreased
generation during a single-day scenario and insolation and a 20 % decreased battery
a five-day scenario. The single-day capacity, the Matlab calculations was used.
scenario is the lowest expected daily For the single-day scenario the required
irradiation from one year climate data and capacity was calculated, with the decreased
the five-day scenario is the lowest expected insolation and reduced capacity. The result
insolation during a period of five days. For was compared with the capacity of the
the school facility the energy storage was dimensioned energy storage. The expected
dimensioned to cover the demand at all DOD for the five-day scenario, with the
times, but some of the loads are allowed to decreased insolation and reduced capacity,
be reduced during periods of low generation. was received directly from the Matlab
This is regulated by reducing the lighting calculations. For the economic point of
when the battery capacity reaches a level of view an investment analysis was done for
70 % and by turning off the charge of two both cases. The payoff time and the Net
third of the computers when the battery Present Value (NPV) were used. The
capacity reaches a level of 60 %. The economic and expected lifetime of the
consumption during periods of low system affects the result. A lifetime of 25
generation is therefore dependent of the years was used for the NPV calculation. The
capacity of the energy storage, since the expected interest rate and future electricity
loads will be reduced at a certain capacity price affect the results a lot. The investment
level. The required capacity is in its turn analysis was done with interest rates of 10
dependent of the consumption. and 20 % and with an increased electricity
price of 5 or 10 % per year.
The expected annual generation and
the supply of power, to the loads, during 4. RESULTS
periods of low solar radiation, have been
analysed and used as a value of performance Pekanbaru city located in Riau
for the alternative systems. In case of a Province continues to grow along with the
period of low insolation, the alternative economic progress, so it is estimated the
energy systems, designed for the school growth of Pekanbaru City energy
facility, will supply the loads with power consumption will increase. In the
during different periods of time. The Matlab assessment of a solar power source, the
calculations are used to calculate how long elevation angle is measured from the
time the computers in the school can be angular height of the sun from the
fully used during the five-day scenario. This horizontal position. Figure 5 shows a map
gives a value of performance for the of Pekanbaru city in Riau Province.
alternative systems. Sensitivity analyses
6
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 5. Map of Pekanbaru in Riau.
Both height and latitude is measured important of the photovoltaic system

from sea level. 0 degree elevation occurs at parameters is the maximum elevation angle,
sunrise and 90 degree elevation occurs at which is the maximum angle on the horizon
midday. The elevation angle varies daily at every year. Table 1 shows total of energy
and depends on the latitude of the location generate from sun irradiance in Universitas
which happens every year. The most Islam Riau.
Table 1. Total irradiance of energy
Average annual irradiation long-term, depend on the location PLTS. Land-based

there are two main sources data of solar location measurement can be used for
resources, i.e. data derived from satellites calibrate data resources from other sources,
and land-based measurement. Therefore such as satellites or stations meteorological,
both sources have advantages respectively, to improve accuracy and certainty. Figure 6
and then the selection of data sources will
7
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
shows an estimate monthly potential energy

generate by solar photovoltaic.
Figure 6. Estimated monthly graph of energy produced
In general, data for 10 years is needed Energy Laboratory) United States. These
to provide variations at the level reasonable data sources have varying quality and
belief. Data used in energy calculations sun resolution. It takes the right skills to
for Photovoltaic Power Generation (PLTS) interpret the data. Figure 7 shows estimated
Universitas Islam Riau is the data coming monthly energy loss due to inconsistence
from NASA NREL (National Renewable sun light
Figure 7. Estimated monthly energy losses
8
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
5. CONCLUSION [6] W. Wu, K. Wang, B. Han, G. Li, X.

This feasibility study to find on how Jiang, and M. L. Crow, “A versatile
much power is able to generate using solar probability model of photovoltaic
panel photovoltaic in Universitas Islam generation using pair copula
Riau as shown in results. In order to achieve construction,” IEEE Trans. Sustain.
power generation as much 1 Mega Watt Energy, vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 1337–1345,
(MW) then 2 hectare of land or empty area Oct. 2015.
is required. Potential to generate as much 1 [7] M. Larrañeta, S. Moreno-Tejera, M.
MW of electricity is benefit for University Silva-Pérez, and I. Lillo-Bravo, “An
to reduce expenses or cost of monthly improved model for the synthetic
electricity billing, possibility of expand generation of high temporal
power generate by solar photovoltaic to resolution direct normal irradiation
share to other consumer such as resident, time series,” Sol. Energy, vol. 122, pp.
street lighting and other. The feasibility 517–528, 2015.
have been done based on environmental of [8] C.M. Fernández-Peruchena, M.
Riau province especially in Pekanbaru City, Gastón, M. Sánchez, J. Garc´ıa-
some of number sun irradiance and duration Barberena, M. Blanco, and A.
of sub rise is calculated to achieve accurate Bernardos, “MUS: A multiscale
data of potential power to generate. stochastic model for generating
plausible meteorological years
REFERENCES designed for multiyear solar energy
[1] G. Papaefthymiou and D. Kurowicka, yield simulations,” Sol. Energy, vol.
“Using copulas for modelling 120, pp. 244–256, 2015.
stochastic dependence in power [9] J. Bright, C. Smith, P. Taylor, and R.
system uncertainty analysis,” IEEE Crook, “Stochastic generation of
Trans. Power Syst., vol. 24, no. 1, pp. synthetic minutely irradiance time
40–49, Feb. 2009. series derived from mean hourly
[2] K. Xie, Y. Li, and W. Li, “Modelling weather observation data,” Sol.
wind speed dependence in system Energy, vol. 115, pp. 229–242, 2015.
reliability assessment using copulas,” [10] J. Ekström, M. Koivisto, I. Mellin, J.
IET Renew. Power Gener., vol. 6, no. Millar, E. Saarijärvi, and L. Haarla,
6, pp. 392–399, Nov. 2012. “Assessment of large scale wind
[3] H. B. Azad, S. Mekhilef, and V. G. power generation with new
Ganapathy, “Long-term wind speed generation locations without
forecasting and general pattern measurement data,” Renew. Energy,
recognition using neural networks,” vol. 83, pp. 362–374, 2015.
IEEE Trans. Sustain. Energy, vol. 5, [11] J. Ekström, M. Koivisto, J. Millar, I.
no. 2, pp. 546–553, Apr. 2014. Mellin, and M. Lehtonen, “A
[4] S. S. Soman, H. Zareipour, O. Malik, statistical approach for hourly
and P. Mandal, “A review of wind photovoltaic power generation
power and wind speed forecasting modelling with generation locations
methods with different time horizons,” without measured data,” Sol. Energy,
in Proc. North Amer. Power Symp., vol. 132, pp. 173–187, 2016.
Sep. 2010, pp. 1–8. [12] M. Marinelli, P. Maule, A. N.
[5] D. Lingfors and J. Widén, Hahmann, O. Gehrke, P. B. Nørg°ard,
“Development and validation of a and N. A. Cutululis, “Wind and
wide-area model of hourly aggregate photovoltaic large-scale regional
solar power generation,” Energy, vol. models for hourly production
102, pp. 559 –566, 2016. evaluation,” IEEE Trans. Sustain.
9
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Energy, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 916–923, Jul. [22] D. A. Dickey and W. A. Fuller,
2015. “Likelihood ratio statistics for
[13] P. E. Bett and H. E. Thornton, “The autoregressive time series with a unit
climatological relationships between root,” Econometrica, vol. 49, no. 4, pp.
wind and solar energy supply in 1057–1072, 1981.
Britain,” Renew. Energy, vol. 87 Part [23] A. Harvey, Time Series Models.
1, pp. 96–110, 2016. Rossendale, U.K.: Philip Allan, 1981.
[14] J. Widen, “Correlations between large- [24] G. Ljung and G. E. P. Box, “On a
scale solar and wind power in a future measure of lack of fit in time series
scenario for Sweden,” IEEE Trans. models,” Econometrica, vol. 66, pp.
Sustain. Energy, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 67–72, 1978.
177–184, Apr. 2011. [25] B. Tammelin et al., “Production of the
[15] J. Vasilj, P. Sarajcev, and D. Jakus, FinnishWind Atlas,” Wind Energy,
“Estimating future balancing power vol. 16, no. 1, pp. 19–35, 2013.
requirements in wind–PV power [26] C. Rigollier, O. Bauer, and L. Wald,
system,” Renew. Energy, vol. 99, pp. “On the clear sky model of the
369–378, 2016. ESRA—European Solar Radiation
[16] M. Koivisto, J. Ekström, J. Seppänen, Atlas—with respect to the heliosat
I. Mellin, J. Millar, and L. Haarla, “A method,” Sol. Energy, vol. 68, no. 1,
statistical model for comparing future pp. 33–48, 2000.
wind power scenarios with varying [27] Solar radiation data (soda) service, Aug.
geographical distribution of installed 2016. [Online]. Available:
generation capacity,” Wind Energy, http://www.soda-
vol. 19, pp. 665–679, May 2016. is.com/eng/services/
[17] M. Koivisto et al., “Wind speed [28] Gamesa G128-5.0 MW Wind Turbine
modeling using a vector Data Sheet, Aug. 2016. [Online].
autoregressive process with a time- Available:
dependent intercept term,” Int. J. http://www.gamesacorp.com/recurso
Elect. Power Energy Syst., vol. 77, pp. s/doc/productos-servicios
91–99, 2016. /aerogenerado res/catalogo-g10x-
[18] D. Villanueva, A. Feijóo, and J. L. 45mw-eng.pdf
Pazos, “Simulation of correlated wind [29] M. Mattei, G. Notton, C.
speed data for economic dispatch Cristofari,M.Muselli, and P. Poggi,
evaluation,” IEEE Trans. Sustain. “Calculation of the polycrystalline
Energy, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 142–149, Jan. PV module temperature using a
2012. simple method of energy balance,”
[19] D. C. Hill, D. McMillan, K. R. W. Bell, Renew. Energy, vol. 31, no. 4, pp.
and D. Infield, “Application of auto- 553–567, 2006.
regressive models to U.K. wind speed Aldous, S. How Solar Cells Work.
data for power system impact studies,” Retrieved October, 2008, from
IEEE Trans. Sustain. Energy, vol. 3, http://www.howstuffworks.com/solar
no. 1, pp. 134–141, Jan. 2012. -cell.htm
[20] H. Lútkepohl, New Introduction to Ben Arnoldy. (2008). Brighter Future for
Multiple Time Series Analysis, 2nd Solar Panels: Silicon Shortage Eases.
ed. Berlin, Germany: Springer-Verlag, Retrieved 1/22, 2009, from
2007. http://features.csmonitor.com/innovat
[21] J. Hamilton, Time Series Analysis. ion/2008/06/05/brighter-future-for-
Princeton, NJ, USA: Princeton Univ. solar-panels-silicon-shortage-eases/
Press, 1994. CalFinder. What is net metering? Retrieved
September, 2008, from
10
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
http://solar.calfinder.com/blog/solar- Energy Information Administration. (2009).

information/what-is-net-metering/ Average Retail Prices of Electricity.
Charlie White. (2008). Solar Cell Efficiency http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/mer/pr
Reaches Breakthrough Cost per Watt. ices.html
Retrieved 1/14, 2009, from
http://dvice.com/archives/2008/03/so [1] abdul kadir evizal, “anteann theory,”
lar_cell_effi.php test, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 1–200.
Code of Massachusetts Regulations.
Massachusetts Net Metering Laws.
http://www.dsireusa.org/documents/I
ncentives/MA01R.htm
Commonwealth Solar. Non-residential
Rebate Calculator.
http://www.masstech.org/SOLAR/At
tachment%20A2-
Non%20Residential%20Solar%20Re
bate%20Calculator%20Only-
070208.xls.
Commonwealth Solar. Overview. Retrieved
September, 2008, from
http://www.masstech.org/SOLAR/
Commonwealth Solar. (2008). Solar
Photovoltaic Rebates: Program
Manual. Retrieved September, 2008,
from
http://www.masstech.org/SOLAR/Co
mmonwealth%20Solar%20Program
%20Handbook_v2_070108.pdf
Cooler Planet. (2008). How Photovoltaic
Cells Work. Retrieved October, 2008,
from
http://solar.coolerplanet.com/Content
/Photovoltaic.aspx
Denis Lenardic. (2009). Photovoltaic
Applications and Technologies.
Retrieved 10/20, 2008, from
www.pvresources.com
DSIRE. Massachusetts Incentives for
Renewable Energy: Net Metering.
Retrieved November, 2008, from
http://www.dsireusa.org/library/inclu
des/incentive2.cfm?Incentive_Code=
MA01R&State=MA&CurrentPageID
=1
DSIRE. Massachusetts Incentives for
Renewable Energy. Retrieved
November, 2008, from
http://www.dsireusa.org/documents/I
ncentives/MA01R.htm
11
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
SIMILARITY CLUSTER OF INDONESIAN ETHNIC

LANGUAGES
Arbi Haza Nasution1, Yohei Murakami2, Toru Ishida3
1,3
Department of Social Informatics, Kyoto University, Japan
2
Unit of Design, Kyoto University, Japan
Email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
1 2
Abstract
Lexicostatistic and language similarity clusters are useful for computational linguistic
researches that depends on language similarity or cognate recognition. Nevertheless,
there are no published lexicostatistic/language similarity cluster of Indonesian ethnic
languages available. We formulate an approach of creating language similarity
clusters by utilizing ASJP database to generate the language similarity matrix, then
generate the hierarchical clusters with complete linkage and mean linkage clustering,
and further extract two stable clusters with high language similarities. We introduced
an extended k-means clustering semi-supervised learning to evaluate the stability level
of the hierarchical stable clusters being grouped together despite of changing the
number of cluster. The higher the number of the trial, the more likely we can distinctly
find the two hierarchical stable clusters in the generated k-clusters. However, for all
five experiments, the stability level of the two hierarchical stable clusters is the highest
on 5 clusters. Therefore, we take the 5 clusters as the best clusters of Indonesian ethnic
languages. Finally, we plot the generated 5 clusters to a geographical map.
Keywords: lexicostatistic, language similarity, hierarchical clustering, k-means

clustering
12
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION Similarity Judgment Program

(ASJP), further generate the
Nowadays, machine-readable bilingual
language similarity matrix, then
dictionaries are being utilized in actual
generate the hierarchical and k-
services (Ishida, 2011) to support
means clusters, and finally plot the
intercultural collaboration (Ishida, 2016;
generated clusters to a map.
Nasution et al., 2017c), but low-resource
languages lack such sources. In order to
save low-resource languages like
2. INDONESIAN ENDANGERED
Indonesian ethnic languages from language
endangerment, prior works tried to enrich LANGUAGES
the basic language resource, i.e., bilingual Indonesia has a population of 221,398,286
dictionary (Wushoer et al., 2015; Nasution and 707 living languages which cover 57.8%
et al., 2016; Nasution et al., 2017a; Nasution of Austronesian Family and 30.7% of
et al., 2017b). Those previous researchers languages in Asia (Lewis et al., 2015).
require lexicostatistic/language similarity There are 341 Indonesian ethnic languages
clusters of the low-resource languages to facing various degree of language
select the target languages. However, to the endangerment (trouble / dying) where some
best of our knowledge, there are no of the native speaker do not speak Bahasa
published lexicostatistic/language Indonesia well since they are in remote
similarity clusters of Indonesian ethnic areas. Unfortunately, there are 13
languages. To fill the void, we address this Indonesian ethnic languages which already
research goal: extinct. Figure 1 shows the level of
development or endangerment of
• Formulating an approach of
Indonesian ethnic languages. (Lewis et al.,
creating a language similarity
2015)
cluster. We first obtain 40-item
word lists from the Automated
• 19 are institutional,
• 86 are developing,
• 260 are vigorous,
• 266 are in trouble, and
• 75 are dying.
Figure 1. Indonesian Ethnic Languages Level of Development or Endangerment
13
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Here are the definitions of each level of • Extinct (EGIDS 10) — The
Development or Endangerment: language has fallen completely out
of use and no one retains a sense of
• Institutional (EGIDS 0-4) — The
ethnic identity associated with the
language has been developed to the
language.
point that it is used and sustained by
o Kaniet (10 (Extinct)),
institutions beyond the home and
Uruava (10 (Extinct))
community.
o Buginese (3 (Wider
communication), 5,000,000), 3. AUTOMATED SIMILARITY
Javanese (4 (Educational), JUDGMENT PROGRAM
84,300,000) Historical linguistics is the scientific study
• Developing (EGIDS 5) — The of language change over time in term of
language is in vigorous use, with sound, analogical, lexical, morphological,
literature in a standardized form syntactic, and semantic information
being used by some though this is (Campbell, 2013). Comparative linguistics
not yet widespread or sustainable. is a branch of historical linguistics that is
o Minangkabau (5 concerned with language comparison to
(Developing), 5,530,000), determine historical relatedness and to
Bali (5 (Developing), construct language families (Lehmann,
3,330,000 ) 2013). Many methods, techniques, and
• Vigorous (EGIDS 6a) — The procedures have been utilized in
language is unstandardized and in investigating the potential distant genetic
vigorous use among all generations. relationship of languages, including lexical
o Iranun (6a (Vigorous), comparison, sound correspondences,
256,000), Batak Mandailing grammatical evidence, borrowing, semantic
(6a (Vigorous), 1,100,000) constraints, chance similarities, sound-
• In trouble (EGIDS 6b-7) — meaning isomorphism, etc (Campbell, L.
Intergenerational transmission is in and Poser, W.J., 2008). The genetic
the process of being broken, but the relationship of languages is used to classify
child-bearing generation can still languages into language families. Closely-
use the language so it is possible that related languages are those that came from
revitalization efforts could restore the same origin or proto-language, and
transmission of the language in the belong to the same language family.
home.
o Temuan (6b (Threatened), Swadesh List is a classic compilation of
22,700 (2008 JHEOA)), basic concepts for the purposes of
Tambunan Dusun (6b historical-comparative linguistics. It is used
(Threatened), 15,600 (2000)) in lexicostatistics (quantitative comparison
• Dying (EGIDS 8a-9) — The only of lexical cognates) and
fluent users (if any) are older than glottochronology (chronological
child-bearing age, so it is too late to relationship between languages). There are
restore natural intergenerational various version of swadesh list as shown in
transmission through the home; a Table 1. To find the best size of the list,
mechanism outside the home would Swadesh states that "The only solution
need to be developed. appears to be a drastic weeding out of the
o Nusa Laut (9 (Dormant), list, in the realization that quality is at least
2,230 (1989 SIL)), Ura (8b as important as quantity....Even the new list
(Nearly extinct), has defects, but they are relatively mild and
few in number." (Swadesh, 1955)
14
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 1. Modification of Swadesh List

Published Year Number of Words
1950 225 (Swadesh, 1950)
1952 215 & 200 (Swadesh, 1952)
1971 & 1972 100 (Swadesh, 1971)
Table 2. Levenshtein Distance Algorithm

Step Description
Set n to be the length of s. Set m to be the length of t.
1 If n = 0, return m and exit. If m = 0, return n and exit.
Construct a matrix containing 0..m rows and 0..n columns.
2 Initialize the first row to 0..n. Initialize the first column to 0..m
3 Examine each character of s (i from 1 to n).
4 Examine each character of t (j from 1 to m)
If s[i] equals t[j], the cost is 0.
5
If s[i] doesn't equal t[j], the cost is 1.
Set cell d[i,j] of the matrix equal to the minimum of:
a. The cell immediately above plus 1: d[i-1, j] + 1 
6
b. The cell immediately to the left plus 1: d[i, j-1] + 1
c. The cell diagonally above and to the left plus the cost: d[i-1, j-1] + cost
After the iteration steps (3, 4, 5, 6) are complete, the distance is found in cell
7
d[n, m]
A widely-used notion of string/lexical → sitten (substitution of "s" for "k"), sitten

similarity is the edit distance or also known → sittin (substitution of "i" for "e"), and
as Levenshtein Distance (LD): the finally sittin → sitting (insertion of "g" at
minimum number of insertions, deletions, the end). Another example between
and substitutions required to transform one Indonesian word is LD between “satu" and
string into the other (Levenshtein, 1966). “baru" is 2 since there are only two
The Levenshtein Distance algorithm is transformations needed: satu → batu
shown in Table 2. For example, LD between (substitution of “b" for “s") and then batu
"kitten" and "sitting" is 3 since there are → baru (substitution of “r" for “t") as
three transformations needed: kitten shown in Figure 2.
15
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 2. Example of transformations following Levenshtein Distance Algorithm
There are a lot of previous works using comparing the word lists. The classification
Levenshtein Distances such as dialect is based on 100-item reference list of
groupings of Irish Gaelic (Kessler, 1995) Swadesh (Swadesh, 1971) and further
where they gather the data from reduced to 40 most stable items (Holman et
questionnaire given to native speakers of al., 2008). The item stability is a degree to
Irish Gaelic in 86 sites. They obtain 312 which words for an item are retained over
different Gaelic words or phrases. Another time and not replaced by another lexical
work is about dialect pronunciation item from the language itself or a borrowed
differences of 360 Dutch dialects (Heeringa, element. Words resistant to replacement are
2004) which obtain 125 words from Reeks more stable. Stable items have a greater
Nederlandse Dialectatlassen. They tendency to yield cognates (words that have
normalize LD by dividing it by the length of a common etymological origin) within
the longer alignment. Tang (2015) measure groups of closely related languages.
linguistic similarity and intelligibility of 15
Chinese dialects and obtain 764 common 4. LANGUAGE SIMILARITY
syllabic units. Petroni (2008) define lexical CLUSTERING APPROACH
distance between two words as the LD
normalized by the number of characters of We formalize an approach to create
the longer of the two. Wichmann et al. language similarity clusters by utilizing
(2010) extend Petroni definition as LDND ASJP database to generate the language
and use it in Automated Similarity similarity matrix, then generate the
Judgment Program (ASJP). hierarchical clusters, and further extract the
stable clusters with high language
The ASJP, an open source software was similarities. The hierarchical stable clusters
proposed by Holman et al. (2011) with the are evaluated utilizing our extended k-
main goal of developing a database of means clustering. Finally, the obtained k-
Swadesh lists (Swadesh, 1955) for all of the means clusters are plotted to a geographical
world's languages from which lexical map. The flowchart of the whole process is
similarity or lexical distance matrix shown in Figure 3.
between languages can be obtained by
16
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Start
ASJP Words List
Generate Similarity Matrix
Generate Hierarchical Cluster
Stable Clusters
Evaluate Stable Clusters with Cluster Stability Evaluator (using k-

means clustering semi-supervised learning)
High Stability
Level? No
Yes
Plot k-means clusters to a map
End
Figure 3. Flowchart of Generating Language Similarity Clusters
In this paper, we focus on Indonesian ethnic in Figure 4. We added a white-red color

languages. We obtain words list of 119 scale where white color means the two
Indonesian ethnic languages with the languages are totally different (0%
number of speakers at least 100,000. We similarity) and the reddest color means the
further generate the similarity matrix two languages are exactly the same (100%
ranked by the number of speakers as shown similarity).
Figure 4. Language Similarity Matrix of 119 Indonesian Ethnic Languages
However, it is difficult to classify 119 in Wikipedia. We obtain 32 target

languages and obtain a valuable languages as shown in Table 3 from the
information from the generated clusters, intersection between 46 Indonesian ethnic
therefore, we further filtered the target languages with number of speaker above
languages based on the number of speaker 300,000 provided by Wikipedia and 119
and availability of the language information Indonesian ethnic languages with number
17
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
of speaker above 100,000 provided by

ASJP.
Table 3. List of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages Ranked by Population
Population Population
Ranked by Ranked
Code based on based on Language
Wikipedia by AJSP
Wikipedia AJSP
L1 1 1 210000000 232004800 INDONESIAN
L2 3 2 84300000 84300000 OLD_OR_MIDDLE_JAVANESE
L3 4 3 34000000 34000000 SUNDANESE
L4 2 4 210000000 15848500 MALAY
L5 7 5 3900000 15848500 PALEMBANG_MALAY
L6 5 6 13600000 6770900 MADURESE
L7 6 7 5500000 5530000 MINANGKABAU
L8 8 8 3500000 5000000 BUGINESE
L9 12 9 2700000 5000000 BETAWI
L 10 9 10 3500000 3502300 BANJARESE_MALAY
L 11 10 11 3500000 3500032 ACEH
L 12 11 12 3300000 3330000 BALI
L 13 16 13 1600000 2130000 MAKASAR
L 14 13 14 2700000 2100000 SASAK
L 15 14 15 2000000 2000000 TOBA_BATAK
L 16 17 16 1100000 1100000 BATAK_MANDAILING
L 17 18 17 1000000 1000000 GORONTALO
L 18 19 18 900000 1000000 JAMBI_MALAY
L 19 27 19 500000 900000 MANGGARAI
L 20 21 20 800000 770000 NIAS_NORTHERN
L 21 22 21 700000 750000 BATAK_ANGKOLA
L 22 24 22 600000 700000 UAB_METO
L 23 23 23 600000 600000 KARO_BATAK
L 24 25 24 500000 500000 BIMA
L 25 26 25 500000 470000 KOMERING
L 26 28 26 400000 350000 REJANG
L 27 32 27 300000 331000 TOLAKI
L 28 29 28 300000 300000 GAYO
L 29 30 29 300000 300000 MUNA
L 30 31 30 300000 250000 TAE
L 31 15 31 1900000 245020 AMBONESE_MALAY
L 32 20 32 900000 230000 MONGONDOW
We further generate the similarity matrix of exactly the same (100% similarity). For a
those 32 languages as shown in Table 4. We better clarity and to avoid redundancy, we
also added a white-red color scale where only show the bottom-left part of the table.
white color means the two languages are The headers follow the language code in
totally different (0% similarity) and the Table 3
reddest color means the two languages are
2
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L 10 L 11 L 12 L 13 L 14 L 15 L 16 L 17 L 18 L 19 L 20 L 21 L 22 L 23 L 24 L 25 L 26 L 27 L 28 L 29 L 30 L 31
L2 24
L3 39 22
L4 85 21 41
L5 68 32 39 73
L6 34 15 20 34 34
L7 62 25 31 62 64 34
L8 31 18 25 32 31 18 32
L9 69 10 25 67 58 23 50 24
L 10 72 33 39 71 64 34 60 33 55
L 11 27 11 19 27 30 22 25 16 21 25
L 12 38 20 29 35 39 23 31 30 24 37 22
19
L 13 33 22 24 30 32 25 33 36 25 33 16 29
L 14 44 20 28 42 44 30 44 31 37 47 22 29 35
L 15 37 24 23 37 36 21 40 25 35 37 13 21 25 35
L 16 25 16 14 27 27 20 27 23
Table244. Lexicostatistic
25 14 20/ Similarity
18 24Matrix
58 of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages by ASJP (%)
L 17 19 14 16 18 19 9 18 20 14 17 12 12 18 20 17 9
L 18 79 26 40 78 78 34 69 31 70 73 27 35 38 46 39 21 20
L 19 30 18 24 30 34 19 32 36 26 32 10 23 29 31 32 21 16 34
L 20 26 21 17 23 25 13 29 26 24 29 12 16 19 24 29 21 19 24 25
L 21 24 16 15 26 26 19 26 21 21 24 12 21 18 23 59 98 9 20 19 20
L 22 13 10 9 11 14 12 18 19 10 19 10 12 21 18 15 9 14 15 22 16 9
L 23 47 22 28 48 50 23 40 30 40 44 21 32 27 35 51 40 17 47 28 33 40 12
L 24 18 10 16 17 18 12 18 21 18 19 6 14 21 25 22 14 8 17 30 19 14 18 19
L 25 33 19 25 33 33 18 25 23 29 36 14 23 22 22 24 24 16 30 26 29 25 20 36 14
L 26 28 20 16 27 32 18 30 17 21 29 15 17 17 30 25 20 11 32 18 15 19 12 29 4 19
L 27 30 14 18 28 27 17 26 32 23 33 11 21 27 21 26 14 11 28 36 25 14 19 28 26 20 13
L 28 37 27 28 36 37 20 37 26 28 38 18 25 23 35 28 18 17 40 26 23 17 20 41 18 37 29 28
L 29 14 12 12 14 13 13 11 21 18 12 8 16 24 14 14 9 11 13 15 15 10 11 14 21 14 4 29 11
L 30 42 29 31 41 39 27 42 60 30 47 20 28 42 40 34 27 23 44 38 35 26 29 38 30 29 21 38 38 25
L 31 72 23 35 70 58 37 59 36 62 60 23 34 36 43 33 28 19 69 33 29 26 17 36 19 29 24 29 31 16 42
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
L 32 30 18 24 32 31 13 26 26 27 34 11 21 25 24 24 17 26 32 23 24 17 12 28 14 24 20 20 27 15 38 24
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Hierarchical clustering is an approach with hclust function with a complete

which builds a hierarchy from the bottom- linkage clustering method as shown in
up, and does not require us to specify the Figure 5 and a mean linkage clustering
number of clusters beforehand. The method as shown in Figure 6 using R, a free
algorithm works as follows: software environment for statistical
computing and graphics.
o Put each data point in its own cluster
From those two hierarchical clusters in
o Identify the closest two clusters and
Figure 5 and Figure 6, we select two stable
combine them into one cluster
clusters that always grouped together
o Repeat the above step until all the despite of changing the linkage clustering
data points are in a single cluster method. The first cluster consists of
Once this is done, it is usually represented TOBA_BATAK,
by a dendrogram like structure. There are a BATAK_MANDAILING, and
few ways to determine how close two BATAK_ANGKOLA, while the second
clusters are: cluster consists of MINANGKABAU,
BETAWI, AMBONESE_MALAY,
✓ Complete linkage clustering: Find BANJARESE_MALAY,
the maximum possible distance PALEMBANG_MALAY,
between points belonging to two JAMBI_MALAY, MALAY, and Indonesia.
different clusters. Since the two stable custers have language
✓ Single linkage clustering: Find the similarities above 50% between the
minimum possible distance between languages, they are good clusters to be
points belonging to two different referred when selecting target languages for
clusters. computational linguistic researches that
depends on language similarity or cognate
✓ Mean/Average linkage clustering: recognition for inducing bilingual lexicons
Find all possible pairwise distances from the target languages (Mann, G.S., and
for points belonging to two different Yarowsky, D., 2001; Wushouer et al., 2015;
clusters and then calculate the Nasution et al., 2016; Nasution et al.,
average. 2017a). The two clusters are actually
✓ Centroid linkage clustering: Find enough for selecting the target languages
the centroid of each cluster and for those researches. However, we still need
calculate the distance between to evaluate the stability of those clusters and
centroids of two clusters. we also need to identify the low language
similarities clusters in order to graps the
Complete linkage and mean (average)
whole picture of Indonesian ethnic
linkage clustering are the ones used most
languages. Thus, we utilize the alternative
often. We generate the distance matrix from
clustering approach which is a k-means
the similarity matrix shown in Table 4 and
clustering.
further generate the hierarchical clusters
20
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
20
Language Similarity
40
50
60
80
100
Figure 5. Hierarchical Clusters Dendogram of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages – method: complete
20
Language Similarity
40
50
60
80
100
Figure 6. Hierarchical Clusters Dendogram of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages – method: average
21
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
K-means clustering is an unsupervised further. The within cluster variation is

learning algorithm that tries to cluster data calculated as the sum of the euclidean
based on their similarity. Unsupervised distance between the data points and their
learning means that there is no outcome to respective cluster centroids.
be predicted, and the algorithm just tries to It is well known that standard
find patterns in the data. In k-means agglomerative hierarchical clustering
clustering, we have to specify the number of techniques are not tolerant to noise (Nagy,
clusters we want the data to be grouped into. 1968; Narasimhan et al., 2006). There are
The algorithm works as follows: many previous works on finding clusters
o The algorithm randomly assigns which robust to noise (Guha et al., 1999;
each observation to a cluster, and Langfelder, P., & Horvath, S., 2012; Balcan
finds the centroid of each cluster. et al., 2014). However, to evaluate the
stability of the hierarchical stable clusters,
o Then, the algorithm iterates through
we introduced a simple approach of
two steps:
calculating their stability level of being
o Reassign data points to the grouped together despite of changing the
cluster whose centroid is number of k-means clusters. We extend the
closest. k-means clustering unsupervised learning to
o Calculate new centroid of a k-means clustering semi-supervised
each cluster. learning by labeling the two hierarchical
stable clusters beforehand.
These two steps are repeated until the within
cluster variation cannot be reduced any
ALGORITHM 1: Cluster Stability Evaluator

Input: similarity_matrix, stable_clusters, minimum_k, maximum_trial
Output: stability_level
trial  1
current_k  minimum_k
maximum_k  length(similarity_matrix)
scale2D  cmdscale(similarity_matrix) //multidimensional to 2D scaling
while current_k <= maximum_k, do
successful_trial  0 // initialized for each current_k
while trial <= maximum_trial, do
k-clusters  kmeans(scale2D, current_k)
if stable_clusters distinctly found in k-clusters, then
successful_trial++
trial++ // try again with the same number of cluster (current_k)
end
stability_level[current_k] = successful_trial / maximum_trial
current_k++ // increase the number of clusters
trial = 1 // reset the number of trial
end
return stability_level
22
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Initially, we manually conduct several trials maximum_k = 21 following Algorithm 1.

to estimate the minimum and maximum We have five sets of experiments with the
number of k-means cluster to obtain clusters maximum_trial equals 50, 500, 5,000,
which consist of the stable clusters 50,000, and 500,000. In each experiment, a
distinctly. Based on the initial trials, we stability level of the two hierarchical stable
estimate the minimum_k = 4 and clusters is measured for each number of k-
maximum_k = 21. Then, we calculate the means clusters by calculating the success
stability level of the two hierarchical stable rate of obtaining the two hierarchical stable
clusters where the number of clusters clusters in the generated k-clusters as shown
ranging from minimum_k = 4 to in Figure 7 to 11.
21 0
20 0
19 0
18 0
17 0
16 0
#cluster (k)
15 0
14 0.06
13 0.02
12 0.04
11 0.08
10 0.12
9 0.20
8 0.42
7 0.28
6 0.48
5 0.78
4 0.66
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90
Success Rate
Figure 7. Obtaining Stable Clusters in 50 Trials
21 0
20 0
19 0
18 0.002
17 0.002
#cluster (k)
16 0.004
15 0.008
14 0.010
13 0.030
12 0.046
11 0.076
10 0.104
9 0.140
8 0.230
7 0.408
6 0.558
5 0.784
4 0.758
0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900
Success Rate
Figure 8. Obtaining Stable Clusters in 500 Trials

The higher the number of the trial, the more 50,000 and 500,000 trials, we can find the
likely we can distinctly find the two two hierarchical stable clusters distinctly in
hierarchical stable clusters in the generated the generated k-clusters for all number of
k-clusters with a big number of clusters. For clusters between the minimum_k = 4 and the
example, within 50 trials, we can not find maximum_k = 21, even though the success
the two hierarchical stable clusters rate is getting lower as the number of
distinctly in the generated k-clusters for big clusters increases. For all five experiments,
number of clusters (k>14). However, within the stability level of the two hierarchical
23
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
stable clusters is the highest (0.78) on 5

clusters.
21 0
20 0
19 0.0008
18 0.0006
17 0.0010
16 0.0054
#cluster (k)
15 0.0066
14 0.0144
13 0.0230
12 0.0438
11 0.0760
10 0.1194
9 0.1804
8 0.2542
7 0.3756
6 0.5556
5 0.7852
4 0.7538
0.0000 0.1000 0.2000 0.3000 0.4000 0.5000 0.6000 0.7000 0.8000 0.9000
Success Rate
Figure 9. Obtaining Stable Clusters in 5,000 Trials
21 0.00004
20 0.00004
19 0.00012
18 0.00056
17 0.00172
16 0.00316
#cluster (k)
15 0.00754
14 0.01490
13 0.02680
12 0.04466
11 0.07222
10 0.11554
9 0.17536
8 0.25894
7 0.37472
6 0.55570
5 0.78222
4 0.75526
0.00000 0.10000 0.20000 0.30000 0.40000 0.50000 0.60000 0.70000 0.80000 0.90000
Success Rate
21 0.00001
20 0.00004
19 0.00018
18 0.00054
17 0.00142
16 0.00333
#cluster (k)
15 0.00742
14 0.01425
13 0.02644
12 0.04515
11 0.07434
10 0.11639
9 0.17515
8 0.25639
7 0.37357
6 0.55481
5 0.77950
4 0.75787
0.00000 0.10000 0.20000 0.30000 0.40000 0.50000 0.60000 0.70000 0.80000 0.90000
Success Rate
2
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Therefore, we take the 5 clusters as shown computational linguistic researches that

in Figure 12 as the best clusters of depends on language similarity or cognate
Indonesian ethnic languages to be referred recognition. We further plot the 5 clusters to
when selecting target languages for a geographical map as shown in Figure 13.
Figure 12. K-means Clusters of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages – 5 Clusters
Figure 13. Similarity Clusters Map of 32 Indonesian Ethnic Languages – 5 Clusters
4. CONCLUSION extended k-means clustering semi-

supervised learning to evaluate the stability
We utilized ASJP database to generate the
level of the hierarchical stable clusters
language similarity matrix, then generate
being grouped together despite of changing
the hierarchical clusters with complete
the number of clusters. The higher the
linkage and mean linkage clustering, and
number of the trial, the more likely we can
further extract two stable clusters with the
distinctly find the two hierarchical stable
highest language similarities. We apply our
25
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
clusters in the generated k-clusters. lexical similarity. Current

However, for all five experiments, the Anthropology 52, 6 (2011), 841–875.
stability level of the two hierarchical stable Holman, E. W., Wichmann, S., Brown, C.
clusters is the highest (0.78) on 5 clusters. H., Velupillai, V., Müller, A., &
Therefore, we take the 5 clusters as the best Bakker, D. (2008). Explorations in
clusters of Indonesian ethnic languages to automated language
be referred to select target languages for classification. Folia Linguistica, 42(3-
computational linguistic researches that 4), 331-354.
depends on language similarity or cognate Ishida, T. editor. (2011). The Language
recognition. Finally, we plot the generated Grid: Service- Oriented Collective
5 clusters to a geographical map. Our Intelligence for Language Resource
algorithm can be used to find and evaluate Interoperability. Springer Publishing
other stable clusters of Indonesian ethnic Company, Incorporated.
languages or other language sets. Ishida, T. (2016). Intercultural
collaboration and support systems: A
brief history. In International
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Conference on Principles and Practice
This research was partially supported by a of Multi-Agent Systems (PRIMA
Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research (A) 2016), pages 3–19. Springer.
(17H00759, 2017-2020) and a Grant-in-Aid Langfelder, P., & Horvath, S. (2012). Fast
for Young Scientists (A) (17H04706, 2017- R functions for robust correlations and
2020) from Japan Society for the Promotion hierarchical clustering. Journal of
of Science (JSPS). The first author was statistical software, 46(11).
supported by Indonesia Endownment Fund Lehmann, W.P. (2013). Historical
for Education (LPDP). linguistics: an introduction. Routledge.
Levenshtein, V. I. (1966). Binary codes
BIBLIOGRAPHY capable of correcting deletions,
insertions, and reversals. In Soviet
Balcan, M. F., Liang, Y., & Gupta, P. physics doklady (Vol. 10, No. 8, pp.
(2014). Robust hierarchical clustering. 707-710).
The Journal of Machine Learning Lewis, M. Paul, Gary F. Simons, and
Research, 15(1), 3831-3871. Charles D. Fennig (eds.) (2015).
Campbell, L. (2013). Historical Linguistics. Ethnologue: Languages of the World,
Edinburgh University Press. Eighteenth edition. Dallas, Texas: SIL
Campbell, L. and Poser, W.J. (2008). International. Online version:
Language classification. History and http://www.ethnologue.com
method. Cambridge. Mann, G.S., and Yarowsky, D. (2001).
Guha, S., Rastogi, R., & Shim, K. (1999, Multipath translation lexicon induction
March). ROCK: A robust clustering via bridge languages. In Proceedings of
algorithm for categorical attributes. In the second meeting of the North
Data Engineering, 1999. Proceedings., American Chapter of the Association
15th International Conference on (pp. for Computational Linguistics on
512-521). IEEE. Language technologies. Association
Holman, E.W., Brown, C.H., Wichmann, S., for Computational Linguistics, 1–8.
Mu ̈ller, A., Velupillai, V., Nagy, G. (1968). State of the art in pattern
Hammarstro ̈m, H., Sauppe, S., Jung, recognition. Proceedings of the IEEE.
H., Bakker, D., Brown, P., and others. Narasimhan, M., Jojic N., and Bilmes, J.
(2011). Automated dating of the (2006). Q-clustering. Advances in
world’s language families based on Neural Information Processing
Systems.
26
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Nasution, A. H., Murakami, Y., and Ishida, objective linguistic distance

T. (2016). Constraint-based bilingual measures.Linguistics, 53(2), 285-312.
lexicon induction for closely related Wichmann, S., Holman, E. W., Bakker, D.,
languages. In Proceedings of the Tenth & Brown, C. H. (2010). Evaluating
International Conference on Language linguistic distance measures. Physica A:
Resources and Evaluation (LREC Statistical Mechanics and its
2016), pages 3291–3298, Paris, France, Applications, 389(17), 3632-3639.
May. Wushouer, M., Lin, D., Ishida, T., and
Nasution, A. H., Murakami, Y., and Ishida, Hirayama, K. (2015). A constraint approach
T. (2017a). A generalized constraint to pivot-based bilingual dictionary
approach to bilingual dictionary induction. ACM Trans. Asian Low-Resour.
induction for low-resource language Lang. Inf. Process., 15(1):4:1–4:26,
families. ACM Trans. Asian Low- November.
Resour. Lang. Inf. Process., 17(1):1–
29, September.
Nasution, A. H., Murakami, Y., and Ishida,
T. (2017b). Plan optimization for
creating bilingual dictionaries of low-
resource languages. In 2017
International Conference on Culture
and Computing (Culture Computing),
Sep.
Nasution, A. H., Syafitri, N., Setiawan, P.
R., and Suryani, D. (2017c). Pivot-
based hybrid machine translation to
support multilingual communication.
In 2017 International Conference on
Culture and Computing (Culture
Computing), Sep.
Swadesh, Morris. (1950). Salish Internal
Relationships. International Journal of
American Linguistics, Vol. 16, 157–
167
Swadesh, Morris. (1952). Lexicostatistic
Dating of Prehistoric Ethnic Contacts.
Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, Vol. 96, 452–
463.
Swadesh, Morris. (1955). Towards Greater
Accuracy in Lexicostatistic Dating.
International Journal of American
Linguistics, Vol. 21, 121–137.
Swadesh, Morris. (1971). The Origin and
Diversification of Language. Ed. post
mortem by Joel Sherzer. Chicago:
Aldine, p. 283.
Tang, C., & van Heuven, V. J. (2015).
Predicting mutual intelligibility of
Chinese dialects from multiple
27
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
EFFICIENCY ANALYSIS OF RUBBER PRODUCTION FACTOR IN

REGENCY OF KAMPARRIAU PROVINCE
Heriyanto
Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau Jl. Kaharuddin Nasution, Marpoyan,
Pekanbaru 28284 Riau, Indonesia
Email : [email protected]
Abstract
Kampar regency is one of the districts in Riau province which contributes significantly
to the economy in Riau Province, especially in the agricultural sector in the plantation
sector. Rubber plantations are a source of prosperity, progress, independence, and
pride of Kampar district government. Plantation management at present still relies on
and relies on the abundance of human resources are relatively cheap. Efficiency,
productivity, quality, sustainability are still low. This study aims to analyze the
efficiency of rubber production in Kampar regency by building multiple linear
regression model and production efficiency analysis. The results showed that the
dominant factors affecting rubber production in Kampar Regency were number of
plants, plant age, number of labor and investment. The factors of production are the
number of plants, and the amount of labor is not technically efficient, allocative, and
economical. The use of fertilizers tends to be technically and economically efficient,
but alocatively inefficient. In order to obtain optimal production, this study
recommends the need for rejuvenation of old or damaged rubber plants using superior
seeds and maintained in accordance with the standards of rubber cultivation
techniques. The efficient use of labor can be achieved by applying a rubber tapping
system appropriately tailored to the conditions of the plant and the price of rubber. In
addition, the use of balanced fertilizers in accordance with the recommended should
be applied.
Keywords: Dominant Factors, Technical Efficiency, Allocative Efficiency, Economic

Efficiency
INTRODUCTION
The agricultural sector in Indonesia The value of Gross Domestic
is divided into five subsectors, namely food Product (GDP) of agricultural, livestock,
agriculture sub-sector, estate sub-sector, forestry and fishery products at 2000
forestry sub-sector, livestock sub-sector and constant prices amounted to 304,777.1
fishery sub-sector. The agricultural sector is billion rupiahs in 2010 and 339,890.2
continually required to play a role in the billion rupiahs in 2013 or an increase of
national economy through the formation of 10.33 percent. While the role of agriculture
Gross Domestic Product (GDP), foreign sector to Indonesia's GDP in 2013 fell from
exchange gain, food supply and industrial 13.17 percent to 12.89 percent. The role of
raw materials, poverty alleviation, agriculture sector to GDP is ranked second
employment and income generation. after the management industry sector is
28
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
26.83 percent. (Badan Pusat Statistik there was a tendency of increasing rubber
Indonesia, 2014). plantation area to 92,609 ha and a decrease
The contribution of the agricultural of rubber production to 60,714 tons (BPS
sector to the total value of GDP of Riau Kabupaten Kampar, 2014). The decline in
Province ADHK-DM in 2010 has an the area of rubber plantation is suspected
increasingly fluctuating trend. In 2010, the due to the conversion of rubber land to palm
contribution of the agricultural sector to the oil which is considered easier in the
total value of GRDP of ADHK-DM company and has a higher economy.
Province was 17.08%, increasing to 17.73% Rubber plantations in Kampar
in 2014. During the period 2010 - 2014, the regency are dominated by smallholder
average growth of agricultural sector rubber plantations. Observing the results of
contribution increased by 0.75% per year. smallholder productivity with low
Where the agricultural sector ranked second productivity of smallholder rubber based on
only to the mining sector. GRDP for data from Kampar District Plantation Office
Kampar District from agriculture was 29.95 is only 0.78 tons / ha / year, caused by
percent in 2009 and 28.91 percent in 2013 factors such as: (1) the majority of farmers
or decreased by 0.70 percent. Where the have not used rubber planting material of
agricultural sector in kampar district ranks superior clones grafting) and has not yet
second after the mining sector. Thus seen applied the standard of cultivation and
that the agricultural sector is able to maintenance of rubber plantation as well as
contribute significantly to PDRB Kampar recommended post-harvest technology, (2)
regency. there is a large old rubber garden area that
At the Kampar regency level is not needs to be rejuvenated soon. These factors
much different from the provincial level. In affect each other. This factor becomes a
2013 the largest area of plantation crops is determinant as well as a barrier to
occupied by oil palm plantation with an area production, especially in rural areas so that
of 190,486 Ha. While the rubber plant is in rural communities, especially rubber
second with 92.509 Ha and Gambir plant is farmers who have problems in their efforts
in third with 4,817 Ha. In the period of to boost production.
2009-2012 the area of rubber plantation Based on the above study in
decreased. In 2009 the total area of rubber general this study was conducted with the
plant is 91,328 Ha and in 2012 the total area aim to analyze the efficiency of rubber
of rubber plant becomes 91,143 Ha. But not production in Kampar regency. Specifically
so with the production of rubber plants, aimed at analyzing the dominant factors
where in the year 2009 to 2012 rubber affecting rubber production, analyzing
production has increased from 46,656 tons technical efficiency, allocative efficiency
to 61,040 tons. Whereas in 2012 until 2013 and economic efficiency of rubber
METHODOLOGY
This research was conducted in Each sub-district took as many as 20 rubber
Kampar Regency, using multy stage farmers and a total sample of 60 rubber
purposive sampling method with the criteria farmers.
of 1-3 ha with the age of 13-25 years old. Methods of data analysis in this
Samples were taken in 3 sub-districts, study using Cobb-Douglas production
namely Kampar Kiri Hulu, Kampar Kiri function. The Cobb-Douglas function is a
Hilir and XIII Koto Kampar sub-districts, function or equation involving two or more
because the three districts are rubber variables. Mathematically, the Cobb-
production centers in Kampar regency.
29
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Douglas function can be written as follows technical efficiency, and economic

(Koutsoyiannis, 1997; Soekartawi, 2003): efficiency. A production is said to achieve
Y = b0 X1b1X2b2X3b3 X4b4 X5b5 eu an allocative efficiency when the Marginal
Product Value (MPV) equals the price of
Where:
Y = Number of rubber production (Kg / hectare /
the factor of production. The Value of
year) Marginal Product (MPV) is the addition of
X1 = Number of Plants (Tree / hectare / year) revenue received due to the additional use
X2 = Age of plant (hectare / year) of the input unit. Mathematically can be
X3 = The amount of fertilizer (Kg / hectare / year) written as follows (Soekartawi, 2003):
𝑁𝑃𝑀𝑥
X4 = Amount of labor (HKP / Hectare / year) MPVx = Px atau =1
𝑃𝑥
X5 = Investment (Rp / hectare / year)
b0 = Intercept Technical efficiency is the amount that
b1 ... b5 = Farameter of factors of production to be shows the ratio between actual production
expected and maximum production. Calculation of
e = Natural logarithm, e = 2,718 technical efficiency is done by calculating
u = Pitfalls Marginal Physical Product (MPP) from
each production factor. MPP is derived
The equation will be converted into from the first derivative of the production
multiple linear form to facilitate the function :
calculation by using natural logarithmic Y= b0 . X1b1 . X2b2 . X3b3. X4b4. X5b5
𝑑𝑌
transformation, the parameter is determined MPP = 𝑑𝑋 = b0 . b1 . X1b1 . X2b2 . X3b3 . X4b4.
by using the Ordinary Least Square (OLS) X5b5
method so that the equation becomes as Technical efficiency is achieved when MPP
follows: = 0. If MPP> 0, then the use of production
Ln Y = Ln b0 + b1 Ln X1 + b2 Ln X2 + b3 Ln input is not technically efficient, and if MPP
X3 + b4 Ln X4 + b5 Ln X5+ u <0, it means the use of input is technically
Expected alpha parameters (Hypothesis) b1, b2, b3, inefficient. The Economic efficiency is a
b5> 0 and b4 < 0. quantity that shows the comparison
In order to provide econometrically between actual profit and maximum profit.
valid results it is necessary to test some Mathematically, the relationship between
econometric assumptions which include the technical efficiency, allocative efficiency
detection of normality, multicollinearity, and economic efficiency are as follows
heteroscedasticity and autocorrelation of (Soekartawi, 2003):
the equations in the regression model EE = TE x AE
(Gujarati, 2003, Thomas, 1997; Verbeek et Where: EE = Economic Efficiency
all., 2000). TE = Technical Efficiency
Furthermore, after testing the AE = Allocative Efficiency
econometric assumptions, production Thus, if TE and EA are known, then EE
efficiency analysis is performed. in the can also be calculated. The quantities of
terminology of economics suggests that TE ≤ 1, AE ≤ 1, and EE do not always
efficiency can be classified into 3 (three) have to be less or equal to one..
kinds, namely allocative efficiency,
RESULT AND DISCUSSION production variables can be explained by

the number of plants, the number of labor,
Result of estimation model of
the use of fertilizer, the age of plants, and
rubber production factor in this research is
working capital. While 5.30 percent is
very good as where seen from coefficient of
influenced by other variables that are not
determination (R2) that is 0,9470. This
included in the model. This variation is
shows that 94.70 percent of the number of
significant at a real 1 percent level seen
30
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
from F arithmetic of 312.69 and probability The value of Durbin-Watson (DW) in the
<0.0001. built model is 2.064, at n = 60 and k = 6
The result of normality test using from the DW distribution table with 1
Shapiro-Wilk statistic shows that the result percent real level obtained dL value of
of Shapiro-Wilk statistic calculation for 1,808 and du 2,192. This indicates that the
rubber production is 0.88. The value is data is normalized, does not occur
significant at a real 1 percent level. The multicollinearear, does not occur
multicollinearity test of VIF values for all heterokedasitas and there is no
independent variables (number of plants, autocorrelation.
plant age, amount of labor, use of fertilizers, The dominant factor affecting
and investment) has a value less than 10. rubber production can be seen from the
The result of heteroscedasticity test shows a estimation of the model of the use of rubber
Breusch-pagan statistic of 7.77, the value is production factors in Table 1 below
different with zero at 5 percent real level.
Table 1. Results of model estimation of the use of production factors of smallholder

rubber farming in Kampar regency
Parameter Standard Variance
Variabel t Value Pr > |t|
Estimate Error Inflation
Intercept -0.88355 1.13016 -0.78 0.4378 0
Number of plants 0.88329 0.06079 14.53 <.0001 3.17175
Age of the plant -0.11708 0.06370 -1.84 0.0716 1.39693
Amount of labor 0.14117 0.06030 2.34 0.0229 1.11531
The amount of fertilizer 0.00221 0.00508 0.43 0.6659 1.11590
Investment 0.23692 0.08901 2.66 0.0102 2.85166
31
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Based on the estimation result of The coefficient of labor has a positive

model in Table 1 it is known that there are sign that is 0.14117 which means that every
four variables that have real effect on the 1% increase in labor will increase the
production of smallholder rubber, that is the production amount of 0.14117%, and vice
number of plants, plant age, labor, and versa, 1% reduction of labor will decrease the
investment. While the amount of fertilizer production amount by 0, 14117 percent
has no significant effect on the production of assuming other production factors remain.
smallholder rubber in Kabupten kampar. The effect of the use of labor on production
The coefficient of the number of is positive so that it can increase rubber
plants has a positive sign that is 0.88329 production by increasing the use of labor
which means that every 1 percent increase in without reducing the use of other production
the number of plants will increase the amount factors. The largest allocation of working
of production by 0.88329 percent, vice versa, time of farmers in farming is harvest labor.
any 1 percent reduction in the number of The greater the allocation of harvest work,
plants, will decrease the amount of the production (yield) tends to increase. This
production by 0.88329 percent with the is similar to the study Rizal (2014), Ronal. S
assumption that other factors of production at all (2014), Yarna Hasian (2015), Gede at
remain. This indicates that the number of all (2015), Reni at all (2014), Silvira at all
plants responsive to rubber production, so it (2013), Felicia at all (2014), Lidya at all
can give an idea that the number of plants is (2015), Shelvi at all (2014), Susilawati at all
the factor of production of the greatest (2015), Stulov (2016), Reny at all (2014) dan
influence in determining the amount of Ongki at all (2015).
rubber production. Based on this the farmers The coefficient of investment has a
can still increase the number of cultivated positive sign to production of 0.23692 which
rubber plants because each additional input means that every 1 percent increase in
will increase output. This is similar to the working capital will increase the amount of
study Agustina at all (2016). production by 0.23692 percent, and vice
The result of the estimation can show versa, any 1 percent reduction in investment
that the data of plant age negatively affect the will decrease the production amount of 0,
amount of rubber production and 23692 percent assuming other factors of
significantly different with zero at the real production remain. This indicates that the
level of 10 percent so that hypothesis H0 effect of investment on rubber production is
accepted and hopotesis Haditolak. This responsive to this matter with the study Desi
means that if the age of the plant increases (2015).
then the amount of production will be
reduced. The coefficient of plant age has a Production Efficiency
negative sign that is -0.11708 which means Soekartawi (2003) in the terminology
that every 1 percent increase in plant life will of economics argues that efficiency can be
decrease the amount of production by classified into 3 (three) kinds, namely
0.11708 percent. Thus it can be concluded allocative efficiency, technical efficiency,
that if there is a decline in rubber production and economic efficiency. Analysis results
due to old age the rubber plant is time to be Technical efficiency, allocative efficiency or
rejuvenated. price and economic efficiency can be seen in
table 2.
32
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 2. Results of Technical Efficiency Analysis, Allocative Efficiency and Economic

Efficiency
Economic
Variabel Technical Efficiency Allocative Efficiency
Efficiency
Number of plants -21.92* -3.06*
66.98*
Amount of labor -8.03* -3.15*
25.27*
The amount of fertilizer -0.13*** -0.31* 0.04***
Description: * Inefficient; ** not yet efficient; *** already efficient
The result of technical efficiency zero), meaning that fertilizer is economically

calculation shows that the value of technical efficient.
efficiency of the number of plants, and labor 5. CONCLUSION
of respectively -21.92, and -8.03. These
values are <0 (small from zero), meaning that The dominant factors affecting
the use of plant quantity factors, labor and rubber production in Kampar regency are
fertilizers is not technically efficient. number of plants, plant age, number of labor
Therefore it is necessary to add the use of and investment. All the statistically
factor of plant number, labor and fertilizer. significant different factors had a positive
While the value of technical efficiency for effect except the age of the plant.
plant age factor is 150.78, the value is>0 Furthermore, the use of factors of production,
(large from zero), meaning the plant's age in particular the number of plants and the
factor is not technically efficient. It is number of labor, is not technically efficient,
therefore necessary to rejuvenate the old / allocative, and economical. The use of
damaged plants. Meanwhile, the value of fertilizers (dominated by urea fertilizers)
technical efficiency of fertilizer use and uses tend to be technically and economically
investment = 0 (equal to zero), meaning that efficient, but alocatively inefficient.
the use of fertilizer and investment is The policy implications for
technically efficient. optimizing rubber production in Kampar
The value of the allocative efficiency District are: First The use of the number of
for the factor of the number of plants, labor, crops in smallholder rubber farming in
and the use of fertilizer, respectively is -3.06, Kampar Regency is known to be responsive
-3.15, -0.31, the values are <1 (small of one), to production and has not yet reached
meaning that the amount factor plants, the technically and economically efficient
amount of labor and the use of inocially condition, therefore to optimize rubber
inefficient fertilizers, thus reducing the use of production the farmers can still increase the
production factors. use the number of plants. The average use of
The result of the economic efficiency the number of smallholder rubber plantations
calculation shows that the number of plant in Kampar Regency is 431 stems / hectare,
and labor is 66,98 and 25,27, the value is> 0 while to obtain optimal results, the
(big from zero), meaning the use of plant recommended rubber planting distance from
quantity factor and the amount of labor is not the Kampar Regency plantation is 6 x 3
economically efficient. Therefore, it is meters or the total population of about 550
necessary to increase the use of the number trees / hectare. Both the ages of the rubber
of plants and the number of workers. While plant have many old and damaged, therefore
the result of economic efficiency for fertilizer need to be rejuvenated rubber plant.
use factor is 0,04, the value is = 0 (equal to Rejuvenation of rubber using superior seeds
and maintained in accordance with the
33
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
standards of cultivation techniques is Pengembangan Tanaman Karet tahun

believed to be able to increase the 2014, Jakarta.
productivity of rubber produced. Thirdly, to Felicia Marisa Sinabariba, Fembriarti Erry
obtain a more optimal production and Prasmatiwi dan Suriaty Situmorang
efficient use of labor, it is necessary to apply (2014). Analisis Efisiensi Produksi
the appropriate rubber tapping system Dan Pendapatan Usahatani Kacang
adapted to the condition of the plant and the Tanah di Kecamatan Terbanggi Besar
price of rubber. Kabupaten Lampung Tengah. Jurnal
Ilmu-Ilmu Agribisnis Universitas
REFERENCES Lampung Vol 2, No 4 :316-322,
Agustina Pasaribu, Djaimi Bakce, Novia Oktober 2014.
Dewi (2016). Analisis Efisiensi Gede Wegananda ajar Sangurjana, IWayan
Produksi Usahatani Kelapa di Widyantara dan Ida Ayu Listia Dewi
Kecamatan Keritang Kabupaten (2016). Efektivitas dan Efisiensi
Indragiri Hilir. Jurnal Online Penggunaan Faktor Produksi
Mahasiswa (JOM) Bidang Pertanian Usahatani Cabai Besar di Desa
Vol 3, No 1:1-11, Februari 2016. Baturiti Kecamatan Baturiti Tabanan.
Badan Pusat Statistik. 2014. Statistik E-journal Agribisnis dan Agrowisata
Indonesia. Biro Pusat Statistik, Universitas Udayana Vol.5 No.1:1-
Jakarta. 11, Januari 2016.
Badan Pusat Statistik. 2014. Riau Dalam Gujarati, D, 2003. Basic Econometrics.
Angka 2014. Badan Pusat Statistik Fourth Edition. International. Edition
Provinsi Riau, Pekanbaru. Mc Graw-Hill, Singapore:.
Badan Pusat Statistik. 2013. Riau Dalam Hanke, J. E., A. G. Reitsch, and D. W.
Angka 2013. Badan Pusat Statistik Wichern. 2001. Business Forecasting.
Provinsi Riau, Pekanbaru. Seventh Edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey.
Badan Pusat Statistik. 2014. Kampar Dalam
Angka 2014. Badan Pusat Statistik Hair, J.F. JR, R. E. Rolph, R. L. Tatham,
Kabupaten Kampar, Bangkinang. and W. C. Black. Multivariate Data
Analysis. Prentice-Hall Internationa,
Badan Pusat Statistik. 2013. Kampar Dalam Inc., New Jersey.
Angka 2013. Badan Pusat Statistik
Kabupaten Kampar, Bangkinang. Koutsoyiannis, A. 1977. Theory of
Econometrics. Harper and Row
Desi Apriani Damanik (2015). Analisis Publisher Inc, New York.
Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi
Produksi Teh (Studi Kasus: PTPN Ongki Fermadi, Fembriarti Erry Prasmatiwi,
IV Bahbutong, Kec. Sidamanik, Kab. Eka Kasymir (2015). Analisis Efisiensi
Simalungun Sumatera Utara). Jurnal Produksi Dan Keuntungan Usahatani
Online Mahasiswa (JOM) Bidang Jagung di Kabupaten Ogan Komering
Ilmu Ekonomi Vol 2, No 2:1-15, Ulu Timur Sumatera Selatan. Jurnal
Oktober 2015. Ilmu-Ilmu Agribisnis Universitas
Lampung Vol 3, No 1 :107-113,
Didit, H dan Adus, A. 2005. Petunjuk Januari 2015.
Lengkap Budidaya Karet.
PTAgroMedia Pustaka, Jakarta. Reni Ismawati, Cepriadi, Roza Yulida (2014).
Analisis Faktor Produksi Terhadap
Direktorat Jendral Perkebunan Kementrian Produksi Semangka (Citrullus
Pertanian. 2013. Pedoman Teknis Vulgaris, Scard) di Kecamatan
34
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Tampan Kota Pekanbaru. Jurnal Social Economic of Agriculture And

Online Mahasiswa (JOM) Bidang Agribusiness Vol 2, No 4:1-12, 4
Pertanian Vol 1, No 1:1-14, Februari April 2013.
2014. Soekartawi. 1990.Teori Ekonomi Produksi
Reny Novianty Sinaga, Dian Wijayanto dan dengan Pokok Bahasan Analisis
Dardiyatno (2014). Analisis Pengaruh Fungsi Cobb-Douglas. PT. Raja
Faktor Produksi Terhadap Pendapatan Grafindo Persada, Malang.
dan Volume Nelayan Cantrang di Soekartawi. 2003. Teori Ekonomi Produksi;
Pelabuhan Perikanan Nusantara. Pokok Bahasan Analisis Fungsi Cobb-
Journal of Fisheries Resources Douglass, Cetakan Ketiga, PT. Raja
Utilization Management and Grafindo Persada, Jakarta.
Technology Vol 3, No.2:85-93.
Susilawati, Sugeng Yudiono dana di Suyatno
Rizal R (2014). Analisis Efisiensi (2015). Analisis efisiensi alokatif
Penggunaan Input Produksi Usahatani Faktor-Faktor Produksi Usahatani
Padi sawah di Desa Toribulu Jagung Hibrida Di Kawasan Usaha
Kecamatan Toribulu Kabpaten Parigi Agribisnis Terpadu (Kuat) Rasau
Moutong. Journal Agroland Jaya Komplek Kabupaten Kubu
Universitas Tadulako Vol.1 No.1 :29- Raya. Jurnal Social Economic of
36, April 2014. Agriculture Vol 4, No 2:88-102,
Ronal Simorangkir, max Nur Alam dan Desember 2015.
Abdul Muis (2014). Analisis Efisiensi Stulov. V.V (2016). Increase in Production
Penggunaan Input Produksi Usahatani Efficiency Due to the Use of
Jagung Manis di Desa Maku Modernized Rubber_Processing
Kecamatan Dolo Kabupaten Sigi. Rollers. Journal of Machinery
Journal Agroland Universitas Manufacture and Reliability, 2016,
Tadulako Vol.21 No.1:37-44, April Vol. 45, No. 1: 78–82, Maret 2016.
2014.
Pindyck, R. S. and D. L. Rubinfeld. 1991.
Salvatore, D. 2011. Managerial Ekonomics Econometric Models and Economic
dalam Pekonomian Global. Erlangga, Forcasts. Third Edition. McGraw-Hill
Jakarta. Inc, New York.
Shelvi Sriyanti, Suardi Tarumun dan Thomas, R.L. 1997. Modern
Yusmini (2014). Analitytic of Economometrics an Introduction.
Production Factors Towards Updown Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow.
Farming Enterprise Productivity
Sungai Beringin Village Tembilahan Verbeek, M., KU Leuven, and Tilburg University. 2000.
Sub District Indragiri Hilir Regency. A Guide to Modrn Econometrics. Jonh Wiley
Jurnal Online Mahasiswa (JOM) and Sons Ltd., Chichester.
Bidang Pertanian Vol 1, No 1:1-12, Widarjono, A. 2009. Ekonometrika
Februari 2014. Pengantar dan Aplikasi untuk Ekonomi
Silvira, Hasman Hasyim dan Lily Fauzia dan Bisnis. Ekonisia, Jakarta.
(2013). Analisis Faktor-faktor yang Yarna Hasiani (2015). Efisiensi Faktor-
mempengaruhi Produksi Padi Sawah faktor Produksi Usaha Pembesaran Ikan
(Studi Kasus: Desa Medang, NIla Dalam Karamba Jaring aapung di
Kecamatan Medang Deras Kabupaten Banjar. Journal EnviroScienteae
Kabupaten Batu Bara). Journal On Vo.11 No.3:187-192, November 2015
35
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
DETERMINING SLIDERS POSITION BY USING

PYTHAGORAS PRINCIPLE
OF 3-DOF LINEAR DELTA ROBOT
Nur Khamdi 1, Muhammad Imam Muthahhar 2
1,2
Department of Mechatronics, Politeknik Caltex Riau, Riau, Indonesia
Email: [email protected] [email protected]
Abstract
Linear delta robot is a type of parallel robot, which consists of three arms linked together
in parallel with the center joint as the end effector. Delta robot has a 3-DOF for XYZ
translation. This paper present an another way from inverse kinematics to determine
three sliders Z-axis position using the Pythagoras principle and supported by Computer
Aided Design (CAD).
Keywords: Delta Robot, Pythagoras, Computer Aided Design
inertia, unlike the serial-link robot which the

1. INTRODUCTION actuator has each connection/link so that
Delta or Parallel robot was designed when the robot manifold series is in motion,
by Reymond Clavel in 1988. In 1999, Dr. the burden not only on the mass of
Clavel is presented with the Golden Robot construction, but also the mass of own
Award, sponsored by ABB Flexible actuator that the results is slower movement.
Automation Innovation for his work on the In [2], the author describes inverse
Delta robot [1]. Similarly, the robot kinematics analysis to determine position of
manipulator generally like SCARA, three linear sliders. In this paper present an
Cartesian, and Articulated robots, that are extended method by using pythagoras
Serial-link robot robot, Delta robot is also principle to determine Z-axis position of
part of manipulator robot. The fundamental three linear sliders.
difference of Delta robot with Serial-link
robot is on the construction, which the delta
robot is kind of Parallel-link robot. 2. METHODOLOGY
The advantages of manipulator robot that In this paper, the method to determine
based of Parallel-link compare with Serial- Z-position of three sliders by using
link is on acceleration, stiffness, low inertia pythagoras principle. The XY-position of
and high precision, and faster in operation in end effector is determined by using cartesian
a cycle. This is because the actuators on the coordinat system. As despicted in Fig.1,
robot is separated in a fixed position to the hypotenuse is length of the arm (a), and the
moving mechanical system, thus create a other side is height of slider/Z-position (b)
faster movement with low and horizontal distance from spherical join of
end-effector to the slider that on fixed-base
(c).
36
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Fig. 1 Right triangle projection of slider-end effector connections
Length of the arm that can be set manually origin O (0,0) is located at one of poles of
depend on the dimensions of the robot. The robot platform (P1) as shown in Fig.2.
Fig. 2 Top view of Delta robot’s workspace with poles and end-effector
There are several steps calculations before distance Qn-Pn is obtained, then determine
determining the Z-axis position of the sliders. the height of all the sliders position / Z-axis
First determine the XY coordinates of each position also using Pythagoras equation. Z-
point that required in the delta robot. Next position can be obtained if horizontal
determine the horizontal distance of distance and length of arm is known.
spherical joint of the end-effector (Qn) to the
origin (Pn). The detail procedure to obtain A. Determining the XY Coordinates at
horizontal distance of Qn to Pn is using XY- The Required Point
coordinate, determine of resultant from the Determine the XY coordinates of each point
X-Y distance by using the Pythagoras are required depending on the mechanic size
equation. The resultant is a minimum of the robot to be made. However, it can also
distance of Qn to Pn. After a minimum be done using CAD design using AutoCAD
37
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
software as a sketcher for robot concept to that despicted in Fig. 3 sketching isosceles
determine the XY coordinates. For example triangle using CAD
.
Fig. 3 Sketch and dimensions of fix-platform and moving platforms (end-effector)
As seen in Fig. 3, P1 is origin O, Q1 is the platform. The data of sketch dimension that
origin O 'and R is the midpoint of the moving can be taken from Fig. 3 as shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Example for Coordinates of X and Y axis for points from origin
Point X Y
P1 0 0
P2 407,03 0
P3 203,52 -352,5
Q1 (from O’) 0 0
Q2 (from O’) 75,22 0
Q3 (from O’) 37,61 -65,14
R (from O’) 37,61 -21,71
R 203,52 -117,5
Coordinates of points being determined is

useful for obtaining the resultant or minimum
horizontal distance of Q1-P1, P2-Q2 and Q3-
P3.
B. Determining Resultant Distance of

Point Q to P
Determining resultant Q-P using Pythagoras
equation where the resultant is hypotenuse,
while 2 other side is the distance XY
coordinates of Q-P as shown in Fig.4. So
before determining the resultant Q-P, the
distance of Q-P in XY coordinates should be
determined first
38
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Fig. 4 The resultant line and both perpendicular lines

𝑄2𝑃2𝑟𝑒𝑠 = √𝑄2𝑃2𝑥 + 𝑄2𝑃2𝑦 (7)
In Fig. 4 Hypotenuse is a red line, green line To determine the XY distance of Q3-P3
is the line of X-axis and yellow line is the with equation:
line Y-axis. To determine the XY distance 𝑄3𝑃3 = 𝑃3 − 𝑄1𝑃1 − 𝑄1𝑄3 (8)
from Q1-P1 is requiring R points from If using data in Table 1, Q3-P3 distance can
origin and distance of R-Q1, in which: be obtained on the X and Y-axis as:
𝑄1𝑃1 = 𝑅 − 𝑅𝑄1 (1) 𝑄3𝑃3𝑥 = 203,52 − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 −
If using data in Table 1, Q1-P1 distance can 37,61 = 165,91 − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 (9)
be obtained on the X and Y-axis as: 𝑄3𝑃3𝑦 = (−352,5) − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑦 −
𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 = (203,52 + 𝑋) − 37,61 (2) (−65,14) = (−287,36) − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑦
𝑄1𝑃1𝑦 = (−117,5 + 𝑌) − (−21,71)
(10)
(3) From equations 9 and 10, resultant value of
Variable of X and Y are the desired Q3-P3 can be determined with Pythagoras
distances position on End-effector (point R). equation:
From equations 2 and 3, resultant value of
𝑄3𝑃3𝑟𝑒𝑠 = √𝑄3𝑃3𝑥 + 𝑄3𝑃3𝑦 (11)
Q1-P1 can be determined with Pythagoras
equation:
C. Determining Z-axis position of
𝑄1𝑃1𝑟𝑒𝑠 = √𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 + 𝑄1𝑃1𝑦 (4)
sliders
As for determining the XY distance of Q2- Resultant of Q-P obtained by Equation 4, 7,
P2 using equation: and 11 were subsequently used to determine
𝑄2𝑃2𝑥 = 𝑃2 − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 − 𝑄1𝑄2𝑥 (5) distance of Z-axis each using Pythagoras
= 407,03 − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 − 75,22 equation. As despicted in Fig.1 formed
= 331,81 − 𝑄1𝑃1𝑥 projection like a right triangle where (c) is
𝑄2𝑃2𝑦 = 𝑄1𝑃1𝑦 the resultant distance Q-P, (a) is the length
of the arm, and (b) is the height of the slider
(6) on the Z-axis that the desired position. The
The Y-axis coordinate value of Q2-P2 is Pythagoras equation on the right-angled
equal to Q1-P1 because the points are triangle as:
always in parallel. 𝐿2 = (𝑄𝑛 𝑃𝑛𝑟𝑒𝑠 )2 + 𝑍𝑛 2 (12)
If fix-length of arms and the resultant
distance of Q-P are known, then to
determine the height of slider from the
From equation 5 and 6, resultant value of origin from equation 12 becomes:
Q2-P2 can be determined with Pythagoras
𝑍𝑛 = √𝐿 − 𝑄𝑛 𝑃𝑛𝑟𝑒𝑠 (13)
equation:
39
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Where n = 1, 2, and 3. [2] Stolfi, F., Avanzini, A., Welker, B., &
From equation which has been obtained, the Isinhue, A. (2014). "Design Review
slider position can be determined according of Delta Robot". MECE E3430
to the desired position on the end-effector. Engineering Design, 10-19.
The use of this method is another way to [3] Wikipedia. (2015). Delta Robot.
determine the movement of the slider Delta Retrieved September 2015, from
Robot that in general is using inverse Wikipedia Website:
kinematics calculation. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Delta
_robot
[4] Liu, X. J., Wang, J., Oh, K. K., & Kim,
3. CONCLUSION J. (2003). "A New Approach to the
In this paper, we have illustrated Design of a DELTA Robot with a
pythagoras principle to determine sliders Desired Workspace". Journal of
position of 3-DOF Linear Delta Robot as Intelligent and Robotic Systems, 210.
other way from inverse kinematics. In [5] Vischer, P., & Clavel, R. (1998).
conclution, the Z-axis position of three "Kinematic Calibration of the
sliders same as inverse kinematics Parallel Delta Robot". Robotica,
calculations. 207-218.
The #1Online Encyclopedia Dedicated [6] Pauly, M. L. (2014). Workspace
to Computer Technology Analysis of a Linear Delta Robot:
[Online]. Available Calculating the Inscribed Radius.
http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/R/robo Rose-Hulman Institute of
tics.htm Technology.
The #1Online Encyclopedia Dedicated [7] Williams II, R. L. (2015). "The Delta
to Computer Technology Parallel Robot: Kinematics
[Online]. Available Solutions". Internet Publication.
http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/R/robo Retrieved from
tics.htm www.ohio.edu/people/williar4/html
he #1Online Encyclopedia Dedicated /pdf/DeltaKin.pdf
to Computer Technology [8] Greensite, F. (2012). "A New Proof of
[Online]. Available the Pythagorean Theorem and Its
http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/R/robo Application to Element
tics.html Decompositions in Topological
he #1Online Encyclopedia Dedicated Algebras". International Journal of
to Computer Technology Mathematics and Mathematical
[Online]. Available Sciences.
http://www.webopedia.com/TERM/R/robo [9] Ratner, B. (2016). "Pythagoras:
tics.htm (Ayob, Nurshazwani, & Jalani, Everyone Knows His Famous
2015) Theorem, but Not Who Discovered
It One Thousand Years before Him".
REFERENCES DM STAT-I Consulting.
[1] Bonev, I. (2016). Affordable Academic [10] Ayob, M. A., Nurshazwani, W., &
Parallel Robots. Retrieved from Jalani, J. (2015). "Inverse
Parallemic: Kinematics Analysis of a 5-Axis
http://www.parallemic.org/Reviews RV-2AJ Robot Manipulator". ARPN
/Review002.html Journal of Engineering and Applied
Sciences.
40
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
MORPHOLOGICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF NIBUNG

(Oncosperma tigillarium (Jack) Ridl.) AS RIAU PROVINCE
MASCOT FLORA
Desti
Department of Biology Education, Faculty of Education, Universitas Islam Riau
Jl. Kaharuddin Nasution, Marpoyan, Pekanbaru 28284 Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Nibung (Oncosperma tigillarium (Jack) Ridl.) is the identity of the Riau Province that
serve as the mascot of the flora of the province. The purpose of doing research is to
know the morphological characterization of the flora as the mascot nibung Riau
Province. Morphological observation in the field can provide useful information for
determining the character of a plant and into a special identifier and identity in
distinguishing a plant. Morphological characters observed morphological character that
consists of a quantitative and qualitative nature of the observed sample directly on the
original habitat in nibung. Morphological observations of the next data diskoring and
presented in the form of pictures. In addition, qualitative data are presented in visual
form and description. The results showed that plants have a life habit nibung merumpun
with a wooden rod hard. The plants live observable Nibung merumpun. Vegetative
organ that has been observed is composed of parts of the roots, stems, and leaves. Type
of plant rooting nibung root-shaped fibers. The stem and leaves are protected by spines
hard long black. Its leaves are arranged menyirip nibung (pinnatus) with type compound
leaves and pertulangan leaves. Generative organs observed is composed of organs of the
flowers and fruit. Flowers plants nibung arrayed in Yellow River. While the fruit is
round-shaped, dark green to dark purple. Types of flowering plants observed nibung
pertained type compound interest.
Keywords: Nibung, Morphological Characterization
1. INTRODUCTION (2008), germplasm as a descendant of the

nature of the substance need to get attention,
Nibung (Oncosperma tigillarium) is
not only to collect and maintain, but also
typical of plants that serve as the mascot for
characterize and evaluate genetic diversity
the flora of the province of Riau. Nibung
and genotipnya.
plant is one of the important germplasm in
Morphological observation in the field
Riau Province. According to Jamsari,
can provide useful information for
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
determining the character of a plant that to collect and maintain, but also
wants to be developed or be a special characterize and evaluate genetic diversity
identifier in distinguishing a plant. and genotype.
Morphological characters of the identifier is Morphological observation in the field
important can be the identity of the plants. can provide useful information for
Morphological marker is the first step of the determining the character of a plant that
observed directly based on the nature of the wants to be developed or be a special
morphological characteristics among others identifier in distinguishing a plant.
are secondary (Jamsari, 2008). Morphological characters of the identifier is
One of the obstacles faced in nibung important can be the identity of the plants.
plant conservation efforts in Riau Province Morphological marker is the first step of the
is a natural growing place of habitat damage observed directly based on the nature of the
and exploitation are not responsible. In morphological characteristics among others
addition, yet the abundance of information are secondary (Jamsari, 2008).
on plant morphological characters nibung in One of the obstacles faced in nibung
Riau Province causing the plant not known plant conservation efforts in Riau Province
by people in Riau in particular as the mascot is a natural growing place of habitat damage
flora regions themselves. Therefore, it is and exploitation are not responsible. In
expected that with the characterization of addition, yet the abundance of information
the morphology of this activity can be a on plant morphological characters nibung in
reference in the socialization and Riau Province causing the plant not known
exploration efforts nibung plants as the by people in Riau in particular as the mascot
mascot flora Riau, so expect public flora regions themselves. Therefore, it is
awareness will use wisely protective expected that with the characterization of
measures and the existence of this flora. In the morphology of this activity can be a
addition, it is expected to serve as a material reference in the socialization and
consideration for policy makers in plant exploration efforts nibung plants as the
conservation efforts nibung in the days to mascot flora Riau, so expect public
come. awareness will use wisely protective
Characterization of the morphology of measures and the existence of this flora. In
plants nibung (O. tigillarium) is expected to addition, it is expected to serve as a material
provide information about all the characters consideration for policy makers in plant
and morphology of etnobotaninya, so that it conservation efforts nibung in the days to
can help in the effort of development and come.
conservation of plants nibung. To date Characterization of the morphology of
information on the characterization of plant plants nibung (O. tigillarium) is expected to
nibung in Riau Province is still not there. provide information about all the characters
Therefore, the activities of the and morphology of etnobotaninya, so that it
characterization of the morphology of can help in the effort of development and
Botanicals in Riau Province nibung is very conservation of plants nibung. To date
important observed. information on the characterization of plant
nibung in Riau Province is still not there.
2. METHODOLOGY Therefore, the activities of the
characterization of the morphology of
Nibung (O. tigillarium) is typical of
Botanicals in Riau Province nibung is very
plants that serve as the mascot for the flora
important observed.
of the province of Riau. Nibung plant is one
of the important germplasm in Riau 3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Province. According to Jamsari, (2008), Based on the results of observation of
germplasm as a descendant of the nature of the morphological characterization,
the substance need to get attention, not only
42
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
characters have been observed qualitative between the clumps of one with the other
and quantitative character measurements clumps. This is in accordance with the
plants nibung (O. tigillarium). Details of the results of the research of Baba, Chan and
results of observations of plant Aksornkoae (2013) stating that the herbs
morphological characters nibung described in the family including Palma nibung that
as follows: normally grows wild, grow berumpun
1. Habit like bamboo. One tree can have 5-30
The plant is a plant similar nibung Palm- nibung saplings.
paleman thrives around the area of the
neighbourhood and the community of the 2. Vegetative Organs
plantation area in the District of Vegetative organ that has been observed
Bengkalis Riau. Plants observed Nibung is composed of the part of root, stem, and
live merumpun, where each rumpunnya leaf (Figure 1). Type of plant rooting
can consist of 8 to 18 with saplings nibung root-shaped fibers. The stem and
nibung per clump. Plant saplings nibung leaves are protected by spines hard long
resembles bamboo shoots at the base of black. Its leaves are arranged menyirip
rumpunnya. Plant clumps nibung can nibung (pinnatus) with type compound
become very large and formed a unity leaves and pertulangan leaves
Figure 1. Vegetative Plant Organs of Nibung; Root (A); stem (B), and leave (C)
43| Universitas Islam Riau
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. Generative Organs nibung Palm hang, color yellow purplish

Flowers plants nibung arrayed in Yellow green. In each one there are two types of
Flower. While the fruit is round-shaped, flowers, flowers, male and female
dark green to dark purple. Types of flowers. Generally 1 female flowers
flowering and fruit plants observed flanked by two male flowers. A
nibung pertained type compound interest. perbungaannya wrapper also spiked. The
This is in line with the results of the fruit is globose, brought forth a dark
research of Baba, Chan and Aksornkoae purple coloured smooth surface. The
(2013) stating that plants nibung. Colour morphology of the fruit plants nibung
bright yellow inflorescence stalk. Flower observed can be seen in Figure 2
tree shaped like bunches of mayang
.
Figure 2. The morphology of the flowers and Fruit Plants of Nibung
The stem is very strong and resistant that each plant has specific morphological
nibung rotted so much used as a pillar of the descriptions which is the marker of a plant.
coastal area houses and other building Morphological marker is a marker that had
materials such as shipyards, docks and long been used in conducting taxonomic
fishing by fishermen. In addition, nibung descriptions because it is more convenient,
used as poles home staging, flooring, and fast, simple and relatively cheap.
bridges. Young shoots of plants has also
been much nibung utilized by communities 4. CONCLUSION
in the Province as a source of food and
vegetables. Part of the young shoots of Characterization of the morphology of
plants nibung rated by the community to the plant was done nibung consists of
have a better taste compared to bamboo characters which are quantitative and
shoots of bamboo. qualitative. The results showed that plants
In this case, the character of plant have a life habit nibung merumpun with
morphology nibung has been used in the wooden rods, which flourished around the
process of identification and as a plant area of the neighbourhood and the
nibung identifier as the mascot of Riau community of the plantation area in the
Province. This is in accordance with District of Bengkalis Riau. Plants observed
statement of Jamsari (2008), which States Nibung live merumpun, where each
44 | Universitas Islam Riau

ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
rumpunnya can consist of 8 to 18 with International Tropical Timber Organization

saplings nibung per clump. Plant saplings (ITTO). Yokohama. Japan.
nibung resembles bamboo shoots at the base
of rumpunnya. Plant clumps nibung can Ernawati, E. 2009. Ethnobotany Of The
become very large and formed a unity Malay Tribes Community Land (A Case
between the clumps of one with the other Study Of Village Aur Yellow Excl. Kampar
clumps. Kiri Hulu Kab. Kampar). Theses Faculty Of
Vegetative organ that has been Forestry IPB. Bogor.
observed is composed of parts of the roots,
stems, and leaves. Type of plant rooting Jamsari. 2008. Introduction to Breeding, the
nibung root-shaped fibers. The stem and cornerstone of molecular, biological and
leaves are protected by spines hard long Genetic. Unri Press. 232 case. Pekanbaru.
black. Its leaves are arranged menyirip
nibung (pinnatus) with type compound Kuni, B. E., G. Hardiansyah and Idham.
leaves and pertulangan leaves. Generative 2015. Ethnobotany of Dayak Society
organs observed is composed of organs of relatives in the village of Perodah Sub-
the flowers and fruit. Flowers plants nibung district Tapang Sekadau Regency Sekadau
arrayed in Yellow River. While the fruit is Upstream. Journal Of Sustainable Forest.
round-shaped, dark green to dark purple. Vol. 3 (3): 383 – 400.
Types of flowering and fruit plants
observed nibung pertained type compound Nurlia, A., H. Saberi and A. H. Lukman,
interest. 2013. The pattern of utilization of
Marketing Nibung around Sembilang
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT National Park Area of South Sumatra
Directorate of Research and Public Service, Province. Journal Of Forest Research Plant.
Directorate-General of Research and Vol. 10 No. 4:241 – 251.
Development for the Strengthening of the Saad, Z. S., Ahmad, M.H., M.F.A.. Rani
Ministry of Research, Technology and Khodzuri, M.H., N.M. Noor Yusof and Y.
Higher Education, According to the Mukai. 2015. Assessing the Potential of
Research Contract Number: Mangrove Educotourism to Marine
120/KONTRAK/LP-UIR/4-2017 Through Protected Areas: A Case of Tioman and
Research Institutes Riau Islamic University. Tulai Islands, Pahang, Malaysia. The
Natural Resources. 2015, 6, 442-449.
REFERENCES
Baba, S., Chan, H.T dan Aksornkoae, S. Winantris, I., Syafri and A.T. Rahardjo.
2013. Useful Product from Mangrove and Oncosperma tigillarium. 2012 is Part of
other Coastal Plants. ISME Mangrove Delta Plain Character Palino on Delta
Educational Book Series No. 3. Mahakam, Kalimantan. Bionatura – Journal
International Society for Mangrove of science – Biological and physical
Ecosystem (ISME). Okinawa, Japan and Sciences. Vol. 14 No. 3:228-236. ISSN
1411-0903
45
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
WEIGHT ON BIT ANALYSIS IN RATE OF PENETRATION

OPTIMIZATION USING BOURGOYNE AND YOUNG
METHOD
Novrianti1, Ali Musnal2, Hardi3, Bop Duana A4, Leovaldo P5

1,2,3,4,5
Universitas Islam Riau
Abstract
Drilling is one of the key in the exploration and exploitation of oil and gas. In every
drilling job, drilling target should be achieved well with the optimum Rate of
Penetration (ROP). Calculation and analysis of rock, bit selection, Weight on Bit
(WOB), optimum ROP, mechanical characteristic, and drilling hydraulic system need
to be done in order to obtain optimum ROP. WOB optimization is one of the ways to
obtain optimum ROP and also to avoid damage to the bit which caused by overloading.
The drilling rate is successfully increase if the drilling time is short and the drilling
target achieved according the plan itself. Calculation of ROP optimization at well X
by using Burgoyne and Young method. This method is suitable to apply at well X
because it caused by the drilling mechanical characteristic analysis. Calculation of bit
usage time needs to be done before determine optimum ROP to determine RPM, WOB
data is needed to optimize ROP in order to minimize drilling cost. From WOB analysis
obtained, ROP at 0 ft – 200 ft is 42.87%, at 208 ft – 641 ft is 59.71%, at 641 ft – 943
ft is 59.08%, at 943 ft – 1149 ft is 63.09%, at 1149 ft – 1419 ft is 56.91%, at 1419 ft –
1653 ft is 55.88%, and at 1653 ft – 1894 ft is 58.85%.
Keywords: Rate of Penetration (ROP), Weight
1. INTRODUCTION drilling rate prediction. (Hasan et al., 2008),

(Kaiser, 2007). Optimization of the drilling
Drilling oil wells involves a large
process is normally achieved by increasing
number of risks. Development of oilfield is
the rate of penetration (ROP) in an
subject to drill in cost efficient manners. For
environment that is bounded by financial
that reason oilfield drilling operations will
costs and physical limits. Optimizing rate of
face hurdles to reduce overall costs, increase
penetration is the key factor to reduce cost
performances and reduce the probability of
per foot and Minimizing the time of
encountering problems. (Eren and
exposure of drilled formations. (Bakly et al.,
Ozbayoglu, 2010), (Kutas et al., 2015).
2007). Drilling engineer have been
Optimization drilling techniques succeed to
concerned about this issue considerably
reduce drilling cost noticeably. (Hasan et al.,
during last decade because it result in
2008), (Bahari and Baradaran Seyed, 2007).
optimum drilling parameters selection,
An essential part of these techniques is
46
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
which leads to minimize drilling cost per because it takes the largest number of
foot. (Bourgoyne and Young Jr., 1974) operational parameters into account and
Achieving the optimum ROP involves still is widely employed. (Edalatkhah,
understanding a series of operational 2009), (Formighieri and Filho, 2016). In
parameters such as flow rate and pressure at this model, there are some unknown
the bottom of the well (which are related to parameters or coefficients, which must be
well clean liness and safety),the weight determined based on previous drilling
exerted on the drill bit (WOB) and the experience in field (Bahari and Baradaran
rotational speed of the bit or rotation per Seyed, 2007). Bourgoyne and Young
minute (RPM). The greater the weight and method was published in 1974, which
the higher the rotation of the bit, the faster considers the effects of the depth, the
the ROP will be. characteristics of the formation being
However, increasing these parameters drilled, the mechanical factors of the
can also lead to excessive wear to the bit. drilling process WOB, RPM and the drilling
Considering that the greatest costs are fluid system properties.
related to expenditure on rental of The formation characteristics, which
operational equipment, a bit change would determine WOB and ROP needs in
operation can be a very expensive order to achieve the target, are: (Adams and
procedure.(Formighieri and Filho, 2016) Charrier, 1985)
In view of this, well drilling operations 1. Soft Formation
must be very carefully planned and This formation needs lower WOB, but
executed to ensure that they run safely and when the other parameter already suit to this
within the time-frame predicted. Several formation, such as the the rotation table is
data-driven models have been developed large enough and the circulation rate is good,
recently in attempts to deal with the current ROP optimization will be achieved. With
complexity of this problem and in response the addition of WOB, it may cause many
to in monitoring technologies. Some of problems, such as slope of the hole, bailing
these approaches employ neural networks up, bit will break if it stuck on hard
as a black-box model of ROP and the formation and the main problem is the hole
operational variables (Edalatkhah, 2009), will not form completely.
while others employ Bayesian networks for 2. Hard Formation
decision support or for prediction (Jacinto et Hard formation has higher compressive
al., 2013), (Al-yami et al., 2012) strength, the increase of small amount of
There are also older mathematical WOB the bit and bearing will worn out fast.
models that are used for analytical support
in parallel with the more modern models, 2. METHODOLOGY
primarily during the well planning phase. ROP optimization is done by
Of these, the model that has gained greatest calculating the effect of WOB and RPM.
acceptanceis the Bourgoyne and Young The equations which been used to calculate
Model (BYM) (Bourgoyne Jr. et al., 1986) WOB are: (Irawan et al., 2012), (Alexandri,
n.d.)
𝑊 𝑤
𝑤 𝑎5 𝐻1 ( ) max +𝑎6 ( )𝑡
𝑑𝑏 𝑑𝑏
(𝑑 ) 𝑂𝑝𝑡 =
𝑏 𝑎5 𝐻1 +𝑎6
……………………………………..……...…..(1)
Which:
(W/d) opt =Optimum bit weight per inch
a5 = Bit weight constant
H1 = Constants that depend on bit type
47
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
W/d = Weight on bit per inch of bit diameter, 1,000 lb/in.

a6 = Rotary speed Constants
This equation is used to calculate RPM: (Amjad et al., 2015)
……………………..………...…………..(2)
Where the abrasive constants of the drilling is done. The torpidity of the
drilling bit (H) is the average value when drilling bit and bit time of use can be
calculate by using these equations:
Tr
H 
J 2 (h f  H 2 h f / 2)
2
……………………………………………………...……...… (3)
 W  W 
      
   60   
H1
 b m  db
d
J2  
1
 W    N  1  H / 2 
    4   2 
  d b   …………………………………………………..…...(4)
TrH  J 2 H (h f  H 2 h f / 2)
2
……….................................................................................(5)
Which: in a normally compacted formation.
Tr = Drilling time, hours (Kutas et al., 2015)
J2 = Bit torpidity parameteres f3 = effect of pore pressure
hf = Bit torpidity This term models the effect of
compaction on ROP, assuming
After the WOB and RPM analysis are exponential increase of ROP with the
done, optimum ROP determination can be increased pore pressure gradient. High
done by using Bourgoyne and Young ROP is common in formations like
equation: sandstone while low ROP is common in
ROP = f1 x f2 x f3 x f4 x f5 x f6 x f7 x shale and limestone. The lower ROP is
f8 ………………………………………… mainly related to overburden stresses,
…......(6) consequently adumbrate a more
Equation 1 consist of 8 sub – functions compacted and less porous interval.
which act and have significant influence in (Kutas et al., 2015)
the ROP performance (Hasan et al., f4 = effect of differential pressure
2008)(Kutas et al., 2015).(Bataee and This term represents the effect of
Mohseni, 2011) Which: pressure differential across the bottom
f1 = effect of formation strength of the hole on ROP. Increased bottom
The expression of a1 primarily hole pressure can have a negative effect
represents the effect of formation on ROP because cuttings can be held on
strength on the rate of penetration bottom, increasing the friction and teeth
(ROP), also represents drilled solid. wear of the drill- bits and also
(Kutas et al., 2015) decreasing the hole cleaning efficiency.
f2 = effect of compaction on ROP (Kutas et al., 2015)
This term models the effect of f5 = effect of drill bit diameter and WOB
compaction on ROP, assuming an This term models the effect of bit weight
exponential decrease in ROP with depth and bit diameter on penetration rate.
48
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Increased WOB has an exponential and and less on formation type. (Kutas et al.,
proportional response on ROP. It should 2015)
be noted that the drilling process strarts f8 = effect of bit hydraulic jet impct force
after a minimal applied WOB. (Kutas et This term represents the effect of bit
al., 2015) hydraulic on penetration rate.Increased
f6 = effect of rotary speed jet force implies in better cleaning of
This term represents the effect of rotary cuttings around the bit teeth on the
speed on ROP. It assumes that the bottom of the hole, also better hydraulic
increased rotary speed is directly environment for cutting transportation
proportional and exponential to the to the surface by maintaining the whole
penetration rate. Normally, after a area around the bit and drill string more
maximum increased RPM (foundering clean, avoiding differential sticking,
point) it has negative effect on ROP. decreasing friction rate, which could act
(Kutas et al., 2015) against a higher ROP.
f7 = effect of drill bit tooth wear Equation 1 can be split into 8 different
This term represents the effect of tooth equations which can be seen at equation 7
wear on penetration rate. The value of to 14:
a7 depends primarily on the bit type,
f1 =e2.303a1……………………………………………………………………………… .(7)
F2 = e2.303a2(1000-D)……………………………………………………………………......(8)
F3 = e2.303a3D0.69(gp-9)………………………………………………………………….......(9)
F4 = e2.303a4D(gp-ρc)………………………………………………..…………………..….(10)
𝑊 𝑊 𝑎5
−( )𝑡
F5=[ 𝑑𝑏 𝑑𝑏
𝑊 ] …………………………..…...…………………………………….…..... (11)
4−( )𝑡
𝑑𝑏
𝑁 𝑎6
F6 = (60 ) ………………………………………………………………………….... ....(12)
F7 = e ……………………………………………...................................................... .(13)
-a7h
𝐹𝑗 𝑎9
F8=(1000 ) ……………………………………………....………………………..……...(14)
Where based on (Hasan et al., 2008) and N = Rotary speed (rpm)

(Formighieri and Filho, 2016) h = Fractional tooth wear of the bit
a8 = Coefficients that must be for which h = 0 at
chosen on the basis zero wear
of previous drilling Fj = Jet impact force (lbf)
experience (W/db)m = Constants for physical
D = True vertical well depth (ft) specifications of bit
gp = Pore pressure gradient τH = Formation abrasiveness
(lbm/gal) constant (hr)
ρc = Equivalent mud density
(lbm/gal) The variable constants which used in
W = Weight on bit (1000 lbf) Bourgoyne and Yong method are: (Irawan
Db = Bit diameter (in) et al., 2012)
(W/db)t = Threshold of weight on bit at
which the bit begins to drill
49
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table1. Constants value from a1 to a8

Variable Constant Value
Formation Strength a1 3.91
Normal Compaction a2 9.45E-05
Under Compaction a3 6.86E-05
Pressure Differential a4 7.64E-05
Weight On Bit a5 0.37
Rotary Speed a6 1.97
Tooth Wear a7 0.025
Jet Impact Force a8 0.71
The actual data from well X before the optimization is done:
Table 2. Drilling Data of Well

Drill Int
Number Depth Depth End WOB Act ROP
Time N rpm Depth
Start (ft) MD (ft) 1000 lbft Actual
(hr) (ft)
1 0.00 200 3 15 120 200 66.70
2 208 641 4 15 40 433 108.30
3 641 943 4 15 40 302 75.50
4 943 1,149 3.3 15 40 206 63.40
5 1,149 1,419 4 15 40 270 67.50
6 1,419 1,653 4 15 40 234 58.50
7 1,653 1,894 4 15 40 241 60.20
8 1,894 2,000 2 15 40 106 53.00
6. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Based on the equation 1 and drilling data from table 2, WOB result can be seen in the
table 3
Table 3. Calculation Result of Weight on Bit (WOB)
Data WOB Opt (1000
Number Depth (ft) (w/db)max (w/db)t H1 lb/ft)
1 200 15 14 1.8 14.25
2 641 15 14 1.7 14.24
3 943 15 14 1.7 14.24
4 1149 15 14 1.7 14.24
5 1419 15 14 1.7 14.24
6 1653 15 14 1.7 14.24
7 1894 15 14 1.7 14.24
8 2000 15 14 1.7 14.24
Table 4 shows the comparison between actual WOB and calculated WOB
50
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 4. Comparison Between Actual WOB and Calculated WOB
WOB Act
Number Depth (ft) WOB Opt 1000 lb/ft
lbft
1 208 15,000 14,250
2 641 15,000 14,240
3 943 15,000 14,240
4 1,149 15,000 14,240
5 1,419 15,000 14,240
6 1,653 15,000 14,240
7 1,894 15,000 14,240
8 2,000 15,000 14,240
Based on table 4, it shown that differences separately optimized, it needs to be

between actual WOB and calculated WOB combined. To determine RPM, drilling bit
is about 5%. To determine the increase of time of use is need to be calculated by using
RPM, both WOB and RPM can be equation 5, and the result shown in table 5
:
(w/d)
Data DepthMD Tr db σH TrH
h (ft) (W/db)m H1 H2 hf 1000 J2 dH/dTr
Number (ft) (Jam) (inch) (jam) (jam)
lb/in
1 200 3 0.010 17.5 8.5 1.8 5 0.234 0.670 1.32 6.13 0.14 2.05
2 641 4 0.013 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 0.981 0.90 14.07 0.10 2.52
3 943 4 0.013 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 0.981 1.23 10.32 0.10 2.52
4 1149 3.25 0.010 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 0.981 1.38 7.46 0.12 2.05
5 1419 4 0.013 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 1.091 1.36 9.29 0.10 2.52
6 1653 4 0.013 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 1.091 1.48 8.55 0.10 2.52
7 1894 4 0.013 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 1.091 1.36 9.29 0.10 2.52
8 2000 2 0.009 12.5 10 1.7 3 0.234 1.091 1.54 4.10 0.19 1.26
Based on equation2, RPM can be calculated and shown in Table 6:

Table 6. RPM
Data Depth WOB Opt N Opt
Number (ft) τH/tb (w/db)max (w/db)t H1 (1000 lb/ft) (Rpm)
1 200 2.98 15 14 1.8 14.25 41.21
2 641 5.59 15 14 1.7 14.24 57.03
3 943 4.10 15 14 1.7 14.24 47.52
4 1149 3.64 15 14 1.7 14.24 44.35
5 1419 3.69 15 14 1.7 14.24 44.68
6 1653 3.40 15 14 1.7 14.24 42.55
7 1894 3.69 15 14 1.7 14.24 44.68
51
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
8 2000 3.25 15 14 1.7 14.24 41.49
There is significant comparison 2000 ft the differences between actual RPM

between actual RPM and calculated RPM. and calculated RPM is about 15%.
At 200 ft depth actual RPM is higher than Combination of WOB and RPM calculation
calculated RPM. Afterwards, at 641 ft, 943 can be used to optimize ROP. This
ft, 1149 ft, 1419 ft, 1653 ft, 1894 ft, and combination can be seen in Fig 1:
WOB Opt (1000 lb/ft)

N Opt (Rpm)
14.25 60.00
14.25 50.00
14.25
40.00
WOB, lb/ft
14.25
N, Rpm
30.00
14.25
20.00
14.24
14.24 10.00
14.24 0.00
- 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500
Depth, ft
Fig 1. WOB and RPM Combination
By using equation 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 ROP can be calculated::

Table 7. ROP Optimization
Depth W/db
Data MD MW ECD N (1000 db
Number (ft) (ppg) (ppg) (rpm) lbft) (inch) (W/db)t H1 H2
1 200 9.2 8.74 41.21 14.25 17.5 14 1.8 5
2 641 9.2 9.36 57.03 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
3 943 9.2 9.39 47.52 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
4 1149 9.2 9.42 44.35 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
5 1419 9.6 9.6 44.68 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
6 1653 9.6 9.63 42.55 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
7 1894 9.6 9.86 44.68 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
8 2000 9.6 9.88 41.49 14.24 12.5 14 1.7 3
52
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 7. ROP Optimization

OPTIMIZED
hf f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 f8 ROP (ft/hr)
0.23 49.90 2.52 0.97 1.01 1.60 0.48 1.00 0.01 95.39
0.23 49.90 2.47 0.98 0.99 1.60 0.90 1.00 0.01 173.04
0.23 49.90 2.44 0.98 0.99 1.60 0.64 1.00 0.01 120.11
0.23 49.90 2.42 0.98 0.98 1.60 0.56 1.00 0.01 103.34
0.23 49.90 2.39 0.98 1.00 1.60 0.57 1.00 0.01 105.92
0.23 49.90 2.37 0.98 1.00 1.60 0.50 1.00 0.01 91.19
0.23 49.90 2.35 0.98 0.96 1.60 0.54 1.00 0.01 95.63
0.23 49.90 2.33 0.98 0.96 1.60 0.47 1.00 0.01 82.42
The comparison between actual ROP and calculated ROP can be shown in fig. 2.
Fig 2.
Actual and Calculated ROP

After the mechanical parameter of optimized ROP, the incremental of ROP
calculation between WOB and RPM by between actual ROP and optimized /
using Bourgoyne and Yong method, the calculated ROP expressed in percentage by
differences between WOB and RPM can be using equation 14 which the result shown in
determined. These parameters will affect table 9.
ROP enhancement plan. After calculation
53
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 9. ROP Incremental for Each Depth

Range of Depth Optimizied ROP Incremental
Actual ROP (ft/hr)
(ft) ROP (ft/hr) (%)
0 - 200 66.70 95.39 42.87
208 - 641 108.30 173.04 29.71
641 – 943 75.50 120.11 59.08
943 – 1149 63.40 103.34 63.09
1149 – 1419 67.50 105.92 56.91
1419 – 1653 58.50 91.19 55.88
1653 – 1894 60.20 95.63 58.85
4. CONCLUSION Optimization of Kohat / Potohar

After WOB analysis to the ROP Region by Mathematical Model
enhancement plan at well X, by calculating ( Using Matlab ) and CompArative
the effect of mechanical parameter using Method-A Case Study.
Bourgyone and Young method, it can be Bahari, A., Baradaran Seyed, A., 2007.
concluded that: Trust-Region Approach To Find
1. Based WOB effect analysis, it gives 5% Constants of Bourgoyne and Young
difference between actual WOB and Penetration\nRate Model in Khangiran
calculated WOB. Iranian Gas Field. Proc. Lat. Am.
2. Based on WOB effect and RPM, ROP Caribb. Pet. Eng. Conf. 1–6.
obtained in various depth, at 0 ft – 200 doi:10.2523/107520-MS
ft ROP incremental obtained 42.87%, Bakly, O. El, Ali, K., Dawey, M. El,
from 208 ft – 641 ft ROP incremental Company, K.P., 2007. SPE / IADC
obtained 59.71%, at 641 ft – 943 ft ROP 108298 Optimized Drilling Cost Per
incremental obtained 59.08%, from 943 Foot in KPC Versus the Increase of
ft – 1149 ft ROP incremental obtained Drilling Tangible and Intangible Cost
63.09%, at 1149 – 1419 ft ROP ( Case Study ).
incremental obtained 56.91%, at 1419 ft Bataee, M., Mohseni, S., 2011. Application
– 1653 ft ROP incremental obtained of Artificial Intelligent Systems in
55.88%, at 1653 ft – 1894 ft ROP ROP Optimization: a Case Study in
incremental obtained 58.85%. Shadegan Oil Field. Middle East
Unconv. Gas Conf. Exhib.
doi:10.2118/140029-ms
REFERENCES Bourgoyne, a. T., Young Jr., F.S., 1974. A
Adams, N.J., Charrier, T., 1985. Drilling Multiple Regression Approach to
engineering: A complete well planning Optimal Drilling and Abnormal
approach. Pressure Detection. SPE J. 14, 371–
Al-yami, A.S., Schubert, J., Texas, A., 2012. 384. doi:10.2118/4238-PA
Using Bayesian Network to Model Bourgoyne Jr., A.T., Millheim, K.K.,
Drilling Fluids Practices in Saudi Chenevert, M.E., Young Jr., F.S.,
Arabia. SPE Int. Prod. Oper. Conf. Bourgoyne, A.T.J., Millheim, K.K.,
Exhib. 14–16. Chenevert, M.E., Young, F.S.J., 1986.
Alexandri, A., n.d. PERENCANAAN Applied Drilling Engineering Chapter
RATE OF PENETRATION 6. 8 Solutions. Soc. Pet. Eng.
Amjad, Q.B., Taxila, O.U.E.T., Waheed, S., doi:10.2118/31656-MS
Uet, O., Buitems, T., Khan, M.S., 2015. Edalatkhah, 2009. Bit Selection
SPE-181124-MS Drilling Optimization using artificial
Intelligence System.
54
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Eren, T., Ozbayoglu, M.E.E., 2010. Real during drilling operation based on rate
Time Optimization of Drilling of penetration model. Res. J. Appl. Sci.
Parameters During Drilling Operations. Eng. Technol. 4, 1690–1695.
SPE Oil Gas India Conf. Exhib. 1–14. doi:1690-1695, 2012
doi:10.2118/129126-MS Jacinto, C.M.C., Freitas Filho, P.J., Nassar,
Formighieri, S., Filho, P.J.D.F., 2016. S.M., Roisenberg, M., Rodrigues,
Estimation of Bourgoyne and Young D.G., Lima, M.D.C., 2013.
Model coefficients using Markov Optimization models and prediction of
Chain Monte Carlo simulation. Proc. - drilling rate (ROP) for the Brazilian
Winter Simul. Conf. 2016–Febru, pre-salt layer. Chem. Eng. Trans. 33,
1172–1183. 823–828. doi:10.3303/CET1333138
doi:10.1109/WSC.2015.7408243 Kaiser, M., 2007. A Survey of Drilling Cost
Hasan, M., Sensifai, B., National, B., Oil, I., and Complexity Estimation Models.
2008. Determining Bourgoyne and Int. J. Pet. Sci. Technol. 1, 1–22.
Young Model Coefficients Using Kutas, D.T., Mul, M.L., Nascimento, A.,
Genetic Algorithm to Predict Drilling Estadual, U., Unesp, P., 2015. A Study
Rate. doi:10.3923/jas.2008.3050.3054 of the Applicability of Bourgoyne &
Irawan, S., Abd Rahman, A.M., Tunio, S.Q., Young ROP Model and Fitting.
2012. Optimization of weight on bit
55
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
DESIGN SELF SERVICE SOFTWARE PROTOTYPE FOR

VILLAGE OFFICE USING UNIFIED MODELING
LANGUAGE
Jaroji1, Agustiawan2, Rezki Kurniati3
1,3
Department of Bachelor of Applied Software Engineering Politeknik Negeri Bengkalis
2
Department of D-III Electronic Politeknik Negeri Bengkalis
Email : [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
1
Abstract
Government bureaucracy that seem convoluted also occurs at the village government
level. This is not caused by the standard service system that has been in force in
general, but the staff and the lack of infrastructure that causes the excellent service to
the community become disrupted. Self-service software can be a solution to reduce
the bureaucratic path that is considered convoluted without having to eliminate the
role of the parties concerned. In this self-service software the community can access
services such as taking care of letters (certificate) and cover letters for various
purposes. To minimize the public in typing use id card reader to read the number on
the ID card. Before the software is fully implemented, it builds the first self-service
software prototype, which begins with a running system analysis using PIECES
analysis tools. Modeling process in software using unified modeling language method.
Implementation of process modeling using PHP programming and interface using
HTM5, CSS and javascript. The study produced a prototype of self service software
that was installed on the computer stand of the design and assembled itself. Wifi
connection is used to connect standing computer (client) with server.
Keywords: self services, uml, pieces, village government
1. INTRODUCTION Card (KK), Birth Certificate, Death Letter,

and Certificate of Move.
The Village Office is a government
agency located at the lowest level, in Information technology makes it easy
Permendagri no. 84 of 2015, the village for humans. Utilization can help the village
government structure consists of village government in serving the community.
heads, village consultative bodies, village When viewing the villages in Bengkalis
apparatus consisting of village secretaries, District, the utilization of this information
regional executors and technical technology has not been maximized. So far,
implementers (Kementerian Dalam Negeri, the system used is still in the form of manual
2015). One of the tasks and services of the information system, some obstacles
village government is to conduct population obtained in the use of this manual system
data collection and services for the such as complicate and slow down in the
production of Identity Card (KTP), Family process of proposing new letters, changes or
56
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
deletion of data in particular provide reports Before an information system is

on population data. Not a few also people developed, it starts with a policy and
who think that bureaucracy governed by planning to develop the system itself
complicated and difficult. This is based on (Prasetya et al, 2014). At this stage it
the facts they see when they are taking care begins by propose the idea of self service
of the population administration. While the at the village office, setting the
public wants a friendly, fast and effective boundaries of the problem or the scope
service. of the service of handling the certificate.
The objective to be achieved is to
Self-service system can be a solution to produce self service system for village
provide excellent service to the community office services. Data collection by
as well as to educate the application of interview method.
information technology to the community.
The self-service system can be described as 2. Identify user requirements
a tool that can be utilized by the community In the identification phase of user needs,
in administering a certificate (such as birth activities include interviews with
certificate, death certificate, moving administrative offices in village offices
certificate requiring accuracy and accuracy and observations on documents such as
of data), a letter of introduction and the format of certificate and cover letter.
handling of Family Card (KK). Self-service These activities are carried out to explore
systems should be designed to be easily the initial needs of the software. In
used by people with different educational addition, a study of literature on the
theory of design and software
backgrounds. As a tool of identification of
development. Analysis of system
population data used Population Identity
requirements using PIECES. Itself
Number (NIK) which is listed on Identity stands for Performance, Information,
Card (KTP), this is where the required Economics, Control, Efficiency, Service.
number of the parent population number This PIECES has six sections, from each
reader. At the same time provide of the six sections to a check list, each
information that the residents in question check list in the appropriate section of
have and carry ID cards. Once the the name will bring up the problem.
population data is identified by the system, Here's an explanation of each section
people can choose the services listed on the PIECES: 1. Performance (P) =
screen, input the required data and then the Throughput, response time (system
service will be processed by the system. To performance). 2. Information (I) =
ensure that the needs are properly identified, Outputs, inputs, data storage
(information presented). 3. Economic (E)
a prototype of self-service software is
= Costs, benefits (benefits achieved). 4.
developed using the unified modeling
Control (C) = Security (system security).
language method 5. Efficiency (E) = People, users,
machines (efficiency of people and
processes). 6. Service (S) = Services
2. METHODOLOGY provided. (Nugraha, 2017). Based on
2.1 Research Procedure this analysis formulated a solution in the
Here is a procedure used to complete form of self-service software
the study: development installed on the computer
stand.
1. Preparation
57
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. Design the software programming. Input at this stage are

structural diagram, behavioral diagram,
Unified Modeling Language (UML) is a user interface, build system, and
consistent communication tool in terms architecture.
of supporting current system developers.
The rules for modeling UML are how the 2.2 Self service
constructed elements can relate to one Self service technology is called self-help,
another. UML models are grouped by which refers to technologies that allow
their nature (Widodo and Herlawati, customers to learn, receive information,
2011): train themselves and provide their own
a. Usecase services (Howard and Worboys, 2003). Self
It is the functionality that the system service technologi which is designed can be
provides as units exchanging directly used by the community. The
messages between units or actors, devices needed to access the technology in
usually expressed by using verbs. It the form of a PC and a touch screen monitor
is denoted by a horizontal image of placed on the computer stand. Position and
the elipse and no two or more appearance should be made easy, elegant
usecase names may be the same. and attractive to make it easier for people to
b. Squence use this self-service system. Assembling
The sequence diagram is one of the component hardaware support required
Interaction diagrams that describes expertise in the field of electronics for all
how an operation is performed, what components are fused into one tool with one
messages are sent and when they are cable power.
executed. This diagram is organized
by time. Objects related to the 3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
running process of the operation are 3.1 Analysis of Current Systems
sorted from left to right based on the The flow of information systems for the
timing of occurrence in ordered handling of certificates and covering letters
messages. in progress can be explained that the
community making the introduction letter
c. Activity or certificate came to the village office.
Basically Activity diagrams are Then through the administration section to
often used by flowcharts. This check on the files that are brought such as
diagram corresponds to the ID cards, family cards. If the data is correct
statechart diagram. The statechart then the intended manufacture is
diagram focuses on objects that are immediately in the process. After the letter
in a process (or process being an is finished. The letter was signed by the
object), activity diagrams focusing village head. If the village head does not
on related activities occurring in a exist then it can be represented by the
single process. So in other words, village secretary. The signed letter is given
this diagram shows how these to the submitting community. The letter is
activities depend on each other. recorded in the letter-making book.
4. Development the software
At this stage build the application and 3.2 Analysis of PIECES
perform the implementation of the The results of PIECES's analysis of the
results of the requirements specification service system of making a certificate and
and software design through
58
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
spengantar in the village office are as

follows
1. Performance
Table 1 PIECES analyst result for performance
Paramater Analyst Result
Troughout Data processing is using computer and office software like Microsoft word and excel.
Employee staff performance in input data, making letter and letter of introduction of
village office through computer not maximal done because of limited human resources.
Respon Time The database for storing population information is still limited and not updated
2. Information
Table 2 PIECES analyst result for Information
Accuracy The service system of making a letter and cover letter is still done conventionally that is
displaying information in the administration service (counter), banners, and standing
banner.
Relevance The letter-making and cover letter service is dependent on the staff so that it becomes an
issue if the staff is not present.
Tepat Waktu Service system in the conventional way takes time in terms of data searching, re-input and
re-verify. All will be checked one by one.
3. Economy
Table 3 PIECES analyst result for economy
Cost Economically, the service of making a certificate and introduction to the village has not
had an impact on the use of costs with the existing system.
4. Control
Table 4 PIECES analyst result for control
System control Supervision of the service system of making a certificate and cover letter has been done
by dividing the system permissions in accordance with the needs, but caused by the limited
human resources will be computer skills it becomes somewhat hampered.
5. Efficiency
Table 5 result of PIECES for efficiency
Cost sources Fees for the service of making a certificate and cover letter shall be borne by the Village
Government. Villages also have potential budget that can be utilized to improve the
service quality to the community.
Power Source The service system of making the certificate and cover letter has not been flexible due to
the system being done still manually and dependent on the staff of the village officials.
59
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
6. Service
Table 6 result PIECES for service
Service Currently the service of making the certificate and the village introduction is still done
process manually by way of the community coming to the village office. Then the village
administration staff put on administrative completeness. Further verification is done. If the
data is properly processed according to the desired service.
3.3 System Weakness Analysis of ID card, a copy of the family card but
still be able to make a letter or cover
1. Every service. The administration must
letter.
open the resident file. This takes time
3. It takes technology to manufacture a
in searching and verifying data.
letter or cover letter that does not
2. Any letter of introduction or certificate
depend on the presence of the
shall be made, the public shall
administration.
complete the administration. Like a
copy of ID card, copy of family card
3. If the clerk on the part of the 3.5 Modeling System
administration is unable to attend, the 3.5.1 Use Case
service will be constrained
In the usecase diagram the actor
consists of Community and village admin.
3.4 Data Analyst The community has three cases and village
1. To facilitate the verification of admin has one case. Figure 1 is described
population data and facilitate the search the usecase. Use case scenario described the
for data with minimal time in need of sequence of steps describe between the user
population database organized. and the system.
2. It takes a technology that facilitates the
service without having to bring a copy
Figure 1 Use case diagram of the proposed system
1. Use case scenario make sertificate

Table 7 Use case scenario make sertificate
60
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Use case name Make Sertificate

Use case id 1
Actor Community.
pre condition Actor must select menu of certificate type

triger Sistem check access privilage for actor, if Actor has the access, they can access the
service
Description This use case describes the actor that make sertificate with the ID Card number and
population data
Typical cource of Actor action system response
events
a. Choice type of certificate a. Showing the page based on the
b. Input data based on the selected certificate selected type of certificate
c. Click print button b. Save the data
c. Print the certificate
Alternate courses If Actor has the access, they can access the service
conclution Actor has successful access the services
Post condition Sistem save the certificate data to database and give certificate to actor in pdf format
2. Use case scenario scan ID Card

Table 8 Use case scenario scan ID Card
Use case name Scan ID Card
Use case id 2
Actor Community.
pre condition Actor must scan the correct ID Card
triger Actor have grant access the service
Description This use case describes the actor that scan ID Card for get id card number
Typical cource Actor action system response

of events
a. Choice type of certificate a. Showing the page based on the selected type
of certificate
b. Input data based on the selected b. Save the data
certificate c. Print the certificate
c. Click print button
Alternate If the community give not valid ID Card number, system will rejected the request
courses
conclution Actor has successful access the services
Post condition Sistem give service access to actor
61
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
4.5.2 Activity Diagram print button to get the certificate. Figure 2

(b) is an activity diagram for authentication,
The activity diagram in figure 2 is two the public can enter the ID card in the slot
of all the designed activity diagrams. In provided to the parent population number
figure 2 (a) is an activity diagram to create are legible and displayed on the
a certificate, the public can choose the authentication page, the public can press the
service menu and input data and press the button to sign in to get into the service menu.
autentication page, when society pressing
(a) (b)
Figure 2 (a) Activity diagram make butt on sign in system check whether no
certificate (b) actvity diagram registered in database. If the registered
authentication process service page will open and if it is not
registered, an access rejection message will
be displayed, see figure 3 (a). To use
4.5.2 Squence Diagram community services to choose a menu of
services, the system checks whether people
Community scan ID card reader on have access rights to the service, for
standing computer, then system read parent example poor letter-making services, not all
number of residence and display it to communities can use the service. If access
rights are available, then the public can
input the data of the certificate and print it,
see figure 3 (b).
(a) (b)
Figure 3 (a) Squence diagram authentication process (b) Squence diagram make
sertificate
62
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3.6 Computer Standing Design that is easily accessible by the community,

Standing computer is used to facilitate therefore designed an upright construction
the public in administrative affairs in the with the intention of the user can operate it
village office, so it is positioned in a place by standing, as shown figure 4
.
Figure 4. Standing computer design

Figure 4 shows the first rack (above) is a
laptop equipped with a safety casing, 3.7 Design Interface
underneath is placed a box equipped with a Figure 5 is a design interface for user
reader for reading the parent population authentication, equipped with number keys
number on the ID card that has been to anticipate if the reader can not read the
inserted. the second rack is where the resident parent number properly. People can
printer to print the letters needed by the user. press Enter / Sign in to access the service.
Figure 5 Design interface for authentication page
63
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The design interface for the creation of this case people just choose the full name
a certificate is made similar to the official then all the required data will be seen. To
letter form. Figure 6 is one example of the get the certificate, people can choose the
interface design of making a certificate. In print button.
Figure 6 One of all interface design for make setificate

3.8 Implementation markup language (HTML5), Cascading
Style Sheet (CSS 3) and jQuery for the
The design of the interface is done to
system implemented a web-based server.
allow users to interact with the system. The
design interface is done using hypertext Authentication Page
Figure 7 Implementation result for authentication page
64
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3.8.1 Sertifcate Page
Figure 8 One of all implentation resulf for make setificate

3.8.2 Computer Standing input from community and village office
The material used for making a staff is urgently needed for further software
computer stand is a lightweight steel development. Response and input can be
combine with aluminum. Electronics circuit system functionality and a more ergonomic
for power suplly computer and printer made interface.
centralized so that device only need one
power supply with voltage 220 Volt.
Computer standing communication and REFERENCES
server using wifi.
Howard, M. and Worboys, C. (2003), Self-
4. CONCLUSION service – a contradiction in terms or
customer-led choice?, Journal of
Software generated in the form of self
Consumer Behavior, Vol. 2 No. 4, pp.
service prototype in village office. The use
382-92.
of unified modeling language methods
helps translate business processes into http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1
processes that facilitate the creation of self 002/cb.115/abstract
service software prototypes. This software
can be utilized by the village government to Kementrian Dalam Negeri (2015, December
serve the people who want to take care of 31), Susunan Organisasi dan Tata Kerja
the letter and cover letter. Response and Pemerintah Desa, September 29, 2017.
65
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
http://ppid.kemendagri.go.id/dip/down
load/10010000192
Nugraha, Ucu (2017). Analisis Sistem
Informasi Pelayanan Desa XYZ
Menggunakan Kerangka Kerja Pieces,
Jurnal Masyarakat Informatika
Indonesia, Vol. 2 No. 1 pp. 40-48
http://ejournal.ferisulianta.com/downlo
ad/JMII%20Vol%202%20No%201%2
02017/Paper%205%20JMII%20VOL
%202%20%20No%201%20Tahun%2
02017.pdf
Prasetya, H., Sholiq., dan Artwodini, F,
(2015), Perancangan Dan Pembuatan
Sistem Informasi Manajemen Pustaka
Pada Program Pendidikan Dokter
Spesialis (Ppds) Anestesiologi Dan
Reanimasi Rsud Dr. Soetomo. Jurnal
Teknik POMITS.
http://digilib.its.ac.id/public/ITS-
paper-34474-5209100126-Paper.pdf
Widodo, P.P dan Herlawati., 2011.
Menggunakan UML (Unified
Modeling Language), Bandung:
Penerbit Informatika
66
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
THE EFFECTS OF TENGKU AGUNG SULTANAH

LATIFAH BRIDGE TOWARD PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT IN
SIAK SUB DISTRICTS
Idham Nugraha1, Febby Asteriani2, Puji Astuti3, Retno Sawitri4, Firdaus Agus5
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Urban and Regional Planning Departement, Universitas Islam Riau
Email: [email protected]
Abstract
The existence of Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah Bridge is the main route access from
and to the center of Siak’s districts. That had the impacts of the development of the
surrounding areas in Siak districts, mainly in the Siak sub districts. One of the impacts
was physical development in Siak sub districts. Research objective was to identify the
physical development impact toward the construction of the Tengku Agung Sultanah
Bridge. The research methods were qualitative descriptive and quantitative. Prime and
secondary data were used to determine the physical characteristics and the impacts of
physical development after the construction of the Tengku Agung Sultanah Bridge.
The results shown that the impacts of construction of Sultan Agung Sultanah Latifah
bridge in the physical aspects were the change of city spreading pattern of concentric
into linear pattern follow the pathway that direct to the bridge. The other impact was
occurred land use change from non built up area into settlement and trading mainly in
the city center and near of the bridge and the increasing the number of facilities and
infrastructure in Siak sub districts.
Keywords: access, bridge, physical development, land use
1. INTRODUCTION The purposed of Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah

construction was to ease the access at Siak Sri
In terms of national development, the cities in Indrapura districts. The bridge was a facility that has
Indonesia commit to develops their region. One of functioned as an access point to or from Siak
them was physical development, such as the Districts to Pekanbaru city and vise versa. Before
development of facilities and infrastructure. The that, the access point was used ferry boat or boats.
high availability of facilities and infrastructures will This bridge was connecting two lands that were
accelerate the social and economic development in separated by Siak river. Siak river as a big river in
the region (Prasetyo, 2017). The number of facilities Riau Province that has width 100-150 meter with the
and infrastructures were needed to respond the depth was 20-29 meter and total length was 527 km.
increasing the populations and their activities. Riau That made Siak river enables to pass by large ships.
province was one of province in Indonesia that had The constructions of Tengku Agung Sultanah
the highest number of rivers. In geographical aspect, Latifah bridge begin on 27 December 2002 with a
Riau province consisted of four main rivers like Siak, cost amount of 277 billion rupiah from Siak District
Rokan, Kampar and Indragiri. Therefore, Riau Expenditure Budget and the bridge start to operate
government tried to build bridges to improve their from 11 August 2007.
accessibility. One of them was The Tengku Agung
Sultanah Latifah bridge that located in Siak Sri There were some assumptions used in this research,
Indrapura districts. towards the existence of Tengku Sultan Agung
67
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Latifah bridge. The bridge was very influential to the conditions. With the high
development of surround area, such as : accessibility, that will be the trigger
a. The Population Movement factors to the people come to the Siak
Regarding the existence of the bridge, sub districts and the will be improve
the population movement in Siak sub the social and economic conditions.
districts becomes higher than before. Based on the above explanation, the research has a
That occurred because the people’s purposed that was to identify the effect of Tengku
activities will be speeded up and ease. Agung Sultanah Latifah bridge toward physical
b. The Physical Development development in Siak sub districts.
The high number of people activities
will affect the physical conditions in 2. METHODOLOGY
adjacent areas in this research was
Siak sub districts. The change of The research methodology was used deductive
approach and qualitative analysis. The first part was
physical could be in the form of land
determined the theories related the city development
use change and the increasing the and physical development. After that, the theories
number of facilities and infrastructure. will be compared to the facts in the field. For the
c. The Improvement of Social and further explanation, the research methodology will
Economic Conditions be explained in table1
The existence of the bridge will
improve the social and economic
.
Table 1. The Steps of Research Analysis
No Goal
Variables Indicators Analysis
1 The The facts of Urban physical Descriptive Qualitative
identification physical spreading: Analysis;
of physical conditions at a. Social, economic a. The basic of city
characteristics Siak Sub conditions development.
in Siak Sub Districts b. The physical b. The pattern of city
Districts. characteristic development
conditions.
2 The analysis The City The Development of This part was used
impacts of Development Urban spread pattern; descriptive qualitative
Tengku Agung a. The land use and quantitative method
Sultanah pattern based on primary and
Latifah Bridge b. The pattern of secondary data;
existence transportation 1. Primary data; based
towards path on field
physical c. The observation,
development in agglomeration interview to the
Siak Sub of urban activities government and the
Districts Land Use a. The urban land community with the
Change use number of samples
b. The urban land was 202 people
use change 2. Secondary data;
government
The increasing a. The development agencies
of the number of facilities and
Facilities and infrastructure
Infrastructures b. The distributions
of facilities and
infrastructure
Sources : The Results Analysis, 2013
68
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION physical and the other sectors that were being held
by Siak government.
Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah bridge was located
in the Kampung Rempak Village. The bridge After the constructions of Tengku Agung Sultanah
characteristics were had length about 1.196 meters, Latifah bridge, the Kampung Rempak Village had
width 16.95 meters with the pavements on the both been significant developments especially in physical
sides, about 2.25 meters and the height of the bridge and economic aspect. The land use had been
was 23 meters. The purposed of that bridge dominated by the settlements that follows the pattern
constructions was to ease the access into the Siak of the roads and keep growing as the existence of the
districts especially in Siak sub districts. These bridge. Besides that, the existence of the bridge was
constructions have many benefits to the community followed by the development of the facilities and
around. Before the constructions, the access there infrastructures to support the activities. Today, The
was used ferry boat or boats. The bridge existence bridge also became the tourism icon in the Kampung
can be trigger factor in many aspects of Siak sub Rempak Village, so made the village had high
district's development, especially in economics, economic values
Figure 1. The Location Map of Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah Bridge

Source : The Results Analysis, 2013
Based on analysis results of existing observation, the path and Siak river such as the Suak Lanjut village,
city development of Siak sub districts categorized as Kampung Rempak village, Langkai village and
interstitial, that means the city had been develops another village. The Kampung Rempak village has
inside. The areas and the height of building fixed the significant spreading with the form of linear
while the quantity of built up land increased (Zahnd, pattern. Linear pattern was the spreading following
2006). The facts in Siak sub districts shown that the the road pattern while the areas near the road was
number of populations and built up land have been faster than other areas, especially that has a radial
increased. The built up land in Siak sub districts pattern from main city (Yunus, 2001).
encountered in the form of settlement, offices,
commercials and the others supported facilities. The Based on primary and secondary data analysis, that
height of the building in Siak sub districts was be concluded three points related the effects of
dominated by two story building. Tengku Agung Sultanah Latifah bridge existence,
there were :
The spreading pattern of the physical conditions in
Siak sub districts was occurring in all surround areas a. There were occurred the development
in Siak sub districts. In the beginning, the city of the city spreading from the
spreading was centered in Siak sub districts and concentric patterns in the Kampung
now the spreading was occurred following the road
69
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Dalam village into the linear pattern That was opposite with non built up
follow the road path leads to the land area, the total non built up land
bridge in the Kampung Rempak area after the constructions were
Village. 27.626,68 Ha.
b. There were occurred land use change, c. The number of facilities and infrastructures
when before the constructions built has been increased after the construction. The
up land has large amount 1.474,98 Ha kind of facilities that’s been increased was
and non built up land amount housing, trade and services, education, health
38.363,22 Ha. After the constructions, and places of worship and open space of social
the built up land area has been activities and the infrastructure were the
increased in the amount of 10.736,54 increasing number of road network and
Ha and the total were 12.211,52 Ha. drainage.
Table 2. The Physical Development of Siak Sub Districts

Variables Before The Construction After The Construction
The pattern of City The city spreading has concentric The city spreading has linear pattern
Spreading pattern and centered at Kampung follows the road path and the
Dalam Village. physical development has been seen
in another village that leads into the
bridge (Kampung Rempak)
Core of the city

The physical Core of the city
development
The physical development
Land Use Built up land area : 1.474,98 Built up land area :

Non Built up land : 38.363,22 27.626,68
Total : Non Built up land : 12.211,52
39.838,20 Total :
39.838,20
Facilities : Facilities :
Housing : 4.914 Housing : 5.409
Worship : 30 Worship : 42
Education : 17 Education : 32
Health : 13 Health : 30
Economic facilities : Trade and service Economic facilities : Trade and

Facilities and has been focused on Kampung Dalam service have been spreading to
Infrastructures Village Kampung Rempak village and
surrounding areas.
Open Space Facilities : sports field and Open Space Facilities : There is city
city parks available in front of Siak parks near the bridge location.
Palace.
Infrastructures : Infrastructures :
Road network : The road hardening has Road network : The road hardening
been focused in the center of Siak sub not longer focused in the center of
70
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Variables Before The Construction After The Construction

districts while the others road still Siak sub districts, but also focused in
encountered the road with the dirt and the other areas. That improvement
gravel road. Besides that, the main has been seen in the areas near the
access still used ferry boat. bridge.
Drainage : there were many drainages Drainage : the permanent drainage
that not optimized yet. has been established consisted of
cement and concrete materials.
Electricity : there were electricity
organized by PLN, but not in 24 hour Electricity : there were improvement
service related the service range and has
been available in 24 hours.
Source : The Results Analysis, 2013.
4. CONCLUSION Wilayah dan Kota, Universitas

So the conclusion of this paper is Brawijaya. Malang.
drawn as follows : Hidayah, Asmaul Chusnah. (2012).
a. The basic development in Siak sub Dampak Beroperasinya Jembatan
districts categorized as interstitial Suramadu terhadap Perkembangan
class, that means the areas and the Wilayah Surabaya Dan Bangkalan.
height of the building fixed while Penelitian, Fakultas Ilmu Sosial
the quantity of built up land Pendidikan Geografi, Universitas
increased. Negeri Surabaya.
b. The pattern of the city spreading Hotijah, Siti. (2010). Perkembangan
in Siak sub districts included in a Industri Dan Pendapatan Daerah
linear pattern that follows the road Kabupaten Bangkalan Sebelum dan
network pattern. Sesudah Pembangunan Jembatan
c. The facilities such as housing, Suramadu. Tugas Akhir, Program
trade and service, education, Studi Pendidikan Ekonomi Koperasi,
worship and open space has been Fakultas Ekonomi. Universitas Negeri
improved in term of quantity and Surabaya.
quality.
d. The infrastructures have been Jayadinata. Johara. T. (1999). Tata Guna
improved, especially in term of Tanah dalam Perencanaan Pedesaan
road and drainage networks. Perkotaan & Wilayah. Penerbit : ITB
Bandung.
REFERENCES Marta, Ery. (2012). Pengaruh Aktivitas
Pariwisata terhadap Kondisi
Bintarto, R. (1989). Interaksi Desa-Kota Lingkungan, Sosial dan Perekonomian
dan Permasalahannya. Jakarta : Ghalia Masyarakat (Studi Kasus: Istana
Indonesia. Kerajaan Siak Kabupaten Siak). Tugas
Falina, Erna Dewi. (2009). Pengaruh Akhir, Fakultas Teknik Perencanaan
Keberadaan Jembatan Gadang – Wilayah dan Kota, Universitas Islam
Bumiayu terhadap Perubahan Fisik Riau. Pekanbaru.
Binaan Kelurahan Bumiayu. Tugas Rafi, Muhammad. (2011). Identifikasi
Akhir, Fakultas Teknik Perencanaan Faktor-Faktor Pendorong
71
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Perkembangan Fisik Kota Pekanbaru.

Tugas Akhir, Fakultas Teknik
Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota,
Universitas Islam Riau. Pekanbaru.
Rohayati. (2013). Pengaruh Pembangunan
Jalan Siak-Buatan II terhadap
Perkembangan Wilayah (Studi Kasus
Kec. Koto Gasib & Kec. Mempura
Kabupaten Siak). Tugas Akhir,
Fakultas Teknik Perencanaan Wilayah
dan Kota, Universitas Islam Riau.
Pekanbaru.
Sadyohutomo. Mulyono. (2008).
Manajemen Kota dan Wilayah.
Penerbit : PT. Bumi Aksara.
Yunus, Hadi Sabari. (2001). Struktur Tata
Ruang Kota. Penerbit : Pustaka Pelajar
Zahnd. Markus. (2006). Perancangan Kota
secara Terpadu, Teori Perancangan
Kota dan Penerapannya. Penerbit :
Kanisius
72
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ANALYSIS OF FRAME LOSS POSITION INFLUENCE

AND TYPE OF VIDEO CONTENT TO PERCEIVED
VIDEO QUALITY
Yoanda Alim Syahbana1, Memen Akbar2
1,2
Politeknik Caltex Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Video frame loss that is occured due to low quality of internet stream influences
perceived quality that is experienced by viewer. This research is focused to analyze how
significant position of the frame loss in degrading the perceived quality on different
characteristic of video content. Experiment has been conducted to vary Group of Picture
(GOP) lost in three video contents i.e. head-and-shoulder video, fast moving object
video, and video with printed words. 18 videos has been generated and showed to 47
assessors in video quality assessment based on ITU P.910 recommendation. Result of
the experiment shows that lost of video frame in beginning, middle, and end of video
degrades the perceived quality with average Mean Opinion Score (MOS) value 2.74.
Bassed on the video content, video with fast moving object does not significantly
influenced by position of frame loss (σMOS=0.20). Result of the research can be used
as knowledge base to implement strategy to stream the video. Therefore, optimum
perceived video quality can be achieved in limited network resource. Further research
can be designed to analyze other type of frame loss position, different kind of video
content, and number of video quality assessor.
Keywords: Video Quality, Video Frame Loss, ITU-P.910
1. INTRODUCTION With this advancement and feasibility,

video service has become part of their
Development of video service is supported
everyday life.
by availability of internet access. The
development triggers variety of video One of the most popular video services is
services such as video call, live video VoD that can be accessed from
stream, IPTV, and Video on Demand (VoD). www.youtube.com site. In this service,
Service customer uses the service to service customer can independently select
communicate with other, to retrieve type of video content they want to watch
information, and to watch entertainment. and when to watch it. Service provider only
Customer is also served with ease of access acts as server of video content. Customer
due to development of mobile technology. satisfaction for the service is mostly
73
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
influenced by perceived video quality 2. METHODOLOGY

(Winkler and Mohandas, 2008). The The experiment is designed for three phases
satisfaction will determine continuity of as shown in Figure 1. Experiment is started
service access and in long term, the by phase 1, preparation of video test
satisfaction will affect potential profit of material. This phase consist of two steps. In
service provider (Bautkauskas and the first step, three video contents are
Kajackas, 2010). Based on Winkler and downloaded from Consumer Digital Video
Mohandas (2008), the perceived video Library (CDVL) as repository of research
quality is determined by quality of video video content. Three videos represent
frame. When quality of video frame is general video content that is watched by the
degraded, the perceived video quality will VoD customer. There are head-and-
also degraded. shoulder video, fast moving object video,
This publication presents result of research and video with printed words. Each of these
that analyzes how significant position of the videos has 250 video frames. Figure 2
frame loss in degrading the perceived presents sample of the three video contens.
quality. The result is presented in four All of the video is modified based on three
sections including this introduction section. pattern of video frame loss. The pattern is
Second section provides research adopted from research by Vakili (2011) that
methodology that has been conducted. deletes video frame based on three types of
Result and its discussion are discussed in video frame (I/P/B) in one Group of Picture
thisrd section. By the end of the publication, (GOP). The pattern is summarized in Table
the fourth section conclude entire research 1. The second step applies the pattern using
finding. FFMpeg software. This first phase
generates 27 video test materials.
Figure 1. Research Phase
74
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
(a) (b) (c)

Figure 2. (a) head-and-shoulder video, (b) fast moving object video, (c) video with printed
words
Table 1. Pattern of Frame Loss Position

Position of Frame Number of Frame
Pattern ID Type of Frame
Loss Loss
1 Middle of stream I-frame 10
2 Middle of stream P-frame 14
3 Middle of stream B-frame 15

Beginning and end
4 I-frame 20
of stream
Beginning and end
5 P-frame 28
of stream
Beginning and end
6 B-frame 30
of stream
Beginning, middle,
7 I-frame 30
and end of stream
Beginning, middle,
8 P-frame 42
and end of stream
Beginning, middle,
9 B-frame 45
and end of stream
The second phase is focused to design and Recommendation. Illustration of the

to implement desktop based application to assessment framework is provided in Figure
assess the video quality. The application 4. 47 assessors have participated in this
design is reffered to ITU P.910 research. They are 18 to 22 years old and
Recommendation (ITU, 2008). Figure 3 comprised of 29 male and 18 female. All of
shows interface of the developed the assessor are university student of
application. Using the application, video Politeknik Caltex Riau and among of them,
quality assessment is performed based on only 26% that uses eyeglasses.
assessment framework in ITU P.910
75
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
(a) (b)
Figure 3. (a) Application interface for assessor information (b) Application interface for
video test material
Training
Break time Actual Session (First Round) Break time Actual Session (First Round)
Session
Briefing Stabilizing Stabilizing

Demostrating Step Main Assessment Step Step Main Assessment Step
Figure 4. Video quality assessment framework
The third phase of the research is aimed to

analyze result of the video quality
assessment. The phase is divided into two The assessment result is presented in Table
steps i.e. result processing and analysis of 2. The result is organized based on frame
video quality based on influence of frame loss position for each video content. Result
loss position. Result of this phase is further of the assessment is calculated based on
discussed in the next section. Mean Opinion Scale (MOS). The MOS is
ranged from 1 to 5 that represents perceived
quality of video from lowest to highest.
Table 2. Assessment Result

Type of Frame
Frame Loss Position Video Content MOS Value
Loss
head-and-shoulder
Middle B-Frame 3.71
video
video with printed
Middle B-Frame 2.52
words
fast moving object
Middle B-Frame 3.35
video
head-and-shoulder
Middle P-Frame 2.90
video
video with printed
Middle P-Frame 2.99
words
fast moving object
Middle P-Frame 3.33
video
76
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Type of Frame
Frame Loss Position Video Content MOS Value
Loss
head-and-shoulder
Middle I-Frame 2.29
video
video with printed
Middle I-Frame 2.54
words
fast moving object
Middle I-Frame 3.32
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning & End B-Frame 3.33
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning & End P-Frame 2.81
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning & End I-Frame 2.45
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning-Middle-End B-Frame 3.21
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning-Middle-End P-Frame 2.89
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
head-and-shoulder
Beginning-Middle-End I-Frame 2.42
video
video with printed
words
fast moving object
video
2.99. On the other hand, average MOS for

Based on the result, average MOS for video
video with frame loss position in the
with frame loss position in the middle is
beginning and end of video is 2.94.
77
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Compared to these two averaged MOS MOS of 2.74. If this result is further
result, video with frame loss position in the analyzed based on video content, the result
beginning-middle-end position experiences is displayed as line chart as shown in Figure
the most degraded quality with average 5
.
Frame Loss Position v.s. MOS

4.00 3.60
3.50
2.86 3.33
3.00 2.96
2.68 2.35
2.50 2.84 2.91
2.00 2.47
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
1 2 3
head-and-shoulder video video with printed words fast moving object video
Figure 5. MOS value for three video contents and three frame loss position
insignificant in video with fast moving

The x axis represent frame loss position; 1
object.while compared to head-and-
for frame loss in middle position, 2 for
shoulder video and video with printed
frame loss in beginning and end position,
words. This research can be further studied
and 3 for frame loss in beginning-middle-
to analyze different pattern of frame loss
end position. From Figure 5, head-and-
position for different video content and
shoulder video (σMOS=0.27) and video with
number of video quality assessor.
printed word (σMOS=0.51) have mostly
affected by variation of frame loss position.
However, video with fast moving object has REFERENCES
better quality in variation of frame loss Batkauskas, V. dan Kajackas, A. (2010).
position (σMOS=0.20). Quality of Heterogeneous Mobile Data
Services: Capabilities and End–user
Achievements. Electronics and
4. CONCLUSION Electrical Engineering.–Kaunas:
Technologija. 5(101), 43-46.
Based on analysis of the experiment result,
position of frame loss does affect perceived http://www.cdvl.org/
quality that is experienced by the service ITU. (2008). Recommendation P.910 -
customer. While comparing result from Subjective Video Quality Assessment
video with frame loss position in the middle, Methods for Multimedia Applications.
in the beginning and end, and in the Geneve: International
beginning-middle,-end, the third one is Telecommunication Union.
assessed as the lowest quality by assessor of
conducted video quality assessment. Vakili, A. (2011). Impact of Frame Loss
However, influence of frame loss position is Position on Transmitted Video Quality:
78
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Models and Improvement. 2011 Fifth

FTRA International Conference on
Multimedia and Ubiquitous
Engineering. Loutraki, 2011, pp.113-
118.
Winkler, S. dan Mohandas, P. (2008). The
Evolution of Video Quality Measurement:
From PSNR to Hybrid Metrics. IEEE
Transactions on Broadcasting. 54(3), 660 -
668. IEEE.
79
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
AN OVERVIEW OF FINGERPRINT TEMPLATE

PROTECTION APPROACHES
Apri Siswanto,1,2 Norliza Katuk,1 Ku Ruhana Ku-Mahamud, 1 and Evizal Abdul Kadir2
1
School of Computing, University Utara Malaysia, Malaysia
2
Teknik Informatika, Fakultas Teknik, Universitas Islam Riau, Indonesia
Email: [email protected], [email protected]
[email protected], [email protected]
Abstract
One possible attack in the biometric system is the template stored in the database. This
attack can cause Biometric template information leakage, thus pose a serious privacy
security threat. Most available template protection techniques fail to meet all the desired
requirements of practical biometric systems such as diversity, revocability, security,
and performance matching accuracy. This paper aims to review the various fingerprint
template protection (ftp) approaches that have been proposed by researchers in recent
decades. Some of the proposed schemes are standard encryption, biometric
cryptosystem, template transformation, hybrid scheme and homomorphic encryption.
Keywords: biometric system; fingerprint template protection; security, diversity,

revocability
1. INTRODUCTION system must be fulfilled. First, legitimate

Biometric templates offer a reliable users should have timely and reliable access
approach to user authentication issues in to protected resources / services. Second,
identity recognition systems. A wide range biometric systems and personal data stored
of biometric technologies are developed on it should be used only for the intended
effectively that include fingerprint, iris, face, functionality, which is It is controlling
iris, palms, signature and hand geometry. access to certain resources and not for other
Fingerprints are the most popular as they are unintentional purposes [1].
easily captured, as well as low cost sensors
and algorithms. The main purpose of using However, adversary attacks can make
fingerprint biometric systems is to provide the biometric system not functioning
good authentication and can not be rejected. properly according to the above
Authentication implies that only requirements. To overcome and protect the
authorized users be able at access logical or biometric template information both in the
physical resources protected by finger print process of registration/enrollment and
systems and impostors are prohibited authentication in the stored database, some
from accessing protected resources. From techniques have been proposed by the
the user's perspective, there are two key researchers include standard encryption,
requirements that fingerprint biometric biometric cryptosystem, template
80
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
transformation, hybrid method and 4. Spoofing the features, the features vector
homomorphic encryption. This paper aims generated from biometric samples are
to summarize and present information on replaced by a set of synthetic (fake)
various fingerprint template protection features created.
techniques. The technique used is 5. Attack on matcher, the matcher can also
systematic literature review. The paper is be subjected to Trojan horse attacks that
organized in the following way. Section 2 always result in high or low match scores
of the paper discusses the attack on regardless of where the user presents the
fingerprint template. Then, Section 3 biometric on the sensor.
presents desirable properties of fingerprint 6. Attack on templates, the templates
template protection. After that, Section 4 generated during the user enrollment can
discusses fingerprint template protection be stored locally or in network location
approaches and Finally, Section 5 that modify the saved template or replace
concludes the paper. it with a new template.
7. Attacks on communication channels,
2. ATTACK ON FINGERPRINT Data transferred through a
TEMPLATE communication channel can be
The security ensured by the fingerprint intercepted for malicious reasons and
biometric systems can itself be modified and reinserted into the system.
compromised. The general analysis of a 8. Attack on the decision module, The final
fingerprint biometric system for decision generated by the biometric
vulnerability assessment determines the system can be replaced by the Trojan
extent to which an imposter can horse program.
compromise the security offered by the
fingerprint biometric system. Many of the Biometric matching is usually only part
attacks are applicable to any information in of a larger information and information
fingerprint biometric system , the attacks security management system. Thus the non-
can be using fake fingerprint biometrics and biometric module in the whole system can
template modification are unique to also introduce some security flaws. There
biometric systems. According to Ratha, et are several techniques to disrupt attacks at
al. [2] Biometric recognition system has various points. For example, sensing a
some vulnerable point attacks. Attacks that finger conductivity or pulse can stop a
may occur in the fingerprint verification simple attack on the sensor. Encrypted
system is as follows : communication channel [3] can eliminate at
least remote attack on synthesized feature
1. Attack at the sensor, A fake biometric
factor and override final decision. The
sample can be presented in a sensor to
simplest way to stop attacks at override
gain access such as a fingerprint trace of
matcher, attacking the channel and modify
an object touched by that person.
template in database is to have the matcher
2. Replay Attack, There is a possibility of
and database reside in a secure location.
the adversary to interpret or obtain a
Storing templates in a smartcard that a user
digital copy of a stored biometric sample
brings with them to the point of service can
and replay this signal that passes through
also eliminate some attacks of type stored
the biometric sensor.
template [4].
3. Trojan horse attacks,The feature
extractor can be replaced with a program
that generates a set of desired features.
81
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Fig. 1 Possible attack in fingerprint template protection
3. DESIRABLE PROPERTIES OF
FINGERPRINT TEMPLATE 4. FINGERPRINT TEMPLATE
PROTECTION (FTP) PROTECTION (FTP)
The performance of biometric template APPROACHES
protection systems can be evaluated by
The major fingerprint template
three categories namely, protection, protection schemes can be categorized into
operational and technical. Performance standard encryption, biometrics
protection includes the cryptosystem, template transformation,
irreversibilitygandgdiversitygofgbiometric hybrid methods, and homomorphic
ginformation. Operational performance can encryption such as shown in Figure 2. Each
be evaluated with the independence of of schemes will discussed detail in the
modality, interoperability, and Quality of following sections.
Performance. Technical performance can
be evaluated with accuracy, throughput, A. Standard Encryption
storage requirements [5].There are four The easiest way to secure fingerprint
major requirement when a biometric templates is by encrypting them using
template protection algorithm is design: [6] standard cryptographic techniques like
RSA, DES and AES. This is the
A. Revocability: When the biometric
methodology used in most commercial
template is compromised, it should be
possible to revoke the compromised biometric systems. However, it must be
template and reissue a new template emphasized that some acquisitions with the
based on the biometric trait. same biometric properties do not produce
B. Diversity: The cross-matching of a the same feature set. Typically, the standard
secured templates should be ensured in encryption function is not smooth function
such a manner that the privacy of the true and a small difference in the feature set
owner of the template should be ensured. values extracted from raw biometric data
C. Security - It should be extremely difficult will result in a huge difference in the
to generate the original biometric feature resulting encrypted features. Consequently,
set from the protected biometric one can not perform biometric matching
templates. directly in an encrypted domain. Instead,
D. Performance: The biometric template the template should be decrypted to match
protection techniques developed should the query feature. As a result, the original
not decrease the accuracy of the biometric feature is exposed during each
recognition system. authentication attempt, irrespective of
82
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
whether the authentication is eventually susceptibility to template theft during a

successful. Therefore, the encryption matching attempt are taken into account, the
solution is secure revocable only under standard encryption technique is not good
ideal conditions (key is kept secret and enough for securing biometric templates [6,
matching is done at a trusted location). If 7].
practical issues such as key management or
Standard RSA, AES,

Encryptin DES
Fuzzy
Vault
Fuzzy
Key Binding
Commitment
Biometric Biometric
Cryptosystem EncryptionTM
Quantizatio
Key n Schemes
Fingerprint Secure
Generation
Template Sketch
Protection Geometric
Approaches Salting Transformations
(Biohashing)
Template Robust Hashing
Transformation Non-invertible Random
Transform Projection
Biometric
Hybrid Revocable Filters
Technique biotokens
Random
Homomorphic
Permutations
Encryption
Fig. 2 A hierarchical taxonomy of FTP

The first key binding fingerprint
B. Biometric Cryptosystem biometricgcryptosystem was developedgby
In the biometric cryptosystems data [9], called BiometricEncryptionTM
information about the biometric template, (mytec2). Thisgwas angcompleted
called helper data , and stored in the versiongofgmytec1 [10].
database [8]. The data helper does not show
Thisgbiometricgencryptiongwas not
important informationgabout the
practical because of mismatch between
originalgbiometric templategbut is needed
when matching the cryptographic key of the accuracy and security. Then, the next key
query biometric feature. Matching is done binding is fuzzy vault. Fuzzy vault is
indirectly by verifying the truth of the cryptography designed to work with
extracted key. Errorgcorrectiongcoding biometric features that are represented as
techniques are usually used to handle intra- minutiae in fingerprints. The advantage of
user variations. Biometric the fuzzy vault scheme is the ability to
cryptosystemsgofferghigh security but, not control the amount of security imparted to
designedgto provide diversitygand protected biometric templates by increasing
revocability. Cryptosystem biometrics are the number of chaff points and
grouped into key bindinggand key consequently the difficulty of the
generationg systems based on howgthe polynomial reconstruction problem. Even
helper data derivedg[6].Some of the
though its popularity, analysis of the fuzzy
techniques in this category are fuzzy vault,
vault scheme has indicated that this
biometric encryption and fuzzy
commitments. approach has several drawbacks. Chang,
et al. [11] present observations to
83
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
differentiate minutiae from chaffgpoints legitimate user and the impostor would be
attacking fuzzy vaults based on fingerprints. able to be identified using the same fuzzy
Since the chaff points are made one by one, vault. Kholmatov and Yanikoglu [14]
it created later tend reveal smaller empty extended Scheirer and Boult [12] presenting
surroundingg areas which is verified experimental evidence that confirms a
experimentally, i.e., the security of a fuzzy fuzzy vault‟s vulnerability to record
vault highly relies on the methodologygof multiplicity (correlation) attacks.
generating chaff points.
Nandakumar, et al. [13] further mention the
Scheirer and Boult [12] discussed the possibility of exploiting the non-uniform
vulnerability of fuzzy vaults to three nature of biometric features to launch an
potential attacks, namely, surreptitious key- attack on a fuzzy vault based on statistical
inversion (SKI) attacks , blended analysis of points in the vault. The authors
substitution attacks and attacks via record also note the vulnerability of a fuzzy vault
multiplicity (ARM). The authors suggest to attacks during the authentication stage,
that a fuzzy vault is particularly vulnerable where a genuine user‟s original template is
to ARM attacks, where access to two or temporarily exposed and therefore
more fuzzy vaults generated from the same vulnerable to snooping [15].
biometric data, but with different keys and
Another liability of the fuzzy vault
chaff points, would enable an adversary to
scheme is the considerable increase in
easily identify the original points in the two
biometric template size as a result of the
vault and thus decode the vault.
addition of a large number of chaff points.
Therefore, the fuzzy vault approaches This may be undesirable in recognition
does not gave diversity and revocability. systems that require a small template size.
This means that, if a fuzzy vault is Furthermore, recognition accuracy may be
compromised, a new vault cannot be created adversely affected as a result of the large
from the same biometric data by simply number of false points or too few true points
binding it with a different key. Furthermore, in the protected template. For example,
the vulnerability of fuzzy vaults to ARM Clancy, et al. [16] implementation of the
attacks allows cross-matching of templates fuzzy vault on minutiae fingerprint
across different systems, thereby user showed an unacceptably high FRR of 20-
privacy is not ensured [13]. In a stolen key- 30%.
inversion attack, if an attacker is able to
Furhermore, key binding Fuzzy
recover the secret key embedded in the
commitment Simoens, et al. [5] is a
fuzzy vault (for example, through snooping),
biometric cryptosystemgthat can begused to
the secret polynomial may be directly
secure biometric traits representedgin the
reconstructed; thereby, the unprotected
form of binary vectors. This characteristic
biometric template can be easily separated
of fuzzy commitment scheme makes it
from the chaff points. A blended
useful for applications biometric
substitution attack is straightforward if an
authenticationgsystems, in which data is
adversary is able to modify an existing
subject to random noise. Because
fuzzy vault. In this attack, an impostor takes
thegscheme is tolerantgof error, it is capable
advantage of the myriad chaff points
of protecting biometric data such as
existing in the fuzzy vault to substitute some
conventional cryptographic techniques,
of these random points with his or her own
biometric data, in which case both the
84
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
such as hashgfunctions, are used to protect random key (K) or password. The matching
alphanumericgpasswords [17]. process is performed on the transformed
domain. The feature transformation
In the key
approach scheme can be further categorized
generationgbiometricgcryptosystems, the
helper data is generated only from biometric as salting or non-invertible transforms.The
templates and cryptographic keys directly security of salting schemes is based on the
generated from helper data and query secrecy of the key or password. While, the
biometric features. The direct key security of non-invertible transformation
generation of biometrics is an attractive techniques uses one way functions
template-protectiongapproach that can be computationally difficult to invert, even if
very usefulgin cryptographicgapplications. the key is known. Nevertheless, the
Nevertheless, it is problematic to generate a disadvantage of these techniques is that
key that could funding at the same time high security of the system is very difficult to
stability and entropy due to intra- verify due there is no foundation of
usergvariationgin the template. It’s hard to mathematical to perform a robust security
develop a scheme that generates the same
analysis and it is assumed that the
key for different templates of the same
distribution of uniform biometric features
person and at the same time very different
keys for different persons. E.g. quantization [21] and enemies may be able to utilize non-
schemes and secure sketch. uniform biometric properties to launch
In the quantization scheme method, attacks that may require less effort to
helpergdata is quantized togobtain a compromise system security.
stablegkey. This scheme takes feature
vectors from multiple biometric samples • Salting
and gets feature element intervals. The Salting is a an approach used two-factor
interval is encodedgandgthengstored in authentication scheme, in which an
helpergdata. Throughout authentication, unprotected biometric template is
biometricgfeatures aregcalculated and transformed into a protected template via a
mappedgto determinedgintervals. Several function Specified by an external key or a
studies in this method such as [18] use the
user-specific keyword. Because
DividegandgConquer methodgfor
transformations can be reversed for the
fingerprintgimages, and bio keys are
generatedgusing minutiag set. Yang, et al. most part, keys must be kept or remembered
[19] proposed a fingerprintgcryptosystem securely by the user and presented during
by modifyinggVoronoi Neighbor Structure authentication. The need for additional
(VNS). In the same year, Yang, et al. [20] information is the key to improving entropy
focused on the using of "Delaunay from biometric templates and therefore
Quadrangle-based fingerprint making it difficult for opponents to guess
authentication system that uses topological templates [6].
code for local enrollment and security
enhancements." The limitations of the salting approach is
that the security of this scheme depend on
C. Template Transformation the secrecy of the key or password [15, 22].
In this approach, the transformation As a result, effective key management
function algorithm (F) is applied to the procedures must be put into place, or else
biometric template (T) and the result is the user is obliged to memorise the secret
stored in the database. The transformation key; however, relying on users‟ memory for
function parameter usually comes from a the protection of complex secret keys re-
85
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
introduces the weakness of password-based FRR [25]. It has also been claimed that
schemes that we are trying to circumvent . Biohashing has a high tolerance to data
Since matching is performed directly in the capture offsets, such that the same
transformed domain, the salting functions biometric trait acquired at different times
must be designed such that they do not have will produce highly correlated bit strings
an adverse effect on the recognition (BioHashes) [24]. This is due to the
performance. This becomes especially invariance of the feature vector created
important in the presence of large intra-user during the first stage of the Biohashing
variations. Salting methods generally use process, as well as the subsequent
quantization to deal with intra-user discretization of the invariant feature
variability during matching in the vector in the second stage. Another
transformed domain. advantage of Biohashing is that it
addresses the problem of irrevocability of
Several studies related to fingerprint
biometric features: a user‟s compromised
salting approach will be discussed below.
BioHash can be easily revoked and
Teoh et al [23] introduced the bio phasor
replaced with a new one by using a
technique. This method is the pseudo-
different secret seed for
randomgnumbergmixing iteration with the
enrolment.However, Biohasing schemes
fingerprintgfeature. Thisgwork is
have weaknesses that have been presented
considered a stolengkeyg scenario. Then,
by researchers. The most commonly
Jin, et al. [24] proposed salting biohashing.
analysed limitation of the Biohashing
The biohashing procedure was initially
approach is the degradation in matching
proposed for the fingerprint modality, and
performance when an adversary has access
it consists of two stages. Firstly, the
to a user‟s secret key (seed) and uses the
extracted fingerprint feature vector is
legitimate key with their own biometric
transformed into a translation, rotation,
features in order to fool the system into
and scale invariant feature set, employing
authenticating them [26].
the Wavelet Fourier-Mellin Transform
(WFMT)2. Secondly, the resulting data is Several researchers have presented
discretised via an inner product methods for resolving performance
computation between the invariant feature degradation resulting from a stolen-token
vector and a tokenised pseudorandom scenario, such as [27-29]. Beacuse a
number sequence. The second stage of this salting approach is by nature invertible,
process produces the protected biometric almost no any existing literary works focus
template vector, which is referred to as a on improving the non-invertibility
BioHash. property of Biohashing; however, there are
two suggestions are presented in [30, 31].
The Biohashing procedure has been
In fact, Biohashing on its own technically
proven to be advantageous in several ways.
cannot be made to be noninvertible. A
Firstly, biohashing simultaneously
hybrid protection scheme, incorporating
provides high intra-class variation and
techniques other than salting, would be
extremely low inter-class correlation,
required; for example, applying
which essentially leads to an Equal Error
Biohashing to a non-invertible template.
Rate (EER) of zero (when the legitimate
Other salting techniques, which do not
token is used). This means that the
adopt Biohashing, are also available in the
occurrence of a False Accept is eliminated
literature; such as [32, 33].
without a corresponding increase in the
86
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
• Non-Invertible Transform The main limitation of the non-invertible

One-way functions applied to biometric transformation method lies in the difficulty
data. To update biometric templates, of designing a good one-way function. The
function parameters must be changed. In transformation function must ensure that
case the transformed parameters are the biometric features from the same user
compromised the attacker can not maintain a high similarity in the
reconstruct the original biometric template. transformed space, while features from
Because of intra-class variations, different users are completely unrelated
transformations need to align biometric after transformation. However, the
templates to perform effective comparisons transformation must also be non-invertible,
and this leads to reduced authentication so that an adversary is unable to collect any
performance. A non-invertible transform information about the original biometric
shows the impossibility on obtaining the template from its protected counterpart.
original biometric data from its transformed There is a trade-off between
version. Thegparametersg discriminability and non-invertibility, since
ofgthegtransformationgfunction are it is challenging to design transform
specified by a key, but knowledge of the key functions that satisfy both requirements
and/or the transformed template does not simultaneously.
facilitate recovery of the original biometric
Consequently, often the greater the amount
template [6, 34].
of distortion applied to the original
The major advantage of the non-invertible biometric data by the transformation, the
transform scheme approach compared to worse the recognition performance among
the salting approach, and it means that the protected biometric templates. This
biometric templates that are protected using means that the non-invertible transform
non-invertible transforms are generally approach typically suffers from a security
more secure than those protected using the versus performance trade-off. Furthermore,
salting approach. Then, a related advantage the transformation function relies heavily
of the non-invertible transform approach is on biometric features to be used in specific
that, unlike salting, it does not require applications. This analysis makes evident a
storage of any secret information. The next clear comparison between the salting and
positive aspect of non-invertible transforms non-invertible transform approaches. While
is that they tend to leave the protected salting schemes (such as BioHashing)
biometric template in the same feature generally tend to either preserve or improve
space s its unprotected counterpart. In this the recognition performance of the
case, intra-user variations in the biometric system into which they are
transformed biometric templates can be incorporated, non-invertible transforms
robustly handled by using existing, often have the effect of degrading the
sophisticated matchers, thereby reducing recognition accuracy somewhat. On the
the error rates of the biometric system [35]. other hand, non-invertible transforms tend
Furthermore, the matching scores obtained to impart more security to the protected
are proportional to those obtained in the biometric templates compared to salting
original space, and thus can be used in the approaches, which are invertible with the
design of a secure multibiometric system revelation of the user-specific key.
through a scoreline-level fusion method.
87
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
In this scheme,the most influential meant a method based on the Minimum

researcher are Ratha, et al. [36]. They Distance graph. The hashing algorithm is
proposed and analyzed cancelable constructed using this graph and an
biometrics fingerprint using non-invertible appropriate search algorithm is used to
transforms for generating fingerprint match the resulting hash. Ferrara, et al. [45]
templates. The scheme of cancelable making the non-invertible Cylinder
biometrics is to change the raw biometric Minutiae Code (pMCC) for fingerprints as
templates by using either feature or signal a fingerprint enhancement enhancement
domain transformations. Cartesian, polar fingerprint..
and functional are the three functions of the
transformation. These functions used to D. Hybrid Methods
transform fingerprint minutiae data so that a Several fingerprint template protection
minutiae matcher can still be applied to the schemes used combination of feature
transformed minutiae. transformation and biometric
cryptosystems. Usually it called hybrid
For the functional transformation, Ratha, et methods. Several hybrid system examples
al. [37] used a mixture of 2D Gaussians and are presented in the literature, some of
electric potential field in a 2D random which even incorporate traditional
charge distribution as a means to translate cryptographic hashing functions into the
the minutia points. Research with the same hybrid protection system. For Example
technique is also done by Yang, et al. [38] hardening a fingerprint-based fuzzy vault
who developed a non-invertible with a user-specific password, combined
transformation for fingerprints by key binding with salting [13]. An
application-specific key release scheme that
considering local and global features of
retrieves a cryptographic key bound to a
minutia points. The distance between the
BioHashed fingerprint, combined salting
minutiae pair is projected vertically to the with key binding methods [46].
circle. Later, Lee and Kim [39] proposed a In addition, Several studies that have
new representation of the minutiae points been done in fingerprint template protection
of the fingerprint image made using bit based on hybrid scheme are Boult, et al. [47]
strings. Minutia points of the fingerprint presented revocable biotokens for
image are mapped to a 3D array that is fingerprint biometrics. This technique
divided into small cells. A string of bits is divides data into two parts fractional and
generated by finding which cells include integer parts. The fractional part performs
minutiae points. Subsequent research the transformation and the integer part is
conducted by Zhe and Jin [40], they encrypted.. The fractional part does the
proposed the protection of a fingerprint transformation and integer part is encrypted.
Then, Feng, et al. [48] also developed a
template obtained using a projected MVD
three-step hybrid algorithm based on
feature at random. Ahmad, et al. [41]
random projection, discriminability-
introduced a pair of polar relationships of preserving (DP) transform, and fuzzy
minutiae. The correlation-based filter commitment scheme. In similar way, Nagar,
method using chip matching was et al. [30] constructing a hybrid
proposed by Takahashi and Hirata [42]. cryptosystem with minutiae descriptors for
Wang and Hu [43] proposed the Densely fingerprints. This work used both fuzzy
Infinite To One Mapping (DITOM) vault and fuzzy commitment scheme to
approach use of Correlation Invariant build the cryptosystem. The helper data
Random Filtering (CIRF). Das, et al. [44] extraction involves fuzzy vault encoding
88
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
and the ordinate values secured by fuzzy Barni, et al. [54] shows distributed
commitment. biometric systems by utilizing
Furthermore, Chin, et al. [49] proposed a cryptosystems, homomorphic encryption on
hybrid system using fingerprint and Fingercode templates in a semi-honest
palmprint features, then Sandhya and
model.
Prasad [50] constructed Delaunay triangles
from fingerprint minutiae. The features are
5. CONCLUSION AND FUTURE
transformed and then a cryptosystem was
built using fuzzy commitment scheme. WORK
Convolution code was used to generate the
error correction code. Finally, Jin, et al. [51] This paper provides and summarizes
proposed a long ECC free key-binding information about research issues related to
scheme with a cancelable transforms for fingerprint template protection. Based on a
minutia-based fingerprint biometrics. The survey of 54 papers conducted it can be
minutiae information is secured by a strong concluded that there are 5 techniques that
noninvertible cancelable transform called can be done to solve the problem of
modified Randomized Graph based
fingerprint template protection that is
Hamming Embedding. The advantage of
hybrid protection schemes is that they can encryption standard, biometric
combine the high revocability and diversity cryptosystem, template transformation,
properties characteristic of feature hybrid methods and homomorphic
transformation approaches with the high encryption. Then there has not been the
security offered by biometric cryptosystems best approach to template protection that
[6].After the text edit has been completed, actually meets the main requirements of
the paper is ready for the template. template security, revocability. diversity
Duplicate the template file by using the
Save As command, and use the naming and performance matching accuracy.
convention prescribed by your conference Application requirements and user-desired
for the name of your paper. In this newly scenarios play a key role in the selection of
created file, highlight all of the contents and template protection schemes.
import your prepared text file. You are now
ready to style your paper; use the scroll REFERENCES
down window on the left of the MS Word
[1] A. K. Jain, K. Nandakumar, and A.
Formatting toolbar.
Nagar, "Fingerprint template
E. Homomorphic Encryption protection: From theory to practice,"
Another alternative, apart from the above in Security and Privacy in
4 methods is homomorphic encryption. This Biometrics, ed: Springer, 2013, pp.
technique allows a limited subset of 187-214.
calculations on encrypted data. Combining [2] N. K. Ratha, J. H. Connell, and R. M.
Homomorphic Encryption with a biometric Bolle, "An analysis of minutiae
recognition system will meet the matching strength," in International
requirements of Biometric Template Conference on Audio-and Video-
Protection without degrading the accuracy Based Biometric Person
[52]. The fingerprint template protection Authentication, 2001, pp. 223-228.
study under the Homomorphic Encryption
scheme was developed at Rane et al. [53] [3] B. Schneier, "Security pitfalls in
They presented the calculation of Hamming cryptography," 1998.
distance for fingerprint applications. Then,
89
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
[4] N. K. Ratha and R. Bolle, "IO Symposium on Information,

SMARTCARD BASED computer and communications
AUTHENTICATION," Biometrics: security, 2006, pp. 182-188.
Personal Identification in
[12] W. J. Scheirer and T. E. Boult,
Networked Society, vol. 479, p. 369,
"Cracking fuzzy vaults and
1999.
biometric encryption," in
[5] K. Simoens, B. Yang, X. Zhou, F. Biometrics Symposium, 2007, 2007,
Beato, C. Busch, E. M. Newton, et pp. 1-6.
al., "Criteria towards metrics for
[13] K. Nandakumar, A. Nagar, and A. K.
benchmarking template protection
Jain, "Hardening fingerprint fuzzy
algorithms," in Biometrics (ICB),
vault using password," in
2012 5th IAPR International
International conference on
Conference on, 2012, pp. 498-505.
Biometrics, 2007, pp. 927-937.
[6] A. K. Jain, K. Nandakumar, and A.
[14] A. Kholmatov and B. Yanikoglu,
Nagar, "Biometric template
"Realization of correlation attack
security," EURASIP Journal on
against the fuzzy vault scheme," in
Advances in Signal Processing, vol.
Proc. SPIE, 2008, pp. 1-7.
2008, p. 113, 2008.
[15] D. Maltoni, D. Maio, A. Jain, and S.
[7] H. Al-Assam, H. Sellahewa, and S.
Prabhakar, Handbook of fingerprint
Jassim, "A lightweight approach for
recognition: Springer Science &
biometric template protection," in
Business Media, 2009.
SPIE Defense, Security, and Sensing,
2009, pp. 73510P-73510P-12. [16] T. C. Clancy, N. Kiyavash, and D. J.
Lin, "Secure smartcardbased
[8] A. Vetro and N. Memon, "Biometric
fingerprint authentication," in
system security," in Tutorial
Proceedings of the 2003 ACM
presented at Second International
SIGMM workshop on Biometrics
Conference on Biometrics, Seoul,
methods and applications, 2003, pp.
South Korea, 2007.
45-52.
[9] C. Soutar, D. Roberge, A. Stoianov,
[17] A. Juels and M. Wattenberg, "A
R. Gilroy, and B. V. Kumar,
Fuzzy Commitment Scheme," 2013.
"Biometric Encryption: enrollment
and verification procedures," in [18] R. Ranjan and S. K. Singh,
Aerospace/Defense Sensing and "Improved and innovative key
Controls, 1998, pp. 24-35. generation algorithms for biometric
cryptosystems," in Advance
[10] G. J. Tomko, C. Soutar, and G. J.
Computing Conference (IACC),
Schmidt, "Fingerprint controlled
2013 IEEE 3rd International, 2013,
public key cryptographic system,"
pp. 943-946.
ed: Google Patents, 1996.
[19] W. Yang, J. Hu, S. Wang, and M.
[11] E.-C. Chang, R. Shen, and F. W.
Stojmenovic, "An alignment-free
Teo, "Finding the original point set
fingerprint bio-cryptosystem based
hidden among chaff," in
on modified Voronoi neighbor
Proceedings of the 2006 ACM
90
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
structures," Pattern Recognition, ACM Workshop on Multimedia and

vol. 47, pp. 1309-1320, 2014. Security, 2010, pp. 81-88.
[20] W. Yang, J. Hu, and S. Wang, "A [27] D. Maio and L. Nanni,
Delaunay quadrangle-based "Multihashing, human
fingerprint authentication system authentication featuring biometrics
with template protection using data and tokenized random number:
topology code for local registration A case study FVC2004,"
and security enhancement," IEEE Neurocomputing, vol. 69, pp. 242-
transactions on Information 249, 2005.
Forensics and Security, vol. 9, pp.
[28] A. B. Teoh, Y. W. Kuan, and S. Lee,
1179-1192, 2014.
"Cancellable biometrics and
[21] M. Kaur, S. Sofat, and D. Saraswat, annotations on biohash," Pattern
"Template and database security in recognition, vol. 41, pp. 2034-2044,
Biometrics systems: A challenging 2008.
task," International Journal of
[29] A. B. J. Teoh and C. T. Yuang,
Computer Applications, vol. 4, pp.
"Cancelable biometrics realization
1-5, 2010.
with multispace random
[22] L. Nanni and A. Lumini, projections," IEEE Transactions on
"Cancellable biometrics: problems Systems, Man, and Cybernetics,
and solutions for improving Part B (Cybernetics), vol. 37, pp.
accuracy," Biometrics: Methods, 1096-1106, 2007.
Applications and Analyses, 2010.
[30] A. Nagar, K. Nandakumar, and A. K.
[23] A. B. Teoh and D. C. Ngo, Jain, "A hybrid biometric
"Biophasor: Token supplemented cryptosystem for securing
cancellable biometrics," in Control, fingerprint minutiae templates,"
Automation, Robotics and Vision, Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 31,
2006. ICARCV'06. 9th International pp. 733-741, 2010.
[31] Y. Wang and K. Plataniotis, "Face
[24] A. T. B. Jin, D. N. C. Ling, and A. based biometric authentication with
Goh, "Biohashing: two factor changeable and privacy preservable
authentication featuring fingerprint templates," in Biometrics
data and tokenised random Symposium, 2007, 2007, pp. 1-6.
number," Pattern recognition, vol.
[32] S. Hirata and K. Takahashi,
37, pp. 2245-2255, 2004.
"Cancelable biometrics with perfect
[25] A. Lumini and L. Nanni, "An secrecy for correlation-based
improved biohashing for human matching," Advances in Biometrics,
authentication," Pattern recognition, pp. 868-878, 2009.
vol. 40, pp. 1057-1065, 2007.
[33] M. Elmezain, A. Al-Hamadi, J.
[26] H. Al-Assam, H. Sellahewa, and S. Appenrodt, and B. Michaelis, "A
Jassim, "Multi-Factor Biometrics hidden markov model-based
for Authentication: A false sense of continuous gesture recognition
security," in Proceedings of the 12th system for hand motion trajectory,"
91
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
in Pattern Recognition, 2008. ICPR International Joint Conference on,

2008. 19th International 2011, pp. 1-7.
[41] T. Ahmad, J. Hu, and S. Wang,
[34] D. Maltoni, D. Maio, A. K. Jain, and "Pair-polar coordinate-based
S. Prabhakar, "Securing Fingerprint cancelable fingerprint templates,"
Systems," Handbook of Fingerprint Pattern Recognition, vol. 44, pp.
Recognition, pp. 371-416, 2009. 2555-2564, 2011.
[35] A. Nagar, K. Nandakumar, and A. K. [42] K. Takahashi and S. Hirata,
Jain, "Biometric template "Cancelable biometrics with
transformation: a security analysis," provable security and its application
in IS&T/SPIE Electronic Imaging, to fingerprint verification," IEICE
2010, pp. 75410O-75410O-15. transactions on fundamentals of
electronics, communications and
[36] N. K. Ratha, J. H. Connell, and R. M.
computer sciences, vol. 94, pp. 233-
Bolle, "Enhancing security and
244, 2011.
privacy in biometrics-based
authentication systems," IBM [43] S. Wang and J. Hu, "Alignment-free
systems Journal, vol. 40, pp. 614- cancelable fingerprint template
634, 2001. design: A densely infinite-to-one
mapping (DITOM) approach,"
[37] N. K. Ratha, S. Chikkerur, J. H.
Pattern Recognition, vol. 45, pp.
Connell, and R. M. Bolle,
4129-4137, 2012.
"Generating cancelable fingerprint
templates," IEEE Transactions on [44] P. Das, K. Karthik, and B. C. Garai,
pattern analysis and machine "A robust alignment-free fingerprint
intelligence, vol. 29, 2007. hashing algorithm based on
minimum distance graphs," Pattern
[38] H. Yang, X. Jiang, and A. C. Kot,
Recognition, vol. 45, pp. 3373-3388,
"Generating secure cancelable
2012.
fingerprint templates using local and
global features," in Computer [45] M. Ferrara, D. Maltoni, and R.
Science and Information Cappelli, "Noninvertible minutia
Technology, 2009. ICCSIT 2009. cylinder-code representation," IEEE
2nd IEEE International Conference Transactions on Information
on, 2009, pp. 645-649. Forensics and Security, vol. 7, pp.
1727-1737, 2012.
[39] C. Lee and J. Kim, "Cancelable
fingerprint templates using [46] T. S. Ong, A. T. B. Jin, and D. C. L.
minutiae-based bit-strings," Journal Ngo, "Application-Specific Key
of Network and Computer Release Scheme from Biometrics,"
Applications, vol. 33, pp. 236-246, IJ Network Security, vol. 6, pp. 127-
2010. 133, 2008.
[40] J. Zhe and A. T. B. Jin, "Fingerprint [47] T. E. Boult, W. J. Scheirer, and R.
template protection with minutia Woodworth, "Revocable fingerprint
vicinity decomposition," in biotokens: Accuracy and security
Biometrics (IJCB), 2011 analysis," in Computer Vision and
92
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Pattern Recognition, 2007. International Conference on, 2009,

CVPR'07. IEEE Conference on, pp. 1485-1488.
2007, pp. 1-8.
[54] M. Barni, T. Bianchi, D. Catalano,
[48] Y. C. Feng, P. C. Yuen, and A. K. M. Di Raimondo, R. D. Labati, P.
Jain, "A hybrid approach for Failla, et al., "A privacy-compliant
generating secure and fingerprint recognition system
discriminating face template," IEEE based on homomorphic encryption
transactions on information and fingercode templates," in
forensics and security, vol. 5, pp. Biometrics: theory applications and
103-117, 2010. systems (BTAS), 2010 Fourth IEEE
International Conference on, 2010,
[49] Y. J. Chin, T. S. Ong, A. B. J. Teoh,
pp. 1-7.
and K. Goh, "Integrated biometrics
template protection technique based
on fingerprint and palmprint
feature-level fusion," Information
Fusion, vol. 18, pp. 161-174, 2014.
[50] M. Sandhya and M. V. Prasad,
"Cancelable fingerprint
cryptosystem based on convolution
coding," in Advances in Signal
Processing and Intelligent
Recognition Systems, ed: Springer,
2016, pp. 145-157.
[51] Z. Jin, A. B. J. Teoh, B.-M. Goi, and
Y.-H. Tay, "Biometric
cryptosystems: A new biometric key
binding and its implementation for
fingerprint minutiae-based
representation," Pattern
Recognition, vol. 56, pp. 50-62,
2016.
[52] S. Ye, Y. Luo, J. Zhao, and S.-C.
Cheung, "Anonymous biometric
access control," EURASIP Journal
on Information Security, vol. 2009,
p. 865259, 2009.
[53] S. D. Rane, W. Sun, and A. Vetro,
"Secure distortion computation
among untrusting parties using
homomorphic encryption," in Image
Processing (ICIP), 2009 16th IEEE
93
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
PRODUCTION OPTIMIZATION ESP-TO-GAS LIFT IN

HIGH GOR CASE USING WELL SIMULATOR
Ariyon, M, Nugroho, R. S
Universitas Islam Riau
Abstract
Pressure depletion happens when the well is produced after a long time. This depletion
will caused the increase of associated gas production. RSN field is well known field
with high GOR. Electric Submersible Pump (ESP) is a kind of artificial lift which used
in RSN field. Well performance in RSN field is decreased time to time because of
increase of gas production. Gas production caused zero maag which disrupting
performance of ESP. This gassy problem in RSN field can be solved by converting
ESP to gas lift. Gas lift is an artificial lift which is suitable for high GOR field. Before
converting to gas lift, field performance evaluation needs to be done for each wells
(GOR, casing pressure, productivity index). After evaluation, optimization will be
done by converting to gas lift. Gas lift design is generated by making sensitivity
analysis with injection gas rate and well head pressure as variable. The last is economic
analysis from the gas lift conversion. Based on the gas lift optimization in RSN#36,
the previous oil rate is 4 bpd using ESP which is below the economic limit. The
optimized oil rate is 13.1 bpd with 0.2 mmscfd gas injection rate and 100 psi of well
head pressure with the gas injection cost is 200$/d. Pressure compression to reach 100
psi is 100$/d. The result is cumulative oil production for 4 years is 17.27 mstb and net
revenue is 125.84$M.
Keywords : Zero Maag, Injection Gas Rate , Gas Oil Ratio, Casing Pressure, Net
Revenue
1. INTRODUCTION side. Reservoir deliverability also affect the

completion design and artificial lift which is
Rate which based on reservoir pressure is the
used (Guo, Boyun; Lyons, William;
first thing need to be concerned in oil
Ghalambor, 2007).
production. Deliverability of productive
formation is described from production rate.
The increase of age of the field, there will be
Reservoir fluid in pore mediums will flow if
more pressure depletion at the field. This
there is a pressure difference from side to
94
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
depletion will cause associated gas produced reservoir by injecting gas through wellbore to
to the surface. The selection of artificial lift lift fluid to the surface, in this case also used
is needed to solve this gassy case. to fix well performance, which has high
Productivity Index (PI) by considering the
RSN field is well known high GOR field, but ESP performance to be converted to gas lift.
there’s some field which still produce oil. Gas lift design is needed to optimize RSN
Most of the wells in RSN field uses Electric field.
Submersible Pump (ESP). RSN field
average performance, which used ESP pump Gas lift is the method to produce fluid to the
is decline time to time. This case also surface by injecting gas through tubing-
followed by the increase of associated gas casing annulus in several pressure and
production, which caused gas lock in ESP. temperature (Ebrahimi, 2010). The main
This gas also cause zero maag which purpose is to produce expected oil rate
disrupting the performance of ESP. through the decrease of well flow pressure
gradient in the tubing.
ESP is sentrifuge pump, which run by
electric motor. This motor designed to be The purpose of this research is to analyze the
submerged to the working fluid. The purpose performance of RSN field, which used ESP
is to avoid cavitation to the pump. This to be converted to gas lift and optimize the
special designed pump used to several well. Economic analysis is needed to make
special cases, like to produce sludge and also sure the job is feasible to be run.
to produce oil while drilling.
The gassy problem in RSN field need to be

solved, the way is converting ESP to gas lift. 2. METHODOLOGY
Gas lift is the method used in high GOR
Figure 1 Research Methodology
95
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION RSN field has high average GOR which well
RSN Field Performance Evaluation and known as high GOR field. One of well has
Well Selection 1190.3 scf/stb GOR. Figure 2 shown each
GOR is the main parameter in evaluating GOR in several wells in RSN field
each well in RSN field. This is caused by
.
1400.0 Nilai
GORGOR Sumur
from Several WellsMinyak
in RSN FieldRSN
1200.0
Gas oil ratio Scf/Stb
1000.0
800.0
600.0
400.0
200.0
0.0
Sumur
Figure 2 GOR in RSN Field
Can be seen that RSN#36 and RSN#49 has besides GOR, Productivity Index (PI) and
the highest GOR which is 1190.3 scf/stb and casing pressure is needed as parameter to
1293.7 scf/stb. These wells can be made as select the suitable well candidate in oil rate
candidate in ESP to gas lift conversion, optimization using ESP to gas lift conversion
.
Nilai PI Sumur
PI from Minyak
Several Wells RSN
in RSN Field
2.5
2
Productivity Index Bpd/Psi
1.5
0.5
Sumur
Figure 3 PI in RSN Field
96
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Nilai Casing Pressure

Casing Pressure Sumur
from Several Wells inMinyak
RSN Field RSN
350.0
300.0
250.0
200.0
150.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
Figure 4 Casing Pressure in RSN Field
From these parameters (fig 2, 3, 4) RSN#36 When theres many associated gas produced
is the suitable candidate to be converted from in ESP, it will disturb the performance of
ESP to gas lift. This can be seen that RSN#36 ESP. High PI will show there is a big
has high GOR (1190.3 scf/stb), 2 bpd/psi of potention in reservoir deliverability to
PI, and casing pressure is 145.6 psi. The high produce high oil rate to the surface.
GOR and casing pressure will indicate Conversion ESP to gas lift will be effective
associated gas when produced through ESP. because the high existance of associated gas.
Production Analysis RSN#36
Table 1 Last Production Data RSN#36

Well GOR (scf/stb) Casing Pressure Oil Rate Gas Rate PI
(psi) (Bopd) (Mcfd) (STB/Day)
RSN#36 1190.3 145.6 4 73.09 2.0
Before optimization, need to be known casing pressure, this well has big potential to
that RSN#36 has low oil rate, 4 bpd of oil rate be optimized by converting from ESP to gas
is below average economic limit (5 bpd) but lift.
73.93 mcfd gas production which is high.
From amp chart, RSN#36 has high gas
This data can be seen in table 1. Comparing
production so, when this well is still
to economic limit 5 bpd, this well is not profit
produced using ESP it will be disturbed by
enough to be produced. From GOR, PI, and
97
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
associated gas and the oil rate will be

depleted.
Figure 5 Amp Chart Result in RSN#36
Based on figure 5, the ampere which is shown by arrow mark, this current formed
obtained from troubleshooting. This figure circle which indicates gas production or
shown theres a curren regular current which gassy well (Roosa, S, 2011).
Gas Lift Design in RSN#36
Table 2 Gas Lift Input
Depth 5778 ft
QL 1500 Stb/h
Tubing Size 2.5” Inch
Reservoir Pressure 2309 Psi
Well Head Pressure 246 Psi
Gas Liquid Ratio 800 Scf/Stb
Specific Gas Gravity 0.6 Sp Gravity
PKO 1000 Psi
PSO 900 Psi
Well Flow Pressure 2034 Psi
Well Flow Temperature 301.79 F
Surface Temperature 288 F
98
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 2 is parameters in gas lift design. To software. These parameters is the input to the
convert ESP to gas lift, gas lift design needs software. This can be done when the PVT
to be done in RSN#36 using PROSPER input already matched.
Figure 6 Gas Lift Design using Prosper in RSN#36
From figure 6 can be concluded that the which can be seen in table 3. From the figure,
depth of RSN#36 is 5778 ft. Using gas lift the Point of Injection is 3947.61 ft.
completion design, there are 7 injection valve
Table 3 Injection Valve

Valve Type Measured Depth (Ft)
Valve 1 1687,94
Valve 2 2394,06
Valve 3 2915,4
Valve 4 3300,33
99
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Valve 5 3584,53
Valve 6 3794,36
After the completion design is done, IPR and well head pressure as the variable.
curve will be made to determine the Various Scenario will be made based on
operationg point using nodal analysis. Nodal these variables so, the optimum injection gas
analysis is generated using IPR vs Outflow rate and well head pressure can be
Performance Relationship (OPR) plot so, the determined to produce optimum oil rate in
sensitivity can be run with injection gas rate gas lift.
Table 4 IPR Curve Input Data

Parameter Value Unit
Depth 5778 Ft
PI 2.0 STB/Psi
Static Pressure 2309.189 Psi
Well Flow Pressure 2034.667 Psi
Bubble Point Pressure 2176 Psi
Well Flow Temperature 301.7996 F
Separator Pressure 100 Psi
Figure 7 IPR Curve from RSN#36
100
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
IPR curve generated and simulated from optimum rate from RSN#36, nodal analysis
table 4 data. After running, can be seen in needs to be done by seeing the intersection
figure 7 that Absolute Open Flow (AOF) is from IPR vs OPR curves with gas rate
4615.8 STB/day whcich shown the interval from 0 to 1 mmcfd and well head
maximum fluid rate can be produced from pressures are 100 psi, 246 psi and 300 psi so,
RSN#36 is 4615.8 STB/day. To determine the sensitivity can be seen to the oil rate.
Figure 8 IPR vs OPR Curve in RSN#36
101
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
100 Psi
246 Psi
300 Psi
Figure 9 Well Head Sensitivity in RSN#36
Figure 8 and 9 shown nodal analysis from whcich simulated in figure 9 can be
inflow and outflow from RSN#36 using gas concluded in table 5 for each well head
lift. When the gas incetion rate is 0, there is pressure and gas injection rate will produce
no intersection with IPR curve (figure 8), so various oil rate for each scenario
it cleared that RSN#36 need gas injection to
optimize oil production. From sensitivity
Table 5 Oil Rate Based on Injected Gas and Well Head Pressure
Oil Rate (STB/D)
Injection Gas
(MMSCF/D) Pwh 100 (psi) Pwh 246 (psi) Pwh 300 (psi)
0 0 0 0
0.1 9.7 6.8 6
0.2 13.1 10.2 9.3
0.3 15 12.2 11.2
0.4 16.1 13.4 12.5
0.5 16.8 14.2 13.3
0.6 17.3 14.8 13.9
0.7 17.7 15.2 14.3
0.8 18 15.5 14.6
0.9 18.2 15.8 14.9
102
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1 18.4 16 15.1
From table above can be seen that using 1 Economic Analysis fron Gas Lift
mmcfd gas and 100 psi of well head pressure Scenarios in RSN#36
will produce 18.4 STB/day of oil. This is the
Using economic parameters, gas injection
highest value from each scenario from
cost is 100$/day and oil price is 50$/bbl can
sensitivity which is made. This opinion need
be calculated net revenue and gross revenue
to be strengthened using economic analysis if
for each scenario
using 1 mmchd gas which produce 18.4
STB/day of oil is the most economical
scenario
Table 6 Economic Analysis from 100 Psi Scenario
Gas Injection Prod oil Oil Sale Revenue Gross
(MMSCF) (STB/D) ($/d) 4 Years NP Revenue Net Revenue ($)
0.1 9.7 485 12.79 639.64 347.64

0.2 13.1 655 17.27 863.85 425.84
0.3 15 750 19.78 989.14 405.14
0.4 16.1 805 21.23 1061.67 331.67
0.5 16.8 840 22.15 1107.83 231.83
0.6 17.3 865 22.81 1140.80 118.80
0.7 17.7 885 23.34 1167.18 -0.814
0.8 18 900 23.73 1186.96 -127.03
0.9 18.2 910 24.00 1200.15 -259.84
1 18.4 920 24.26 1213.34 -392.65

0.1 6.8 340 8.96 448.41 192.91

0.2 10.2 510 13.45 672.61 271.11
0.3 12.2 610 16.09 804.50 257.00
0.4 13.4 670 17.67 883.63 190.13
0.5 14.2 710 18.72 936.38 96.88
0.6 14.8 740 19.51 975.95 -9.54
0.7 15.2 760 20.04 1002.32 -129.17
0.8 15.5 775 20.44 1022.11 -255.38
103
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3

0.9 15.8 790 20.83 1041.89 -381.60
1 16 800 21.10 1055.08 -514.41

0.1 6 300 7.91 395.65 176.65
0.2 9.3 465 12.26 613.26 248.26
0.3 11.2 560 14.77 738.55 227.55
0.4 12.5 625 16.48 824.28 167.28
0.5 13.3 665 17.54 877.03 74.03
0.6 13.9 695 18.33 916.60 -32.39
0.7 14.3 715 18.85 942.98 -152.01
0.8 14.6 730 19.25 962.76 -278.23
0.9 14.9 745 19.65 982.54 -404.45
1 15.1 755 19.91 995.73 -537.26
From 3 tables above can be seen that using From each scenarion can be concluded in
0.2 mmscfd gas injection rate will give the table 9 that using 0.2 mmscfd injection rate is
highest revenue, even 1 mmscfd of gas the optimum gas injection rate with 100 psi
injection rate will give negative revenue. well head pressure.
Table 9 Economic Analysis 0.2 mmscfd Scenario

Injeksi Gas 0.2 MMscf/D
Gas Injection(MMSCF/D) Pwh 100 (psi) Pwh 246 (psi) Pwh 300 (psi)
Oil Sale Revenue ($) 655 510 465
4 Years NP 17.27 13.45 12.26
Gross Revenue (M$) 863.85 672.62 613.26
Net Revenue (M$) 425.85 271.12 248.26
From table above, using 0.2 mmscfd gas 655M$ with net revenue is 425.85M$ for 4
injection rate and 100 psi well head pressure years.
will give high oil sale revenue which is
104
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Authors want to thank Chevron Pacific
Indonesia to the support in permitting autors
to do this research. Autors also want to
thank Petroleum Engineering Departement
in UIR for the full support of this research.
4. CONCLUSION
REFERENCES
Based on the oil rate and ESP to gas lift
Petroleum Experts Limited. IPM
conversion can be concluded:
PROSPER guide versi 7.0. Petex
1. RSN#36 has high GOR, 1190 scf/stb, 2 House. Edinburgh, Skotlandia.
STB/d PI and 145.6 psi casing pressure.
Guo, Buyon; Lyons, William; Ghalambor,
These parameters are important to prove
A. (2007). Petroleum Production
this well is suitable for ESP to gas lift
Engineer – A Computer Assisted
conversion with good PI.
Approach. Lousiana: Elsevier
2. From optimization ESP to gas lift Science & Technology Books.
conversion in RSN#36, the optimum
operating point is 0.2 mmscfd gas Ebrahimi.(2010). Gas Lift Optimization in
injection rate and 100 psi well head will One of Iranian South Western Oil
give 1314.4 STB/d liquid rate and 13.1 Fields presented SPE 133435 at
STB/d oil rate with the valve will be Trinidad and Tobago Energy
pointed at 1687.94 ft, 2394.06 ft, 2915.4 Resources Conference
ft, 3300.33 ft, 3584.53 ft, 3794.36 f, and
the Point of Injection located at 3947.61 Stuart, Roosa. (2011). Submersible Pump
ft. Handbook Tenth Edition. Oklahoma:
3. From economic analysis with oil price is Baker Hughes
50$/bbl, net revenue is 425.84M$ from
0.2 mmscfd and 100 psi scenario.
105
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ROCK MASS CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM USING ROCK

MASS RATING (RMR) OF A CUT SLOPE IN RIAU –
WEST SUMATRA ROAD
Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra1, Yuniarti Yuskar1, Catur Cahyaningsih1, Seppia Khairani1
1
Department of Geological Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau, Pekanbaru, Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Slope failure periodically occurred in Riau-West Sumatra road that could disconnect
and affecting the activities in this two important provinces. The study of rock mass
classification system using rock mass rating (RMR) had been done to obtain the
information about rock strength of a cut slope along the road particularly in Desa
Tanjung Alai (KM 78-99). Six scanline with 10m each had been establihed to
determine the RMR value of cut slope by observed some parameters. UCS value of
the cut slope grouped into medium strong rock (20-50 MPa). RQD variation ranged
from 9.4% to 78.7% caused by the difference of weathering grade. Similar
discontinuity spacing and condition had been found in the cut slope with 200-600mm
space, slightly rough surface, separation less than 1mm and slightly weathered wall.
Absence of groundwater means the cut slope is in dry condition. Average RMR value
is 58.5 therefore the cut slope classified as Class III (Fair Rock), which means the
slope need some supporting method for potential failure prevention. Rock bolt and
shotcrete were among the methods that had been recommended based on the rock mass
analysis.
Keywords: slope failure, Desa Tanjung Alai, rock mass classification system, rock
mass rating
1. INTRODUCTION The research area was surrounded by

several types of slope such as nearly level
Slope failure is a geological disaster
slope, moderately sloping, steep and very
that often happened in Riau – West Sumatra
steep slope (Putra and Choanji, 2016).
road. As the main access that connected
Slope instability induced by several factors
these two provinces, this event became a
that could be broadly categorize into
major problem and endangered not only the
preparatory factors, triggering factors and
road users but also the resident around the
controlling factors (Saskar and Kanungo,
area, especially when the rainy season has
2008), these factors had been used to
occurred. The purposed of this research is to
choosing the landslide stability analysis.
determine the strength of cut slopes along
Different rock mass classification systems
the road in particular KM 78-99 (Figure 1)
for rock cuttings have been proposed with
which is a part of Desa Tanjung Alai,
high risk to identify the potential failure so
Kampar Regency, Riau Province.
that the present preventive and
106
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
improvement methods could be defined (e.g. geological formation is the primary

Bieniawski 1973; Barton 1974; Selby 1980; objective of rock mass classification (Liu
Haines and Terbrugge 1991; Hack et al. and Chen, 2007). Rock mass classification
2003; Liu and Chen 2007; Pantelidis 2010; systems try to rate its quality by considering
Hajiazizi and Khatami 2013). Providing the most important aspects that affecting the
quantitative data and guidelines for rock mass Tzamos and Sofianos. 2007).
engineering purposes that can improve the
Figure 1 Map of study area
2. METHODOLOGY groundwater and R6 is orientation of

discontinuities relative to the slope.
Rock Mass Rating (RMR) after
Bieniawski (1989), had been used to Uniaxial Compressive Strength value
determine the slope stability. This estimated in the field using geological
classification system concerning in rock hammer and being converted into UCS
structure and joint condition of the slope. value using Index Classification of Rock
Six scanlines, 10m each (Figure 2), had Material by Hoek and Brown (1980).
established to deciding the RMR value by
calculating six parameters using the RQD value can be calculated by
following equation: field survey as core sample were not
available (Bell, 2007). RQD value
RMR = R1 + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 + R6…….(1) calculated using Palmstrom (1982)
formula:
where, R1 is uniaxial compressive
strength (UCS), R2 is rock quality
designation (RQD), R3 is spacing of RQD = 115 – 3,3 Jv…….(2)
discontinuity, R4 is condition of where, Jv = joint per unit volume
discontinuity, R5 is condition of
107
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 1: General condition of scanline cut slope
3
. RESULT AND DISCUSSION b. Scanline 1-4 has < 0.1mm of
Similar UCS value had been aperture while scanline 5- 6 has
estimated from the six scanline in range none therefore rating 5 have been
between 25-50MPa. Based on its value, the given to scanline 1-4 and rating 6 for
cut slope belonging to medium strong rock scanline 5-6.
group and given the rating 4. RQD value of
c. Rough discontinuity surface had
cut slope in the study area is in between 9.4 been found along the cut slope
& to 78.7%. Scanline 6 has the smaller which given the rating 5.
RQD value and rating because of the higher
weathering grad that can be shown by the d. The absence of infilling material in
presence of soil. Each scanline has similar discontinuity, gives the rating 6
average spacing of discontinuity, 0.04-0.2m e. Weathering grade of scanline 1-5 is
which given the rating 10. Some parameters moderate (rating 3) meanwhile
of discontinuity condition had been scanline 6 has higher weathering
measured: grade and lower rating.
a. Persistence or discontinuity length There is no water that flowed out from
ranged from 0.06-0.12m and given the cut slope which mean it has dry
the rating 6. condition and given the rating 15.
Favourable condition of cut slope gives -5
rating adjustment to the RMR value.
108
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Summary of RMR parameters shows in

Table 1.
Table 1: Summary of RMR parameters

Scanline Number Sc 1 Sc 2 Sc 3 Sc 4 Sc 5 Sc 6
78.7 29.2 68.8 39.1 49 9.4

RQD (%)
0.2 0.1 0.12 0.2 0.11 0.04

Spacing of discontinuity (m)
Persistence
0.12 0.1 0.12 0.07 0.07 0.06
(m)
Separation
Condition of < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 None None
(mm)
discontinuity
Roughness Rough Rough Rough Rough Rough Rough
Weathering Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate High
Dry Dry Dry Dry Dry Dry

Groudwater condition
From the result of field survey, the RMR value can be calculated as shown in Table 2
Table 2: RMR value of cut slope
Scanline Number Sc 1 Sc 2 Sc 3 Sc 4 Sc 5 Sc 6
UCS (MPa) 4 4 4 4 4 4
RQD (%) 17 8 13 8 8 3
Spacing of discontinuity (m) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Condition of discontinuity 25 25 25 25 26 24
Condition of groundwater 15 15 15 15 15 15
Orientation of discontinuity -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5
Total RMR 66 57 62 57 58 51
RMR class II III II III III III
RMR description Good Fair Good Fair Fair Fair
means the slope need some supporting

Majority of the scanline grouped into
methods in order to be stable and not
Class III RMR (Fair Rock), only scanline 1
endangering the surrounding area.
and 3 that classified as Class II (Good Rock).
According to Bieniawski (1989) rock bolt
The average RMR value of cut slope in the
method with systematic bolts 4 m long,
study area is 58.5 therefore the cut slope
spaced 1.5-2 m in crown and walls with
categorized into Class III (Fair Rock), it
109
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
wire mesh in crown and 50-10mm shotcrete South African Institute of Civil
in crown and 30mm in sides could be the Engineering. 15, 335–44.
solution. Bieniawski, Z. T. (1989). Engineering rock
mass classifications, New York: Wiley
4. CONCLUSION Hack, R., Price, D. and Rengers N. (2003).
A new approach to rock slope stability-
UCS of rock slope in the study area
a probability classification (SSPC),
has value in between 25-50MPa that
Bulletin of Engineering Geology and
classified as medium strong rock. Variation
the Environment. 62(2), 167–184.
of RQD values in the study area resulting
from the different weathering grade which Haines, A. and Terbrugge, P. J. (1991).
in range from 9.4% to 78.7%. Discontinuity Preliminary estimation of rock slope
spacing and condition of each scanline has stability using rock mass classification
similar characterisation, 200-600mm space, systems, In: Wittke, W. (Ed.), Proc 7th
slightly rough surface, separation less than Congr on Rock Mechanics 2, ISRM,
1mm and slightly weathered wall. Aachen, Germany. Balkema,
According to the absent of water seepage Rotterdam, 887–892.
from the cut slope, the groundwater Hajiazizi, M. and Khatami R. S. (2013).
condition categorize as dry condition. Seismic analysis of the rock mass
Average RMR value in the study area is classification in the Q-system,
58.5 therefore the cut slope is classify as International Journal of Rock
Class III (Fair Rock). This RMR class Mechanics and Mining Sciences. 62,
means the slope need some supporting 123–130.
methods as propossed by Bieniawski (1989),
i.e., rock bolt (systematic bolts 4 m long, Hoek, E. and Brown, E.T. 1980. Empirical
spaced 1.5-2 m in crown and walls with strength criterion for rock masses. J.
wire mesh in crown) and shortcrete (50-100 Geotech. Engng Div., ASCE 106(GT9),
mm in crown, and 30 mm in sides). 1013-1035.
Liu, Y. C,. and Chen, C. S. (2007). A new
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT approach for application of rock mass
classification on rock slope stability
Author would say thanks to assessment, Engineering Geology. 89,
Kemenristek DIKTI and Lembaga 129–143.
Penelitian Universitas Islam Riau for giving
grant to support this study. Palmström, A. (1982) The volumetric joint
count - a useful and simple measure of
REFERENCES the degree of jointing; Proc. IV Int.
Congr. IAEG, New Delhi, pp V.221-
Barton N. R., Lien, R. and Lunde J. (1974). V.228.
Engineering classification of rock
masses for the design of tunnel support, Pantelidis, L. (2010). An alternative rock
Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering. mass classification system for rock
6, no. 4, 189–239. slopes, Bulletin of Engineering
Geology and the Environment. 69, 29–
Bell, F.G. (2007) Engineering Geology. 39.
Second Edition, Elsevier, pp.61-68.
Putra, D., & Choanji, T. (2016). Preliminary
Bieniawski, Z. T. (1973). Engineering Analysis of Slope Stability in Kuok
classification of rock masses, Trans and Surrounding Areas. Journal Of
Geoscience, Engineering,
110
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Environment, And Technology, 1(1), Selby, M. J. (1980). A rock mass strength

41-44. doi:10.24273/jgeet.2016.11.5 classification for geomorphic purposes:
with tests from Antarctica and New
Sarkar, S and Kanungo, D.P., 2008.
Zealand, Zeitschrift fur
Landslide hazard mapping – A few
Geomorphologie, 23, 31–51.
techniques. CBRI Diamond Jubilee
Conf. on Landslide Management – Tzamos, S. and Sofianos, A. I. (2007). A
Present Scenario and Future correlation of four rock mass classification
Directions, 10-12 Feb. 2008, Roorkee, systems through their fabric indices,
India. International Journal of Rock Mechanics
& Mining Sciences. 44, 477–495
111
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
SANDSTONE RESERVOIR CHARACTERISTIC BASED ON

SURFICIAL GEOLOGICAL DATA OF SIHAPAS FORMATION
IN BUKIT SULIGI AREA, SOUTHWEST CENTRAL SUMATRA
BASIN
Yuniarti Yuskar1, Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra1, Tiggi Choanji1, Ziadul Faiez1, Muhammad Habibi2
1
Department of Geological Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau, Pekanbaru, Riau, Indonesia
2
PT. SPR Langgak, Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Sungai Kuning Village and surrounding area located in the eastern region of Bukit
Suligi. Bukit Suligi and its surroundings are the exposed terrain of sandstone from the
Sihapas Formation, which is the main reservoir in the Central Sumatra Basin. This
study aims to get the sandstone analogy of surface geological data to be able to get
better understanding of sand reservoir in the Central Sumatra Basin. Correlation of
surface and subsurface geological data is done by identifying the characteristics of the
lithology. The method used is field geological survey, laboratory analysis of
petrography, micropaleontology, depositional environment and geological structure.
Based on the characteristics of lithology, age, deposition environment, and geological
cross sectional reconstruction, the Sihapas Formation has correlation with reservoir
rock in oil and gas field in eastern of Bukit Suligi. Sihapas Formation consist of
conglomerate, sandstone and shale.
Keywords: sungai kuning, central sumatra basin, reservoir rock, oil and gas
regionally southwestern ward gently

1. INTRODUCTION
sloping deposition surface (Cameron, 1983).
Bukit Suligi is located in southwestern The present day distribution of sedimentary
part of Riau province, trending from and basement rocks can be related to the
southeast - northwest. This hill extent in two regional structure of Sumatra. The Barisan
districts of Rokan Hulu and Kampar uplift and Sumatra Fault System (SFS)
Regency which include in Sumatra Fault controlling the distribution of rock on the
System and Barisan Mountains. Research is mountain front (Clarke, 1982). This paper
focusing in some parts of Bukit Suligi area, describes the results of the fieldwork as they
especially at Sungai Kuning Village that relate to the Sihapas Formation, the
exposing reservoir rock in the southwestern principal reservoir horizon of the Basin.
part of Central Sumatra Basin. The Central
Sumatra Basin (CSB) that was formed The objective of this study is to get
during the Late Eocene (?) to Early analogies and provide a better
Oligocene is the most prolific hydrocarbon understanding of reservoir from surficial
basin in Indonesia. Sedimentation was geological data that can be correlated with
controlled by the configuration of a subsurface reservoir. Petroleum geology
studies of the Bukit Suligi area are mostly
112
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
based upon outcrop data (Fig. 1). contribution to achieve the objective of this
Laboratory analyses and both surface and study (De Coster, 1974)
subsurface geological reconstruction giving
.
Fig. 1. Detail location samples and measurement of geological data.
1.1 Regional Geology The Sihapas Formation is early Miocene in

age and represents the basal, clastic
The Central Sumatra Basin consists of a
succession laid down in the CSB at the
succession of Tertiary sediments overlying
onset of the transgressive, Tertiary 2b
a complex pre-Tertiary lithology, it is
Supergroup (Mertosono and Nayoan, 1974).
bounded on the west and southwest by the
This transgression culminated in the early
Barisan Mountains, on the east by the
middle Miocene with the regional
Malaysian Shield and on the north by the
deposition of the outer shelf to upper
Asahan Arch. The Southern boundary of the
bathyal mudstones of the Telisa Formation
Central Sumatra Basin is not well defined
(Mertosono and Nayoan, 1974).
(Eubank and Makki, 1981). The
traditionally accepted boundary is a During a period of emergence in pre-
geographic one drawn as a north-southwest Miocene time, the general area was eroded
line through the Kampar High and Tiga to a nearly flat surface. All pre-Sihapas
Puluh Mountains (Heidrick and Aulia, sediments were stripped off except in a local
1993). low in the middle of the present day
structure (P., S.A, et al, 2013). These
A gradual southward thinning of Tertiary
sediments are now preserved on the
sediments, however, suggests the possible
downthrown side of the east to the southeast
existence of a pre-Tertiary Basement high
part of the Bukit Suligi Area.
south of Pekanbaru (Kampar High). To the
west lies the Barisan Mountains, where pre- 2.1 Stratigraphy
Tertiary rocks and overlying Tertiary There is ambiguous stratigraphic
sediments outcrop along faults and uplifts. terminology in the study area. The
113
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Cenozoic rock-stratigraphic units in the Different nomenclature on Geological Map

Central Sumatra Basin include (oldest to of The Pakanbaru Quadrangle, Sumatra
youngest), the Pematang formation, Sihapas (Wongsosantiko, 1976) used Sihapas
group, Telisa, Petani, and Minas formations formation not Sihapas Group. The simple
(Eubank and Makki, 1981; Lee, stratigraphy of the study area into time
1982;Roezin, 1974). Sihapas Group based sedimentary rock units (Table 1) are
consists of four formations. The formations Sihapas, Telisa and Petani Formation. This
are Menggala, Bangko, Bekasap and Duri study is focused in Sihapas formation that
formation. It is mainly reservoir in the exposed in Sungai Kuning Village and
Central Sumatra Basin. surrounding, Bukit Suligi area.
The transgressive phase of the Neogene is
represented by the Sihapas group and 2. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
overlying partially diachronous Telisa
formation. The lower portion of the Based on geological field data, lithology
Miocene Sihapas is represented by an at Sihapas Formation consist of sandstone,
upward fining conglomeratic, coarse to fine conglomerate and shalestone. It is
grained sandstone succession (Menggala dominated by sandstone with reddish
Formation) that is capped by calcareous yellow (weathered) and greyish yellow
shale of the Bangko formation. A fluvio- (fresh) color, fine - coarse grain size,
deltaic depositional environment is rounded shape, good sorting, and closed
suggested for the Menggala whereas the fabric. Sedimentary structure such as cross
Bangko has a more intertidal to marine bedding, ripple mark, and parallel
influence. The Upper Sihapas records a lamination also present of nodule (Figure 2).
continuation of the early Miocene Petrographic analysis showed mineral
transgression with medium to coarse composition of quartz arenite sandstone
grained micaceous sandstone of the with quartz (86%), Feldspar (3.5%), Rock
Bekasap representing marginal facies of the Fragment (6%), opaque mineral and other
more basinal shales of the Telisa formation minerals (4.5%).
(Rozalli, et al, 2012). The lower to middle In determining age and depositional
Miocene Telisa formation consists of a environment, microfossil analysis was
shale-dominated succession with interbeds performed on calcareous claystone and
of limestone and fine grained glauconitic resulting Sihapas Formation was deposited
sandstone. Depositional environments at Early Miocene. Depositional facies
range from inner to outer littoral conditions analysis shows that the Sihapas Formation
with a more marine influence towards the was deposited on the estuarine and intertidal
top. The upper contact of the Telisa sandstone environments. Sandstone in the
formation is marked by a distinct lithologic study area has an average trend N 3250 E
and faunal break corresponding to the and the average dip of the layer is 100.
middle Miocene regressive phase of the
Neogene cycle (Duri event). The overlying By comparing surface geological data with
sediments of the Petani formation constitute oil well data on Petapahan Oil Field (Table
a monotonous sequence of shalemudstone 1), it shows that sandstone reservoir has
containing minor sandstone and siltstone similar characteristic to the sandstone found
intercalations that show a progressive in the Sungai Kuning area, Bukit Suligi.
upwards shallowing and general waning of The vertical log reconstruction describes
marine conditions (Lee, 1982). the correlation between field data and
subsurface data (Table 1).
114
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Fig. 2. Fied outcrop and vertical log section of geological data at Bukit Suligi
Table. 1. Comparison of Stratigraphic column between surficial geological data and Well
Data from Petapahan Oil Field.
115
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
From studying lithology characteristics of field on south central Sumatra Basin,

surface geological data, it will give the best shows the similarity characteristic
analogy for interpreting the sandstone of each other.
reservoir model in oil and gas field. 3. There are possibilities to correlate
Sandstone characteristic of Sihapas the surface data and subsurface by
Formation that found in Bukit Suligi area further analysis to predict the
predicted to have connectivity with the
hidrodynamic effect on oil field.
Bekasap Formation at several oil and gas
fields in southwest Central Sumatra Basin.
Although there is still lot data analysis
needed to convinced the connectivity REFERENCES
between surficial geological data and Cameron, N. R. The Stratigraphy of The
reservoir on subsurface, but from geological Sihapas Formation in the Northwest of
reconstruction trends and dips layer and the Central Sumatra Basin. Indonesian
also by combining typical description Petroleum Association, Proceedings
lithology, concluded that this reservoir is 12th Annual Convention, Jakarta, 1983,
connected each other. I, 43–66, (1983).
The issue that have been developed for this
area was the occurrence of hydrodynamic Clarke, M. C. Geological Map of The
control and slanted oil water contact Pakanbaru Quadrangle, Sumatra, PPPG,
towards southeast to south. So it still need (1982).
further study to know the correlation and De Coster, G. L. The Geology of the Central
connectivity of this reservoir related to and South Sumatra Basins.
hydrodynamic control in the area. Proceedings Indonesian Petroleum
3. CONCLUSION Association, Third Annual Convention,
77–110, (1974).
From this study some conclusions could be
defined: Eubank, R., & Makki, A. C. Structural
1. Based on field geological data, Geology of The Central Sumatra Back-
Arc Basin. Oil and Gas Journal, 79 (50),
Sihapas Formation consist of
200–206, (1981).
sandstone, conglomerate, claystone
lithology. The main Heidrick, T. L., & Aulia, K. A structural and
characteristics of sandstone are tectonic model of the Coastal Plains
reddish yellow (weathered) and Block, Central Sumatra Basin,
Indonesia. Indonesian Petroleum
greyish yellow (fresh) color, fine -
Association, Proceedings 22nd Annual
coarse grain size, rounded shape,
Convention, Jakarta, 1, 285–317,
good sorting, and closed fabric. (1993).
Sedimentary structure such as cross
bedding, ripple mark, and parallel Mertosono, S., & Nayoan, G. A. S. The
lamination also present with minor Tertiary basinal area of Central
Sumatra. Indonesian Petroleum
nodule. This sandstone is
Association, Proceedings 3rd Annual
interpreted to be deposited at Early Convention, Jakarta, 63–76, (1974).
Miocene on estuarine and intertidal
depositional environtment. P., S. A., M., R., W., U., A., B., & A., B.
2. Comparison between characteristic Paleogene Sediment Character of
Mountain Front Central Sumatra Basin
lithology, mineralogy, and other
Cekungan Sumatra Tengah.
description on geological surface
data and reservoir data at oil well
116
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Indonesian Journal on Geoscience, 8 Rozalli, M., Putra, A., Budiman, A., Utomo,
(3), 143–149, (2013). W., Suandhi, P. A., & Bachtiar, A.
New Insights Into the Petroleum
R.A. LEE. Petroleum Geology Of The
Geology of the Mountain Front Area.
Malacca Strait Contract Area (Central
Proceedings Indonesian Petroleum
Sumatra Basin). In Proceedings
Association Thirty-Sixth Annual
Indonesian Petroleum Association
Convention & Exhibition, (2012).
Eleventh Annual Convention. (1982).
Wongsosantiko, A. Lower Miocene Duri
Roezin, S. The Discovery and Development
Formation sands, Central Sumatra
of the Petapahan oil field, Central
Basin. Indonesian Petroleum
Sumatra. Indonesian Petroleum
Association, Proceedings 5th Annual
Association, Proceedings 3rd Annual
Convention Jakarta, I, 133–150. (1976).
Convention, Jakarta, 111–128. (1974).
117
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
EFFECT OF SAFETY FACTORS ON THE CALCULATED

DEFLECTION OF 1-PILE ROW FULL SCALE NAILED-
SLAB PAVEMENT SYSTEM RESTING ON SOFT
CLAY DUE TO CONCENTRIC LOADINGS
Anas Puri
1
Associate Professor Department of Civil Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau,
Abstract
The Nailed-slab Pavement System was proposed as an alternative improving for rigid
pavement performance on soft soils. Puri, et.al. (2012a) proposed a new approach for
practical purpose in designing where pile friction resistance is fully mobilized and the
tolerable settlement is considered. The additional modulus of subgrade reaction due to
pile installing is defined by using safety factor 2.5. Effect of variation in safety factors
(SF) were not considered yet. In this paper, effect of SF variation due to slab deflection
will be considered by using SF 1.0 to 3.0. The slab deflection will be calculated by using
beam on elastic foundation theory. Analysis will use data of loading test on 1-pile row
full scale Nailed-slab by Puri, et.al. (2013). Observed deflection data will be used to
determine the additional modulus of subgrade reaction. Calculated deflection based on
the additional modulus of subgrade reaction is compared to the observed deflection.
Results show that SF variation affects the calculated deflections. Good results are
obtained in the sense that the calculated settlement is in good agreement with
observation. The SF = 1.0 is adequate for analysis. The Nailed-slab in the field will have
extensive area and alot of number of installed pile under the slab. Hence, the
performance of this system would be better due to reduction on the slab deflection.
Keywords: Deflection, Nailed-Slab Pavement System, Safety Factor, Soft Clay,

Subgrade Modulus
.
composite system is developed which
1. INTRODUCTION
consist of slab, piles, and soils surrounding
The Nailed-slab System was proposed as an the piles and slab. The installed piles under
alternative improving for rigid pavement the slab make the slab keeps contact with
performance on soft soils. It is also to gain the soils and increase the slab stiffness (Puri,
the efficiency of construction et.al., 2011a). Then the slab height can be
implementation. The changing of the shell decreased. The decreasing of slab height
of fondasi cakar ayam (hen’s claw can reduce the weight of the structure and
foundation) by short-friction piles was will be beneficial for soft soils (Hardiyatmo
proposed by Hardiyatmo (2008). The rigid dan Suhendro, 2003).
pavement slab is nailed to the subgrade by
Physical modeling of nailed-slab and it’s
installing the short piles underneath. The
analytical study have been conducted for
slab has double functions: as pavement
soft soils (Hardiyatmo dan Suhendro, 2003;
structures and all at once as pile cap. The
118
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Hardiyatmo, 2008, 2009, 2011; Nasibu, subgrade reaction from plate load test (k)
2009; Dewi, 2009; Taa, 2010; Puri, et.al, and the additional modulus of subgrade
2011a, 2011b, 2012) and for sand (Somantri, reaction due to pile installing ( k). The
2013). Analysis of deflection of a nailed- equivalent modulus of subgrade reaction
slab by using equivalent modulus of (k’) is given as follows (Hardiyatmo, 2011;
subgrade reaction has been done by Dewi, 2009; Puri, et.al., 2011b, 2012a):
Hardiyatmo (2009, 2011), Puri, et.al.
k '  k  k (1)
(2011b, 2012a, 2012b, 2013), Somantri
(2013) and Puri (2015, 2017). This modular
Where k is the modulus of subgrade reaction
was also implemented in cakar ayam
from plate load test (kN/m3), k is the
analysis (Puri & Ardiansyah, 2017;
additional modulus of subgrade reaction
Afriliyani, et.al. 2017; Agustin, et.al. 2017).
due to pile installing (kN/m3).
The equivalent modulus of subgrade
The mobilisation of unit friction resistance
reaction is the cumulative of modulus of
of pile shaft is in elastic zone (Puri, et.al.
subgrade reaction from plate load test (k)
2012a). Safety factor 2.5 is usually used in
and additional modulus of subgrade
practical of determining the pile allowable
reaction due to pile installing ( k).
bearing capacity. Then the the additional
Hardiyatmo (2011) used the additional
modulus of subgrade reaction due to pile
modulus of subgrade reaction based on the
installing ( k) can be defined as
relative displacement between the pile and
soils. The developing of formula was based
f s As
on static theory. Puri, et.al. (2012a) k  (2)
proposed a new approach for practical 2.5 a A ps
purpose in designing Nailed-slab System
where pile friction resistance is fully Where a is the tolerable settlement of rigid
mobilized and the tolerable settlement is pavement slab (m), fs is the ultimate unit
considered. friction resistance of pile shaft (kN/m2), As
is the surface area of pile shaft (m2), Aps is
The proposed method of analysis is based the area of plate zone which supported by
on one row of pile. Practically, the Nailed- single pile (m2), and 2.5 is the safety factor.
slab will be constructed by multiple rows of
piles. This system will have higher capacity And the Equation (2) can be written as
and stiffness. Hence, designing of the (Puri, 2015)
Nailed-slab System based on an analysis of
the one row pile will produce a safe design f s As
k  (3)
(Puri, et.al. 2012a; Puri, 2015). SF a A ps
This paper is aimed to discuss the effects of The end bearing resistance of pile can be
safety factor in the additional modulus of ignored for nailed-slab which resting on soft
subgrade reaction due to the prediction of soils. Ultimate unit friction resistance of the
deflection on nailed-slab under concentric pile shaft in saturated clay is expressed by
loading. The experimental was conducted
f s  ad cu (4)
by full scale model test of one row pile
nailed-slab system. Where ad is the adhesion factor (non-
In designing the Nailed-slab, it is required dimensional), and cu is the undrained
an equivalent modulus of subgrade reaction cohesion of soil (kN/m2).
due to pile bearing contribution (k’). The
The slab deflections due to the load acting
analytical approach of this moduli is
determined by accumulating the modulus of on plate-supported piles can be calculated
by theory of beams on elastic foundation
119
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
(BoEF) (Hardiyatmo, 2009, 2011; Taa, Detail of the procedure on 1-pile row full
2010; Puri, et.al., 2011b, 2012a, 2012b; scale Nailed-slab is presented in Puri, et.al.
Somantri, 2013; Puri, 2015, 2017). In this (2013) and briefly described in Puri, et.al.
case, BoEF will use Roaks formulas (2014). The 1-pile row full scale nailed-slab
according to Young dan Budynas (2002). was constructed on soft clay. The soft clay
The k is replaced by k’ for analysis of properties are presented in Table 1. The slab
nailed-slab system. and piles were reinforced concrete. The
concrete strength characteristic of the slab
and piles was 29.2 MPa and 17.4 MPa
INVESTIGATED 1-PILE ROW FULL
respectively. The flexural strength of the
SCALE NAILED-SLAB PAVEMENT
slab was 4,397.6 kPa.
SYSTEM
Table 1 Soft clay properties (Puri, et.al. 2013)
Parameter Unit Average

Spesific gravity, Gs - 2.55
Consistency limits:
- Liquid limit, LL % 88.46
- Plastic limit, PL % 28.48
- Shrinkage limit, SL % 9.34
- Plasticity index, PI % 59.98
- Liquidity index, LI % 0.36
Water content, w % 54.87
Clay content % 92.93
Sand content % 6.89
Bulk density, kN/m3 16.32
Dry density, d kN/m3 10.90
Undrained shear strength, su kN/m2 20.14
CBR % 0.83
Soil classification:
- AASHTO - A-7-6
- USCS - CH
The Nailed-slab System Prototype connectors (0.40 m × 0.40 m and 0.20 m in

dimension was 6.00 m × 3.54 m, 0.15 m in thickness). Each end of slab is equipped by
slab thickness, and the slab was reinforced the vertical concrete wall barrier. There was
by micro piles 0.20 m in diameter and 1.50 a 5 cm lean concrete thickness under the
m in length. The spacing between piles was slab. The slab was loaded by compression
1.20 m. This model was obtained by cutting loadings with different load positions.
the 600 cm  354 cm  15 cm Nailed-slab Loads were transferred to the slab surface
to 3 parts where each part consisted of one by using a circular plate 30 cm in diameter
pile row. The tested 1 pile row Nailed-slab (the plate represents the wheel load contact
was the middle one with slab dimension 600 area). Then the instrumentations were
cm  120 cm  15 cm. All piles were recorded. Details about testing procedure is
installed under the slab and connected presented in Puri, et.al. (2013, 2014).
monolithically by using thickening slab
120
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
BoEF analysis will use the “BoEF.xls Modulus of Subgrade Reaction

software version 1.4”. According to
The Eq. (3) was used to calculate the
limitation of BoEF, some simplification
additional modulus of subgrade reaction
have to be done (Puri, 2015). The pile-slab
due to one row pile installation under the
connector and vertical wall barrier were
slab; the results are shown in Table 2 by
neglected. Lean concrete was also neglected.
variation in safety factor. The tolerable
Comprehensive analysis procedure is
settlements (δa) were taken by using
presented in Puri, et.al (2013 and Puri
maximum observed deflections. Equivalent
(2015).
moduli of subgrade reactions are included
in Table 2. It seem that the k and k’ tend
RESULT AND DISCUSSION to decrease by increasing the load because
of the increasing in slab deflection. The k
and k’ tend to decrease also by increasing
the safety factor.
Table 2 Modulus of subgrade reaction
Load δa=δs Safety Δk x k' x 103 Load δa=δs Safety Δk x k' x 103
(kN) (mm) factor, 103 (kPa/m (kN) (mm) factor, 103 (kPa/m
SF (kPa/m ) SF (kPa/m )
) )
5 1 149.32 152.62 40 0.93 1 16.06 19.36
1.5 99.54 102.84 1.5 10.70 14.00
2 74.66 77.96 2 8.03 11.33
2.5 59.73 63.03 2.5 6.42 9.72
3 49.77 53.07 3 5.35 8.65
10 0.27 1 55.30 58.60 80 2.06 1 7.25 10.55
1.5 36.87 40.17 1.5 4.83 8.13
2 27.65 30.95 2 3.62 6.92
2.5 22.12 25.42 2.5 2.90 6.20
3 18.43 21.73 3 2.42 5.72
20 0.41 1 36.42 39.72 150 4.52 1.0 3.30 6.60
1.5 24.28 27.58 1.5 2.20 5.50
2 18.21 21.51 2.0 1.65 4.95
2.5 14.57 17.87 2.5 1.32 4.62
3 12.14 15.44 3.0 1.10 4.40
Results of Deflection over-estimated. For SF = 1.0, the over-

estimated about 68% for maximum load
Results of defelction analysis are shown in 150 kN. SF variation affects the
Fig. 1 and 2. Fig. 1 shows the P- calculated deflections. The over-
relationship on loading point of nailed-slab. estimated tends to increase by increasing in
Good results are obtained in the sense that SF. It is also shown in Fig. 1 that P-
the calculated settlement is in good curves are in elastic zone as defined in the
agreement with observation. All calculated theory
deflection based on variation of SF tend to
.
121 | Universitas Islam Riau
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Load, P (kN)
0 50 100 150
0
Observed (Puri, et.al.
-2 2013)
SF = 1.0
Deflection,  (mm)
-4
SF = 1.5
-6 SF = 2.0
-8 SF = 2.5
SF = 3.0
-10
-12
Fig. 1. P- relationship on loading point of nailed-slab.
Fig. 2 shows the distribution of calculated loads. The utilitation of the additional
deflection along the slab of nailed-slab for modulus of subgrade reaction (k) can well
load 40 kN. Good results are obtained in the predict the deflections, despite of the k
sense that the calculated settlement is in theory based on elastic condition (Puri,
good agreement with observation. et.al. 2012, 2013; Puri, 2015, 2017). The k
Calculated deflections tend to over- was developed based on elastic theory;
estimated by increasing the SF and litle bit however it can well predict the deflection in
uplift on the both ends of slab. These similar plastic zone
behaviour were also occured for other
.
Distance from load point (m)

-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
2
Deflection,  (mm)
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
Observed (Puri, et.al. 2013) SF = 1.0
SF = 1.5 SF = 2.0
SF = 2.5 SF = 3.0
Fig. 2. Distribution of calculated deflection along the slab of nailed-slab for load 40 kN.
CONCLUSION settlement is in good agreement with

observation especially for SF = 1.0. It can
In this case, the additional subgrade reaction
be concluded that the SF = 1.0 is adequate
modulus (k) can be used for calculating the
for analysis. Since this system will be
slab deflection of Nailed-slab Pavement
functioned as pavement in the field, the
System. SF variation affects the
Nailed-slab will have extensive area and
calculated deflections. Good results are
installed pile under the slab will also more
obtained in the sense that the calculated
and more to all directions. So the
122
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
performance of this system would be better Seminar on Appropriate Technology for

due to bearing capacity and reduction on the Handling Infrastructures, MPSP JTSL
slab deflection (Puri, et.al. 2014). Further FT UGM., Yogyakarta, Indonesia, pp.
research can be conducted for edge loadings M-1—M-7 (in Indonesian).
of the Nailed-slab Pavement System. Hardiyatmo, H.C. (2009). Method to
Analyze the Slab Deflection by Using
ACTKNOWLEDGEMENT Equivalent Modulus of Subgrade
The author would like to express his Reaction for Flexible Slab Structure.
gratitude to Ms. Dinda Rosita Agustin, S.T. Dinamika Teknik Sipil, Vol.9 No.2
the fellow researcher in Soil Mechanics (2009) 149-154 (in Indonesian).
Laboratory, Civil Engineering Department, Hardiyatmo, H.C. (2011). Method to
Universitas Islam Riau for her help in Analyze the Deflection of the Nailed
running the BoEF.xls software. Slab System, IJCEE-IJENS, Vol 11. No.
4 (2011) 22-28.
http://ijens.org/IJCEE%20Vol%2011%
REFERENCES 20Issue%2004.html.
Afriliyani, N., Puri, A., R. Ardiansyah. Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B. (2003).
Pile Foundation with Thin Pile Cap as
(2017). Penerapan Modulus Reaksi
an Alternative to Solve Problems of
Subgrade Ekivalen Metode Puri, dkk
Building on Soft Soils. Report of
(2012) dalam Perhitungan Lendutan Competitive Grant Research of Higher
Pelat pada Perkerasan Sistem Cakar Education, Institute for Research and
Ayam Modifikasi. In: Prosiding Community Service, Gadjah Mada
Konferensi Nasional Teknik Sipil dan University, Yogyakarta, Indonesia (in
Perencanaan (KN-TSP) 2017, Program Indonesian).
Studi Teknik Sipil, Universitas Islam Nasibu, R. (2009). Study on Modulus of
Riau, Pekanbaru, 9 Februari 2017, pp. Subgrade Reaction Due to Effect of Pile
29-35. Attached Under Plate (Loading Test on
Agustin, D.R., Puri, A., R. Ardiansyah. Fullscale). Master Theses. Post
(2017). Perhitungan Lendutan Graduate Program of Engineering,
Perkerasan Jalan Sistem Cakar Ayam Universitas Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta,
Modifikasi dengan Variasi Faktor Aman Indonesia (in Indonesian).
pada Tambahan Modulus Reaksi Puri, A. (2015). Behavior of Pavement of
Subgrade. In: Prosiding Konferensi Nailed-slab System on Soft Clay.
Nasional Teknik Sipil dan Perencanaan Dissertation, Doctoral Program of Civil
(KN-TSP) 2017, Program Studi Teknik Engineering, Universitas Gadjah Mada,
Sipil, Universitas Islam Riau, Yogyakarta, Indonesia.
Pekanbaru, 9 Februari 2017, pp. 76-84 Puri, A. (2017). Developing the Curve of
Dewi, D.A. (2009). Study on Effect of Displacement Factor for Determination
Single Pile Due to the Value of The Additional Modulus of Subgrade
Equivalent Modulus of Subgrade Reaction on Nailed-slab Pavement
Reaction from Full-scale Loading Tests. System. International Journal of
Master Theses. Post Graduate Program Technology, Vol. 8 No. 1 (2017) 124-
of Engineering, Universitas Gadjah 133. ISSN 2086-9614.
Mada, Yogyakarta, Indonesia (in http://ijtech.eng.ui.ac.id/article/view/23
Indonesian). 2.
Hardiyatmo, H.C. (2008). Nailed-slab Puri, A., and Ardiansyah, R. (2017).
System for Reinforced Concrete Slab on Calculation The Edge of Slab Deflection
Rigid Pavement. Proc. of National of Modified Cakar Ayam System By
123
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Applying The Displacement Factor from Teknik Sipil ke-7 (KoNTekS7),

Puri’s Graph. In: Proceeding the 15th Universitas Negeri Sebelas Maret.
International Symposium in QiR Surakarta, 24-26 October, Indonesia, pp.
(Quality in Research), Nusa Dua, Bali, G201-G211.
24-27 July, Indonesia. DOI: Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B.,
https://doi.org/10.14716/ijtech.v8i1.168 Rifa’i, A. (2014). Behavior of Nailed-
8 slab System on Soft Clay Due to
Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, C. H., Suhendro, B., Repetitive Loadings by Conducting Full
Rifa’i, A. (2011a). Experimental Study Scale Test. IJCEE-IJENS, Vol. 14 No.
on Deflection of Slab which Reinforced 06 (2014) 24-30.
by Short Friction Piles in Soft Clay. In: http://ijens.org/IJCEE%20Vol%2014%
Proc. of 14th Annual Scientific Meeting 20Issue%2006.html.
(PIT) HATTI, HATTI, Yogyakarta, 10- Somantri, A.K. (2013). Kajian Lendutan
11 February, pp. 317-321 (in Pelat Terpaku pada Tanah Pasir dengan
Indonesian). Menggunakan Metode Beam on Elastic
Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B., Foundation (BoEF) dan Metode Elemen
Rifa’i, A. (2011b). Contribution of Wall Hingga. Master’s Thesis. Post Graduate
Barrier to Reduce the Deflection of Program of Engineering, Universitas
Nailed-Slab System in Soft Clay. In: Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta, Indonesia
Proc. of 9th Indonesian Geotech. Conf. (in Indonesian).
and 15th Annual Scientific Meeting Taa, P.D.S. (2010). Effects of Installation of
(KOGEI IX & PIT XV) HATTI, HATTI, Group Pile Due to Slab Uplift of Nailed-
Jakarta, 7-8 December 2011, pp. 299- slab Resting on Expansive Subgrade.
306 (in Indonesian). Master Theses. Post Graduate Program
Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B., of Engineering, Universitas Gadjah
Rifa’i, A. (2012a). Determining Mada, Yogyakarta, Indonesia (in
Additional Modulus of Subgrade Indonesian).
Reaction Based on Tolerable Settlement Young, W.C., Budynas, R.G. (2002).
for the Nailed-slab System Resting on Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain.
Soft Clay, IJCEE-IJENS, Vol. 12 No. 3 7th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.
(2012) 32-40.
http://ijens.org/IJCEE%20Vol%2012%
20Issue%2003.html.
Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B.,
Rifa’i, A. (2012b). Application of the
Additional Modulus of Subgrade
Reaction to Predict the Deflection of
Nailed-slab System Resting on Soft
Clay Due to Repetitive Loadings. In:
Proceedings of Pertemuan Ilmiah
Tahunan ke-16 (PIT) HATTI, Jakarta, 4
December, Indonesia, pp. 217-222.
Puri, A., Hardiyatmo, H.C., Suhendro, B.,
Rifa’i, A. (2013). Application of the
Method of Nailed-slab Deflection
Analysis on Full Scale Model and
Comparison to Loading Tests. In:
Proceedings of Konferensi Nasional
124
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
EFFECT OF MATURITY LEVEL OF COMPOST

AND SHALLOT VARIETIES TO GROWTH AND YIELD
IN PEAT SOIL
Raisa Baharuddin 1, Selvia Sutriana2
1,2
Agrotechnology Study Program, Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau
Jl. Kaharuddin Nasution, Marpoyan, Pekanbaru 28284
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
The use of compost fertilizer with the right maturity level can improve the characteristic
of peat. Besides, the use of appropriate varieties on peat will increase plant production.
Aim of this research was to determine the effect of maturity level of compost and shallot
varieties to growth and yield of shallot in peat soil. The experiment was conducted from
March to August 2017 at Experimental Farm, Faculty of Agriculture, Islamic University
of Riau, Pekanbaru. The research used a completely randomized design with 3
replications. First factors is maturity level of compost consists of 4 levels ie no compost,
1 week, 3 weeks, and 5 weeks. The second factor is varieties which are Kampar, Medan,
and Brebes. The results showed that compost maturity level 3 weeks gave the lowest
C/N ratio (18.67) than the compost of 1 and 5 weeks. The compost also provides the
highest nutrient content in N-total, P, K, Ca and Mg. The maturity level of compost gives
different results on the growth and yield of each variety. The compost maturity level 1
week on Brebes variety gave the highest of wet weight bulb (42.51 g), dry weight bulb
(36.83 g), and total yield of shallot (9.21 ton/ha).
Keywords: Compost, Maturity Level, Peat, Shallot, Varieties
1. INTRODUCTION provinces. It was due to fluctuations in

environmental factors. Based on this, the
Shallot is one of superior vegetable
availability of suitable varieties and high
commodities, that used as a complementary
yield were factors affecting yield. The
seasoning on various dishes to produce
development of shallot in Riau was still
pleasant aromas and flavors (Kumar et al.,
relatively less, because based on data
2010). Shallot is a vegetable commodity
recorded in the Central Bureau of Statistics
that has high economic value and can be
in Riau, shallot cultivation begins in 2013
developed in low land high land.
with Kampar varieties. Riau, is the province
The production of shallot in
with the largest peatland in Sumatera is ±
Indonesia was fluctuating in some
3.87 million ha, but only about 19% of
125
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
peatlands are feasible for agriculture. level of compost and shallot varieties to
Assess the potential that allows shallot to be growth and yield of shallot in peat soil.
developed in peat.
Peat soil is defined as an 2. METHODOLOGY
accumulation of the debris of plant, trunk The experiment was conducted at
and roots under the water logging condition Experimental Farm, Faculty of Agriculture,
(Mohamed et al., 2014; Adon et al., 2012). Islamic University of Riau, Pekanbaru from
Soil on land or forest peat bogs derived of a March to August 2017. Material used is
pile of organic matter saturated water or shallot varieties Kampar , Medan, and
flooded that the process decomposition are Brebes, compost fertilizer from debris corn ,
not going well .This condition caused it NPK 16: 16: 16 , label , insecticide ,
were poor in nutrients and low pH. Based fungicide. An instrument used is a
on these problems required the equipment cultivation, measuring unit ,
improvement of physical and chemical soil analytic scale , and stationery.
characteristics. The way to improve the The research used a factorial
characteristics of the peat is using compost. completely randomized design with 3
Composting is the controlled replications. First factors is maturity level
aerobic conversion of mixed organic of compost consists of 4 levels ie no
material into a form that is suitable for compost, 1 week, 3 weeks, and 5 weeks.
addition to soil (Hubbe et al., 2010). The The second factor is varieties consists of
three most important factors for making are Kampar, Medan, and Brebes. Plot size
good compost are the chemical makeup of of 1 m x 1 m with planting distance of 20
the raw ingredients, the physical size and x 20 cm. Weeding was done manually
shape of the feedstocks and the porosity of plants adapted to the circumstances of weed,
the pile, and the population of while control of pest and disease were done
microorganisms involved in the composting by the observations every day.
process (Cooperband 2000). Composting begins with enumeration of
Compost maturity is one of the debris corn with a enumerators compost
significant parameters to evaluate the machine.Then the chopped plant was given
quality of compost. Compost maturity plays an activator. The activator used was EM4
an important role in distinguishing whether with a dose of 1 L per 1 ton of chopped plant.
it can be used as a soil conditioner for Activators dissolved into sugar sollution.
physical, chemical and biological fertility Chopped plant fragments that have been
benefits or for disease suppression in soil mixed with EM-4 solution, stirred evenly
(Kutsanedzie et al., 2015). Many uses of and then taken to the field to form
compost require a mature product that will composting pile. Stirring and reversal twice
prevents nutrients that are present in the soil a week. Composting time is adjusted to the
from being tied up or immobilized (Latifah level of treatment.
et al., 2015). Therefore, mature compost is Observation variables included plant height,
important because it will not adversely age of harvest, weight of wet bulb per
affect plant development due to reduced cluster, weight of dry bulb per cluster, and
oxygen or nitrogen availability and/or the production. The data were analyzed by F-
presence of phytotoxic compounds. test, whereas between treatments were
Assess the potential peat in Riau and tested by Tukey test at the 5% significance
by the provision of compost with proper level.
maturity level expected to improve the
production of shallot in Riau. This paper
aims to determine the effect of maturity
126
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Compost Analysis sufficiently ‘mature’ or not. Table 1 also

Based on the results of the analysis showed that the value of C / N ratio of the
nutrients in compost showed that compost compost fulfill the SNI standard limit 10-20,
produced according to the standard of SNI except on the compost maturity level 1
19-7030-2004, which is for N content week. The value of C/N ratio decline by
( higher than 0.4 % ), P2O5 ( higher than increasing age compost. This is related to
0.1 % ) in compost maturity level 1, 3, and the decomposition process, with increasing
5 weeks, and for K2O content ( larger than age compost, the decomposition process run
0.2 % in compost maturity level 1 and 3 maximal, where the availability of carbon
weeks. In addition to nutrient content, the and nitrogen produced is used by
important parameter for determining microorganisms maximally and helps
compost quality is the C / N ratio. This ratio microorganisms to reorganize the organic
is used to determine whether the compost is material (Dewilda dan Apris, 2016)
Table 1. Result of Compost Analysis

Nutrients
Age of Maturity N P K Ca Mg C/N
level (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
1 Weeks 0.91 0.93 0.79 8.78 3.83 23.42
3 Weeks 1.33 3.15 5.45 9.67 4.01 18.67
5 Weeks 1.31 0.57 0.11 9.01 3.9 20.32
In general can be seen in Table 1, The nutrient content produced by

that the highest nutrients content ( N, P, K, compost litter of maize is higher when
Ca and Mg ) and the lowest C/N ratio have compared with the compost of empty fruit
on compost 3 weeks.This caused by bunches. According to Yunindanoval et al.
compost 3 weeks occurs high deficiency in (2013) that the total N content of EFB
C/N ratio so that composting process takes compost is above 1% but has lower P
more quickly and effectively. According to content is below 0.1% . It showed that the
Susanti (2015), compost derived from compost used is quite potential because it
agricultural residue usually has a C/N ratio can produce high nutrient content.
which is relatively close to C/N soil ratio so
that the composting process tends to be Plant Growth
easier and faster compared to composting of The growth of shallot has a
other materials. significantly affect on the maturity level of
According to Putro et al., (2016) the compost and shallot varieties. Interaction of
greater deficiency of the value of C / N and the maturity level of compost by shallot
the faster the composting process, make varieties did not have significant effect on
better the composting process. Increasing plant height. Table 2 showed that compost
the value of macro nutrients (N, P, K) is maturity level 5 week increases plant height
used as a parameter of compost quality. The by 32.04 cm. Plant growth is influenced by
greater the nutrient content of N, P, and K nutrients delivery, in particular nitrogen.
on the compost, the better the compost is Based on nutrient content of compost,
when used against the plant. Compost has where compost maturity level 5 weeks have
characteristic that vary depending on high value of N is 1.31%. Vegetative plant
maturity level, composition of raw growth desperately needs nitrogen. This is
materials and composting process at the because nitrogen is key in the production of
time of composting (Kusmiyarti, 2013). nucleoside phosphate and amino acids that
127
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
the building blocks amino acids and immobilization or N nutrient change form
protein (Taiz dan Zeiger, 2002). into a form that is not available for plant.
In addition to nitrogen nutrients, a The low C / N ratio caused absence of
value of C/N ratio also had an influence on competition in obtaining N elements
shallot height. The C/N value of compost 5 between plants and microbial decomposers,
weeks, is still in extend standard limit that making it easier for plants to absorb
is 20 so that wouldn’t cause nutrients nitrogen (Yunindanova et al., 2013).
Table 2. Maturity level of Compost and Shallot Varieties on Plant Height
Shallot Varieties (cm) Average

Maturity Level of Compost Kampar Medan Brebes
No Compost 27.89 25.44 32.78 28.70 c
1 Weeks 30.11 27.44 35.11 30.89 b
3 Weeks 30.33 28.11 36.00 31.48 ab
5 Weeks 32.56 27.56 36.00 32.04 a
Average 30.22 b 27.14 c 34.97 a
Note: The numbers followed by the same letter on rows and columns are not significantly different based on
the Tukey test (α = 0.05).
The effect of shallot varieties on the day after plant (DAP) (Table 3). While the
plant height showed that Brebes variety varieties of Medan give the longest harvest
produced the highest plant height is 34.97 age of 68 DAP. Based on the decryption of
cm. The lowest plant height was seen on varieties, the harvest age of three varieties
Medan variety. The difference in growth is still in accordance with the description.
parameters probably attributed to genetic This showed that the variables of harvest
variation among the varieties. Similar result age are more influenced by the character of
was reported by Ademe et al. (2012) in that each variety so that harvest age is also
shallot growth parameters were affected by different.
varieties. It also shows that the three Table 3 also shows that in Kampar
varieties are able to adapt to peat soil, variety given compost application
because the plant height still in accordance significantly accelerate age harvest on
with descriptions of varieties of each plant. shallot. This is because the given organic
material is able to provide nutrients to peat
The Harvest Age soils especially N and P which are
Interaction of maturity level of indispensable for vegetative and generative
compost and shallot varieties significantly growth. The nutrients contained in this
affect the harvest age. The effect of compost will improve physical, chemical ,
combination of maturity level and shallot and biology characteristic of peat , so that is
variety showed that varieties of Brebes and available and assist the process of plant
Kampar with compost maturity level 1-5 development (Armaini et al., 2012).
weeks gives the fastest harvest age of 61
Table 3. Maturity Level of Compost and Shallot Varieties on Age of Harvest

Shallot Varieties (DAP) Average
No Compost 68.00 b 68.00 b 61.00 a 65.67 b
1 Weeks 61.00 a 68.00 b 61.00 a 63.33 a
128
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3 Weeks 61.00 a 68.00 b 61.00 a 63.33 a

5 Weeks 61.00 a 68.00 b 61.00 a 63.33 a
Average 62.75 b 68.00 c 61.00 a
Production of Shallot production per ha. This suggests that the

Interaction of maturity level of varieties of Brebes can adapt to peat soils.
compost and shallot varieties significantly In accordance with research Koswara (2007)
affect the harvest age. The combination of that the varieties of Brebes is one variety
compost maturity level with shallot that widely adaptation. Based on this it can
varieties showed that 1 week and Brebes be seen that by provision compost with low
variety gave the highest wet weight, dry level of maturity (1 week), varieties of
weight of bulb per cluster and total yield Brebes have been able to give optimal
was 42.51 g, 36.83 g, and 9.21 ton/ha (Table production. Bulb yield of Brebes varieties
4). In contrast to local variety Kampar and in this trial approaching with the bulb yield
Medan variety, compost maturity level potential of Bima varieties ie 10-12 t/ha
1week significantly decreases wet weight, (Kusmana et al. 2009, Sofiari et al. 2009).
dry weight of bulb per cluster and
Table 4. Maturity Level of Compost and Shallot Varieties on Shallot Production

Shallot Varieties Average
Weight of wet bulb per cluster (g)
No Compost 32.12 c 23.57 f 39.42 ab 31.70 b
1 Weeks 25.51 ef 16.10 g 42.51 a 28.04 c
3 Weeks 26.07 ef 26.38 def 30.08 cd 27.51 c
5 Weeks 37.91 b 28.35 de 41.16 ab 35.81 a
Average 30.40 b 23.60 c 38.29 a
Weight of dry bulb per cluster (g)
No Compost 27.70 b 21.77 c 35.10 a 28.19 b
1 Weeks 23.97 bc 11.37 d 36.83 a 24.06 c
3 Weeks 21.50 c 21.33 c 25.50 bc 22.78 c
5 Weeks 34.43 a 24.43 bc 35.67 a 31.51 a
Average 26.90 b 19.73 c 33.28 a
Production per ha (ton/ha)
No Compost 6.92 b 5.44 c 8.77 a 7.05 b
1 Weeks 5.99 bc 2.84 d 9.21 a 6.01 c
3 Weeks 5.37 c 5.33 c 6.37 bc 5.69 c
5 Weeks 8.61 a 6.11 bc 8.91 a 7.88 a
Average 6.72 c 4.93 b 8.32 a
129
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Different level of compost maturity 4. CONCLUSION

produce different production.The proper 1. Compost maturity level 3 weeks gave
maturity level of compost give higher the lowest C/N ratio (18.67) than the
yield .Based on the results, that compost compost of 1 and 5 weeks. The
maturity level 5 weeks give the highest wet compost also provides the highest
weight and dry weight of bulb per cluster nutrient content in N-total (1.33%) ,
and production per hectare than other P2O5 (3.15%), K2O (5.45%), Ca
compost treatment and control .It was (9.67%) and Mg (4.01%).
because at compost maturity level 5 2. The maturity level of compost gives
weeks, the compost has been decomposed different results on the growth and
perfectly so that when applied to the soil or production of each variety. The
plant does not occur nutrient compost maturity level 1 week on
immobilization. Brebes variety gave the highest of wet
Use of compost can increase growth weight bulb (42.51 g), dry weight bulb
and shallot production (Table 4). This is (36.83 g), and total yield of shallot
because affected by the nutrients contained (9.21 ton/ha). In addition, the compost
in compost. In the development of fruit, maturity level 5 week could increase
most important nutrients were N, P and K. the growth and production of Kampar
According to Shanchez (1992), tuber plants and Medan varieties in peat soil.
are high phosphorus absorbers. Phosphorus
is very important for the formation and REFERENCES
development of bulbs. Potassium is also Ademe, D., Belew D. and Tabor G. (2012).
very important for onion plants. Potassium Influence of bulb topping and intra
plays a role in the process of metabolism, row spacing on yield and quality of
nutrient absorption, transpiration, some shallot (Allium Cepa Var.
carbohydrate translocation, activation of a Aggregatum) varieties at Aneded
large number of enzymes essential for woreda, western Amhara. Afric.
photosynthesis and respiration (Salisbury J. .Plant Sci., 6(6): 190-202.
dan Ross, 1995). Shortage of potassium in September 30, 2017.
onion plants will inhibit the growth of leaf http://www.academicjournals.org/j
that photosynthesis process also becomes ournal/AJPS/article-full-text-
inhibited and resulted in the size of the pdf/A6ABF5611842
resulting small bulb of shallots. He et al. Adon, R, Bakar I., Wijeyesekera D C,
(2004) stated that the balance of nutrients in Zainorabidin A. (2012). Overview
the soil, especially K plays an important of the sustainable uses of peat soil in
role in the synthesis of carbohydrates and malaysia with some relevant
protein, so it helps enlarge bulb of shallots. geotechnical assessments.
The availability of nutrients (N, P, K) International Journal of Integrated
contained in the compost, provides a Engineering – Special Issue on
positive response to bulb growth, which ICONCEES. 4 (3) :38-46. March 29,
will be absorbed and translocated to leaves 2016.
to be assimilated in the photosynthesis http://penerbit.uthm.edu.my/ojs/ind
process. One result of this photosynthesis is ex.php/ijie/article/view/584
fructan, where fructant is necessary for the Armaini, Erlida A., Sri Y., Edison A. (2012).
formation of tubber (Yetti and Elitta, 2008). Optimization of soybean production
The Liliaceae plant stores the fructan in the (Glycine max (L) Merril) in palm oil
bulb (Salisbury and Ross, 1995). plantation on peatland by
application of some fertilizers and
130
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
soil ameliorant. J. Agrotek. Trop. 1 20,

(2): 11-15. September 20, 2017. 2016.http://www.jocpr.com/articles
http://download.portalgaruda.org/ar /allium-cepa-a-traditional-
ticle.php?article=315573&val=512 medicinal-herb-and-its-health-
3&title=Optimalisasi%20Produksi benefits.pdf.
%20Kedelai%20[Glysine%20max Kusmana, RS and H. Basuki Kurniawan.
%20(L)%20Merril]%20pada%20K (2009). Adaptation test five
ebun%20Kelapa%20Sawit%20di% varieties shallots origin highlands
20Lahan%20Gambut%20dengan% and medium lowlands ecosystem at
20Aplikasi%20Beberapa%20Komp Brebes. Journal of Horticulture, 19
osisi%20Pupuk%20dan%20Pembe (3), 281-286. September 29, 2017.
nah%20Tanah. http://hortikultura.litbang.pertanian.
Cooperband, L.R. (2000). Composting: art go.id/jurnal_pdf/193/kusmana_ada
and science of organic waste ptasibwmerah.pdf
conversion to a valuable soil Kusmiyarti, T.B. (2013). The quality of
resource. Laboratory Medice. 31(6): compost on various combinations of
283-290. March 26, 2016. organic waste raw materials.
https://academic.oup.com/labmed/a Agrotrop, 3(1): 83-92. September
rticle- 25, 2017.
pdf/31/5/283/9676822/labmed31- http://download.portalgaruda.org/ar
0283.pdf ticle.php?article=348888&val=924
Dewilda, Y., Apris I. (2016). Study &title=Kualitas%20Kompos%20da
optimization of composting ri%20Berbagai%20Kombinasi%20
materials of organic waste with Bahan%20Baku%20Limbah%20Or
addition of load waste bioaktivator ganik.
and water oil. Proceedings of the Kutsanedzie, F., Ofori, V., K.S. Diaba.
National Seminar on Environmental (2015). Maturity and safety of
Science and Technology, Padang, 19 compost processed in HV and TW
Oktober 2016: 95-100. September composting systems. International
30, 2017. Journal of Science, Technology and
http://lingkungan.ft.unand.ac.id/ima Society. 3: 232-239. September 29,
ges/fileTL/SNSTL_II/full_paper_y 2017.
omi_1.pdf. http://www.sciencepublishinggroup
Hubbe, M A., Mousa N., Carmen S. (2010). .com/journal/paperinfo?journalid=1
Composting as a way to convert 83&doi=10.11648/j.ijsts.20150304.
cellulosic biomass and organic 24
waste into high value soil Latifah, O., Osumanu, H.A., Nik, M.A.
amendments: a review. (2015). Improving ammonium and
Bioresources, 5(4) : 2808-2854. nitrate release from urea using
March 26, 2016. clinoptilolite zeolite and compost
http://ojs.cnr.ncsu.edu/index.php/Bi produced from agricultural wastes.
oRes/article/view/BioRes_05_4_28 The Scientific World Journal: 1-12.
08_Hubbe_NS_Composting_Revie September 20, 2017.
w/781 https://www.hindawi.com/journals/
Kumar, K.P.S., D. Bhowmik, Chiranjib, tswj/2015/574201/
Biswajitand Pankaj Tiwari. (2010). Mohamed, R.M.S.R., Chan, C.M., Senin,
Allium cepa: a traditional medicinal H., Kassim, A.H.M. (2014).
herb and its health benefits. J. Chem. Feasibility of the direct filtration
Pharm. Res., 2(1): 283-291. March over peat filter media for bathroom
131
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
greywater treatment. J. Mater. Taiz, L. and Zeiger, E. (2002). Plant

Environ. Sci. 5 (6): 2021- 2029. physiology. 3rd Edition.
March 21, 2016. Sunderland: Sinauer Associates.
https://www.researchgate.net/publi Yetti, Y. and Elitta, E. (2008). Use of
cation/266149562_Feasibility_of_t organic fertilizer and KCl on shallot
he_direct_filtration_over_peat_filte (Allium ascalonicum L). SAGU, 7
r_media_for_bathroom_greywater_ (1):113-18. September 25, 2017.
treatment https://ejournal.unri.ac.id/index.php
Ningsih, R.D. and Noor, A. (2016). /JSG/article/view/1097/1089.
Appearance of varieties of shallot in Yunindanoval, M.B., Herdhata, A., and
tidal area of south kalimantan. Dwi, A. (2013). The effect of
Proceedings of the National maturity level of empty fruit bunch
Seminar on Agricultural compost and mulch from palm oil
Technology Innovation. Banjarbaru, waste to tomato productivity in
893-899. September 5, 2017. ultisol soil. J.Soil Science and
http://kalsel.litbang.pertanian.go.id/ Agroclimatology, 10 (2) 2013. 91-
ind/images/pdf/Semnas2016/110_ri 100. September 15, 2017.
na_dirgahayu.pdf https://www.researchgate.net/publicati
Putro, B.P., Walidaini, R.A., Ganjar S., on/314780759_The_Effect_of_Maturity_L
Winardi, D.N. (2016). Increasing evel_of_Empty_Fruit_Bunch_Compost_an
the quality of organic waste d_Mulch_from_Palm_Oil_Waste_to_Tom
compost with NPK fertilizer ato_Productivity_in_Ultisol_Soil
enriched and urea. Proceedings
SNST 7th in 2016: 17-22. September
5, 2017.
https://www.publikasiilmiah.unwah
as.ac.id/index.php/PROSIDING_S
NST_FT/article/viewFile/1466/155
0
Salisbury, F.B., and Ross. (1995). Plant
phyisiology. Bandung: ITB.
Sofiari, E., and Kusmana, R.S. (2009).
Evaluation of local cultivars shallots
yield at Brebes. Journal of
Horticulture, 19 (3), 257-280.
September 25, 2017.
http://hortikultura.litbang.pertanian.
go.id/jurnal_pdf/193/sofiari_bwmer
ah.pdf
Susanti, D S. (2015). Application type of
compostes on growth and yield of
shallot (Allium ascalonicum L.) in
enrekang regency. Agricola, 5 (1):
61-69. September 25, 2017.
http://ejournal.unmus.ac.id/index.p
hp/agricola/article/view/412
132
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
FACTORS AFFECTING PRODUCTION OF COCONUT

(Cocos nucifera Linn) IN GAUNG ANAK SERKA DISTRICT
INDRAGIRI HILIR REGENCY, RIAU PROVINCE
Sisca Vaulina1, Khairizal2, Hajry Arief Wahyudy3
1,2,3
Department of Agribusiness, Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
While the rate of population growth in recent, shows that the need/demand will be higher
the coconut is caused by the increasing oil consumption and some products from coconut
cant substituted by other commodities, such as coconut milk coconut. Increasing growing
needs of coconut, then the effort was undertaken to increase the production of coconut in
it. As for the purpose of this research is to know the: (1) the income of farming of coconut
in Indragiri Hilir regency, (2) the factors that affect the production of coconut in Indragiri
Hilir Regency. This study used a survey method. The research was Gaung Anak Serka
District (GAS), in four villages namely (1) Rambaian village; (2) Idaman village; (3) Iliran
village; (4) Tanjung Harapan village. Each village taken samples as many as 15 people
coconut farmers, so that the total sample as many as 60 people coconut farmers. The
research was May 2017 until December 2017. The results showed that total fixed cost for
per arable IDR 103,921.96 (2.94%) while for variable costs of IDR 3,427,514.77 (97.06%).
Gross income received in coconut farmers amounted to IDR 8.608.363,29/harvest and a
net income of IDR 5.076.926,56/harvest. The value of the coefficient of determination R2
= 0.693; 69.30% means that the variation of production of coconut in Indragiri Hilir
Regency is affected by all the variables (Xi) while the rest 30.70% influenced by variables
other than the model. Partially, the variable land and the number of plants produce effect
on production while labor, terusi, salt and pesticides have no effect against the production.
Keywords: Coconut, Production, Income, Factors of Production
1. INTRODUCTION society (Philips, 1994). In Ghana, the

coconut is a money plant (Abankwa, et al.,
Coconut (Cocos nucifera) is the most
2010). In India, the coconut gives the life of
widely planted crop and the palm is the
more than 20 million people (Naik, 2016).
most important. Coconut is an important
Potential plantation commodities in
commercial crop in tropical countries and
Riau Province consist of palm oil, coconut,
contributed significantly to the economic
133
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
rubber, and sago. Coconut (Cocos nucifera almost all districts in the regency. Coconut
Linn) is one of the very important plantation has been developed by hereditary and
commodities national economy, as well as generally maintained traditionally, land
export commodities and producers of tenure is limited, and most of the farmers
vegetable oils in needs of the community. are not using seeds. Traditionally
Riau Province is the largest producer of management will have an impact on
coconut in Indonesia. Indragiri Hilir productivity resulting in coconut farmers.
Regency, as the largest producer of coconut Vaulina and Elfi (2014), productivity
in Riau Province and already known by the resulting coconut in Indragiri Hilir less than
expanse of coconut an area of land 439,955 one ton per hectare.
ha (85.11% of the total land area of Riau Coconut is one of the leading
Province) with a total production of commodities Indragiri Hilir Regency.
359,372 tons (85.23% of total production of Almost throughout the Sub-district planted
Riau Province) (BPS, 2015). with coconut. Land area, production,
The suitability agroclimatology in most productivity and the number of coconut
areas tends to dry in Indragiri Hilir. This is based on sub district can be seen in Table 1.
apparent from the spread of Palm plants
Table 1. Land area, Production, Productivity and the Number of Farmer Plantations in
Indragiri Hilir Regency, 2014
No. Sub Land Production Productivity Amount Of Farmers
Area (Ha) (Kg) (Ton/Ha) (People)
1 Keritang 26,967 25,868,850 0.959 5,503
2 Kemuning 19 16,996 0.894 24
3 Reteh 24,993 17,628,320 0.705 5,101
4 The River Rods 14,052 7,844,200 0.558 2,868
5 Enok 44,118 30,219,397 0.685 9,004
6 Tanah Merah 10,821 12,968,400 1.198 2,208
7 Kuala Indragiri 25,721 14,566,800 0.566 5,249
8 Concong 14,166 8,607,600 0.608 2,891
9 Tembilahan 9,092 9,606,660 1.057 1,856
10 Tembilahan Hulu 3,645 3,739,200 1.026 744
11 Tempuling 10,159 7,400,200 0.728 2,073
12 Kempas 6,100 5,323,200 0.872 1,245
13 Batang Tuaka 24,391 18,746,910 0.768 4,978
14 Echoes Of Older 15,381 7,656,918 0.498 3,139
Serka
15 Mandah 55,216 45,439,200 0.823 11,374
16 Kateman 37,689 28,802,400 0.764 7,692
17 Pelangiran 15,728 15,860,304 1.008 3,210
18 Bay Of 3,524 6,055,200 1.718 719
Belengkong
19 Bird Island 10,879 9,771,600 0.898 2,220
20 Echo 28,956 18,647,937 0.644 5,909
The total number of 381,617 566,755,865 1.485 78,007
Source: BPS Kabupaten Indragiri Hilir, 2015
134
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Based on Table 1, as seen from the To analyze the plantations in the

productivity of the coconut of GAS is the quantitative approach will be explained. In
lowest value of productivity in this district detail can be outlined as follows:
namely 0.498 tons/ha. GAS Sub levels of a. The use of factors production
productivity is much lower than average The use of production factors in this
productivity level of Indragiri Hilir study is number of plants produce, labor,
Regency (1.485 tons/ha), the number of fertilizer and pesticides.
farmers that there is GAS in district pretty b. The cost
much amounted to 3,139 people. To calculate the total cost of farming
While the rate of population growth in used formula:
recent, shows that the need/demand will be TC = FC + VC (1)
higher the coconut is caused by the Description:
increasing oil consumption and some TC = Total costs
products from coconut cant substituted by FC = fixed costs
other commodities, such as coconut milk VC = variable costs
coconut. The growing needs of coconut, c. The Income of Farming
then the effort was undertaken to increase Farming income calculated based on
the production of coconut. In this case the gross income and net income. In detail can
author attempts to analyze the factors be seen as follows:
affecting production of coconut in Indragiri 1. Gross Income
Hilir Regency. As for the purpose of this To calculate the gross income use the
research is to know the: (1) the income of formula Soekartawi (2006):
farming of coconut in Indragiri Hilir TR = Y. Py (2)
Regency, (2) the factors affecting Description:
production of coconut in Indragiri Hilir TR = Total acceptance
Regency. Y = The production obtained in a
coconut
2. METHODOLOGY Py = Prices of coconut
2. Net Income
This study used a survey method. The
Net income used to calculate the
research was Gaung Anak Serka District
formula Soekartawi (2006):
(GAS), in four villages namely (1)
Pd = TR – TC (3)
Rambaian village; (2) Idaman village; (3)
Description:
Iliran village; (4) Tanjung Harapan village.
PD = Coconut farming Income
The location of the research is determined
TR = Total acceptance
by the consideration that the purposive in
TC = Total costs
the village there is a coconut farmers have
low productivity. Each village taken
d. The Efficiency
samples as many as 15 people coconut
The efficiency is analyzed using the
farmers, so that the total sample as many as
approach In Return Cost Ratio (RCR).
60 people in the coconut farmers. The
Effendi and Oktariza (2006) in Ngamel
research was in May 2017 until December
(2012), explained that the analysis Cost
2017. In this study, data collection
Revenue Ratio (R/C ratio) is an analysis tool
techniques are inuse include: observation,
to view the relative advantage of a business
dokumentation, and interviews. The type of
within a year towards the cost of which are
data used is secondary data and primary
used in the activity such. The criteria used
data.
in the analysis of R/C ratio is as follows:
Data Analysis - If the value of R/C ratio > 1 feasible
1. Farming In Plantations and profitable
135
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
- If the value of R/C ratio < 1 Explanation:

unfeasible and unprofitable Y = Output
- If the value of R/C ratio = 1 break X 2 = Labor input
even (no profit and no loss). X 3 = Capital input
By the following formula: u = Stochastic disturbance term
TR β1, β2, β3 = Parameters
RCR = (4) i = 1, 2, 3
TC
Description: With the conditions, that when t-count
RCR = Return Cost Ratio greater than t-table, then the corresponding
TR = gross income (grains/ha/crop) variable or very real tangible effect against
TC = Total cost of production Y (output) and when t-count smaller than
(grains/ha/crop) the t-table, then the corresponding variable
With the criteria; not the real effect on Y. Relationship
RCR > 1 profitable between outputs and inputs that are
RCR < 1 disadvantaged involved in the production process is not
RCR = 1 breakeven linear, so it is difficult to be analyzed.
Therefore it must be linearized such that the
2. The functions of the production of first by transforming in the form of the
Cobb-Douglass natural logarithm (ln or log) as follows:
The Cobb-Douglas function in this
research is used to find out the factors LN Yi = lnβ1 + β2 lnX2i + β3 lnX3i + ui
affecting production of coconut. This model lnβ =0 -β2 ln X2i + β3 lnX3i + ui
was selected based on the consideration that; (8)
(1) the Model function of Cobb-Douglas is Explanation: β0 = lnβ1
a common model agricultural economics
for its practical and easy to transformed into Equation (6) an expression of equation
a linear form (Soekartawi, 2003); (2) (5) is:
according to Gujarati (2001) regression LN Y i = lnβ 1 + β2 ln X i + u
coefficient indicated by the production (9)
function Cobb-Douglas is the elasticity
factors production and to provide Equation (9) can also be written in the
information about the influence of the scale form of the model:
against the result (return to scale). LN Y i = β + β 2 ln X i + u i
Basically the function is derived from (10)
the regression equation generally can be Explanation β = lnβ1.
written as follows: In order that the functions production
Y = f (x) (5) Cobb-Douglas can being estimated by OLS
Explanation: method is then converted into the form of
Y = variable that influenced (variable) the natural logarithm as follows:
x = variable that affects (free variables)
While the function Cobb-Douglas LN Y = b + Lna1LnX1+ b2LnX2+ b33+ LnX
production mathematically can be written b4LnX4+ b5LnX5+ b6LnX6 + u.
as follows: (11)
Yi = β0β1 (6)
Equation (2), the exponential Explanation:
regression model with known with the form Y = Coconut Production
of the equation can be written as follows: X1 = Land area (Ha)
Yi = β0β1X1β1 X2β2 (7) X2 = Labor (HOK)
136
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
X3 = Number of Plants Produce (Trunk) 𝐹

X4 = Terusi (Kg) 𝑅 2 /(𝑘 − 1)
X5 = Salt (Kg) = (13)
(1 − 𝑅 2 )/(𝑛 − 𝑘)
X6 = Pesticides (Litres) Explanation:
Assuming that, E (ui) = 0, then ei = Y R ² = coefficient of determination
(alleged)-Y (penduga) k = the number of independent variables
n = number of samples
Testing the hypothesis partially (t-test) 3. Find the critical value (Table F); DF (k-
Partial testing using the test of t 1, n-k).
which is the test of significant influence the Explanation: k = number of parameters
dependent variable against the independent including intercept.
variables individually. Significance test is a 4. The decision to accept or reject Ho is
procedure in which a sample is used to based on comparison F-count and F-
determine the results of the decision to table.
accept or reject Ho based on values obtained If: F-count >F-table, then Ho denied and
from the statistical test data. The procedure Hi received
of the test t is as follows (Widarjono, 2007): F-count < F-table, then Ho accepted and Hi
1. Make the zero hypothesis (Ho) and an rejected.
alternative hypothesis (Ha)
2. Calculate the t with the formula: The Coefficient Of Determination (R2)
𝑏1 − 𝑏 According to Gujarati (1995) the
𝑡 ℎ𝑖𝑡 = (12)
𝑠𝑏 coefficient of determination is to find out
Explanation: how large a percentage of the donation free
bi = Coefficient i variables against a variable can be
b = Value of the zero hypothesis expressed in percentage. The influence of
Sb = Standard deviation of free the percentage of all variables are
variables to-i independent of the dependent variable
3. Find the critical t value from table t with values can be known of the coefficient
df = n-k and α that the particular determination (R2) regression equation. The
4. The decision to accept or reject Ho is coefficients of determination ranged from
based on comparison of t-count and t- zero to one. Getting close to zero the
table (critical values). magnitude of the coefficients of the
If: t-count > t-table, Ho denied and Hi regression equation is a determination, then
received the smaller the influence of all the variables
t-count < t-table, Ho accepted and Hi are independent of the dependent variable.
rejected On the contrary, getting closer to one of
magnitude determination coefficients of
Simultaneous Hypothesis testing (test F) regression equations, then the greater the
Simultaneous testing using F Test. F influence all variables are independent of
test aims to test the influence of all the the dependent variable (Algifari, 2000).
variables are independent of the dependent
variables simultaneously. Test procedure 3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
the test is as follows:
1. Make the zero hypothesis (Ho) and an Coconut plantations are the most widely
alternative hypothesis (Ha) cultivated and grown by the local people
2. Calculate the value of f. calculate with (plantation). This is due to most of the land-
the formula: the land planted with coconut already
existed orally. Coconut is grown in gardens
137
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
addition belong to farmers also planted in 5. Labor

the grounds-the grounds around their homes. On coconut farming in Indragiri Hilir
Regency is largely done by labor in the
The Use of Factors Production
family, but there are farmers labor from
The use of production factors coconut
outside the family. Usually the outside labor
farming starting from the widespread use of
families do it because the owner of the
the land, seed, fertilizer, pesticides and
garden is located outside the village.
labor.
1. Land area 3.1. Farming Plantations Coconut
One of the factors that affect the level Coconut harvesting using the hook.
of production is land area. Widespread use Hook a coconut is a tool like a scythe which
of the land to the farmers sampled quite a is connected with a long bamboo. Coconut
variety, between 1.10 ha to 14.60 ha and an harvest period in a year picking is done at
average land area farmers 2.19 ha. The least 4 times (every three months) or a
status of the land that used a proprietary part maximum of 6 times (every 2 months). The
and part rent. criteria of the fruit is ready to harvest are as
2. Seedling follows: (1) generally ready cooked the
The entire sample farmers have yet to use harvest age 11-13 months; (2) served fruit
the quality seeds. Coconut seedlings are skin (generally) or green; (3) indeed rocked
used are seedlings old and fall from the tree, by a loud bleeping water.
and then allowed to grow into seedlings. Farming In plantations in the study
3. Fertilizers discussed about the cost, the gross income,
The fertilizer used by farmers is terusi and net income, and RCR. In more detail can be
salt. Fertilizer use each different farmers, seen as follows:
generally pruning is done twice a year or as Cost
needed. When the coconut fruit bunches at The costs consist of fixed costs and
a little more than the previous harvest, then variable costs. Total fixed cost for per
give farmers fertilizer. arable IDR 103,921.96 (2.94%) while for
4. Pesticides variable costs of IDR 3,427,514.77
Farmer used pesticides are Gramoxone and (97.06%). For more details can be seen in
Round-up. The awarding of the pesticides is Table 2.
conducted twice a year.
138
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 2. The Cost of Farming Plantations in Indragiri Hilir Regency, 2017

No. Description Cost Of Arable The Cost Per Hectare
Cost (IDR) (%) Cost (IDR) (%)
1 Fixed Costs (Fixed Cost)
- Depreciation of 103,921.96 2.94 47,452.95 2.94
equipment
2 Variable Costs (Variable Cost)
- Seeds 1,178,057.14 33.36 537,925.64 33.36
- Terusi 197,396.23 5.59 90,135.26 5.59
- Salt 210,128.21 5.95 95,948.95 5.95
- Pesticides 411,363.64 11.65 187,837.28 11.65
- Labor 1,430,569.56 40.51 653,228.11 40.51
The total number of 3,427,514.77 97.06 1,565,075.24 97.06
The Total Cost Of 3,531,436.73 100.00 1,612,528.19 100.00
Based on Table 2, on farming, the greatest existence of coconut in the sector is still the
cost incurred are costs variable with the base and provide the multiplier effect has
percentage 97.06%. Views of variable costs, the power to push the economic growth
the cost of labor is a cost incurred (40.51%). regions in Indragiri Hilir. Dongoran (2013),
The magnitude of the labor costs incurred farming coconut has a very good economic
for the cleaning of the gardens/weeding, opportunities to be developed in an attempt
fertilizing, harvesting and hauling. Wage to increase people's economy.
labor in the place of research, IDR
75.000/HKP and IDR 65,000/HKW. Return Cost Ratio (RCR)
Income Based on Table 3, ratio between gross
Coconut production, which provided income and costs of farming production of
the object in this research are the form of coconut in 2.45. This means that if the IDR
coconut. Based on the results, the median 1, the allocation of production costs will
land area-averaged coconut farmers was then be retrieved gross revenue of 2.45 or
2.19 ha and the number of trees with tree equivalent net income of 1.45 so coconut
162-average production per production farming viable and profitable to develop.
2,847 Kg/harvest and flat-flat Palm trees
cultivated in location of research already 3.2. The Factors Affecting the Coconut
fruitful (productive). Production
Based on Table 3, gross income The results of the analysis show that
received Coconut farmers amounted to IDR simultaneously all independent variables
8.608.363,29/harvest and a net income of (Xi) influential real (highly significant) of
IDR 5.076.926,56/harvest or IDR the dependent variable. This is shown by the
1.692.308,85/month. Vaulina and Saipul comparison between F-acount (20.678) and
(2015), Coconut farmers income In F-table (2.045). The value of the coefficient
Indragiri Hilir district belongs to low. of determination R2 = 0.693; 69.30% means
Supadi and Nurmanaf (2006), low of that the variation of production of coconut
earnings obtained from coconut farmers in Indragiri Hilir Regency is affected by all
because have no capital to maintain an the variables (Xi) while the rest 30.70%
intensive garden, let alone manage the influenced by variables other than the
plantation as well as optimally cultivate model.
result. Though so, Vaulina (2012), the
139
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
a. Land (X1) not affect total production due to use of

Based on the results of the regression continuous not done or seen from the needs
coefficient values research land area against of the coconut.
the amount of coconut in the production of
0.588. Means that any addition of 1 per cent e. Salt (X5)
of arable land area will be followed by a rise The variable X5 for salt has the value
in the number of production of 0.588 regression of 0.139 this means that the salt
percent. The value t Sig for the use of land does not affect total production. Same is the
is 0.002. This indicates that the land area case with terusi, salt also does not affect
effect on total production. The more land total production due to use of continuous
area owned by the farmers, the more not done or seen from the needs of the
amount of the plant the coconut. coconut.
b. Labor (X2)
The amount of use of labor on farmers f. Pesticides (X6)
have coconut in the value of the regression The variable X6 for pesticides has the
coefficient of 0. 109 This means that the use value regression of 0.876 this means that
of the workforce do not affect total pesticides have no effect against total
production. The value t Sig for the use of production.
labor by farmers is 0.109.
4. CONCLUSION
c. The Number Of Plants Produce (X3 )
1. Total fixed cost for per arable IDR
The value of the coefficient of 103,921.96 (2.94%) while for variable
regression of the number of plants produce costs of IDR 3,427,514.77 (97.06%).
on coconut farming in of 0.442, This means Gross income received coconut farmers
that the number of plants produce amounted to IDR 8.608.363, 29/harvest
influential positive against total production, and a net income of IDR
where each crop improvement coconut by 1 5.076.926,56/harvest.
percent, would increase the total production 2. The value of the coefficient of
of 0.442 percent. The value t Sig for the use determination R2 = 0.693; 69.30%
of the number of plants produce by farmers means that the variation of production
is 0.002, This means seed effect is very of coconut in Indragiri Hilir Regency is
significant to the total production. Based on affected by all the variables (Xi) while
the observations in field of coconut farmers the rest 30.70% influenced by variables
commonly plant coconuts are 74 stems per other than the model. Partially, the
hectare. When referring to the variable land and the number of plants
recommendations issued by the Ministry produce effect on production while
Peron (2010), that needs the number of labor, terusi, salt and pesticides have no
recommended plants totaled 106 up to 176 effect against the production.
rods per acre. It is similar with research
Lamusa (2005), number of plants producing
influential real against the production of REFERENCES
coconut.
Abankwah, V., R. Aidoo and B.
d. Terusi (X4) Tweneboah-Koduah. 2010. Margins
The variable X4 for terusi has the value and Economic Viability of Fresh
regression of 0.512 this means that terusi Coconut Marketing in the Kumasi
does not affect total production. Terusi does Metropolis of Ghana. The Journal of
140
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Development and Agricultural Soekartawi. 2003. Economic Theory

Economics, 2 (12); 432-440. Production with the Subject of the
Analysis Function Cobb-Douglas. PT.
Algifari. 2000. Regression Analysis,
Kingdom Grafido Persada,Jakarta.
Second Edition. BPFE, Yogyakarta.
Supadi and AR Nurmanaf., 2006. Coconut
Central Bureau Of Statistics. Indragiri Hilir
Farmers Empowerment In An Effort
2015 in numbers. Indragiri Hilir.
To Increase Revenue. Journal Of
Tembilahan
Agricultural R & D. 26 Things.
Dongoran, F. R. 2013. Analysis of
Vaulina, S. and Bahri, S. 2015. The
Advantages of coconut Farmer in
Production and Income of Farmers in
district Padangsidimpuan Batunadua.
the Coconut (Cocos Nucifera Linn) of
Tabularasa PPS Unimed journal, 10
Indragiri Hilir Regency Riau Province.
(2); 151-164.
Proceedings of the National Seminar
Gujarati. 2001. Basic Econometrics. on the crystallization of the Paradigm
Erlangga, Jakarta. of Sustainability in Economic
Gujarati. 1995. The Basic Econometrics. Development and Higher Education.
Erlangga, Jakarta. IPB-International Convention Center
Of Bogor. 183-198.
Lamusa, a. 2005. Factors Affecting
Production of Coconut in the Village Vaulina, S. and Rahmi, E. 2014. Analysis of
of Labuan Lele Sub Tawaeli Productivity and Value Added in the
Donggala. J. Agroland, 12 (3): 254- Coconut (Cocos Nucifera Linn) of
260. Indragiri Hilir Regency Riau Province.
Proceedings of the National Seminar
Ministry Of Agriculture Of The Republic and Workshop on Agricultural
Of Indonesia. 2014. The Standard College Communications Forum
Coconut. Indonesia (PKPTI) "Evokes
http://www.djpp.kemenkumham.go.i Patriotism Farms". Andalas
d. Accessed February 22, 2016. University Field. 297-307.
Naik, P. 2016. Economic Analysis of Vaulina, S. 2012. Contribution of Plantation
Coconut and Arecanut Production to Economy Region in Indragiri
System: A Review. International Hilir Regency, Riau Province.
Journal of Development Research: 06 Journal Of Agribusiness. 5 (2): 9-22.
(08); 9175-9179.
Widarjono, A. 2007. Econometrics: Theory
Ngamel, A. K. 2012. Financial Analysis of and Applications to Business and
Cultivation of Seaweed and Value- Economics 2nd Edition. Ekonisia
added Karaginan Flour In Kei Kecil Faculty Of Economics UII,
Subdistrict, Southeast Maluku Yogyakarta.
District. Journal of applied science, 2
(1): 68 – 83
Philips, L.R. 1994. Importance of coconut.
The coconut facts sheet HS-40, April
1994.
http://www.Plantapalm.com/Vpe/mis
c/the-coconut.pdf
Soekartawi. 2006. The Analysis of Farming.
UI Press, Jakarta.
141
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
UTILIZATION OF PALM OIL WASTE WITH

POLYPROPYLENE MATRIKS (PP) RECYCLING ON
PARTICLE BOARD COMPOSITE
Dody Yulianto1, Dedikarni2, Kurnia Hastuti3, Juraiz Saputra4
1,2,3,4
Department of Mechanical Engineering,Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Oil palm plants that have reached the age of no longer productive at the age of
approximately 25 years should be done rejuvenation (replanting). The plant will become
a waste that can be utilized optimally as a particle board so it is not wasted in vain.
Research conducted on particle board composites reinforced with fiber-shaped palm
rods and particles arranged with a polypropylene (PP) matrix of waste plastic bottles.
The research stages were started from the selection of fibers, particle size, mixing and
addition of Adiptif Maleic Anhydride (MAH) ingredients by 5% by weight of matrix
and Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO) by 15% of MAH weight and particle formation, up to the
testing stage. Composite particle board is made by hot press method. The composite
particle board consisting of fibers / particles with polypropylene matrix (PP) measured
its composite mechanical properties against bending strength with variation of volume
fraction of oil palm rod - polypropylene (PP) by 60%: 50%, 50%: 50%, and 40% : 60%.
The specimens and bending testing procedures refer to the ASTM D 790-03 standard.
Testing of mechanical properties tends to increase with increasing adhesive (matrix)
levels. The highest bending strength on particle board composites with a 40%: 60
composition of 13.01 N / mm2 is higher than that of composite particle board with a
composition of 60%: 40%, 50%: 50% of 11.17 N / mm2. This research has obtained the
right composition on the manufacture of particleboard that meets the SNI 03-2105-1996
quality standard. The results of this research is one of the solutions in the utilization of
waste oil palm and recycled plastics so as to have a favorable economic value for the
community around the palm plantation.
Keywords: Particle Board, Palm Oil Rod, Polypropylene.
1. INTRODUCTION building or furniture continue to increase

1.1 Background while wood willingness as raw material
Increasing population growth makes continue to decrease. According to the
human need for wood as construction of directorate general of forestry production
142
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
development (Bakar 2003) that the last 5 environment. Martaningtyas (2006)

years of timber production in the period of describes the plastic needs of the Indonesian
2001 - 2005 ranged from 11 - 21 million m3 community in 2002 around 1.9 million tons
/ year except in 2005 the production of logs and then increased to 2.1 million tons in
reached 24 million m3. This indicates that 2003, while plastic demand in 2004 was
the demand for timber is increasing every estimated at 2.3 million tons. This means
year. that tens of tons of plastic have been
With the depletion of wood produced and used by the community.
availability, then one effort that can be Plastics have become an increasing number
developed is the manufacture of composite of life necessities that will impact the
board. Namely the manufacture of increase of environmental waste every year.
composites by using recycled plastics. The Polymers in general can increase the
manufacture of composites with recycled mechanical strength of composites.
plastics can have a good impact because in According to Jiang and Li 2017, the
addition to improving the efficiency of recorded statistics on particle board have
timber utilization, it can also reduce the identified the strength value of the optimum
loading of plastic waste. The advantages of internal bond of 0.83 MPa representing the
this product include cheaper production overall mechanical improvement of the
costs, raw materials abundant, flexible in particle board.
the process of making and have better Polypropylene (PP), is one of the
properties. more rigid polymeric materials, has better
Simultaneously, the potential for tensile strength and clarity than
palm oil is increasing at this time, with the Polyethylene and also low water vapor
growing extent of oil palm plantations in permeability and high Polypropylene
Indonesia. The high waste generated at this melting point is 1700C. This material is
time because the utilization of oil palm is widely used to make tools for everyday
limited to the utilization of fruit, fiber, purposes, one of them on a glass of mineral
bunches and palm stem. While on the stem water. Polypropylene is a recyclable plastic
is generally burned or let it accumulate into type that has the potential as a matrix in the
waste that can cause various impacts and manufacture of particle board composites
environmental disturbances. because it is lightweight easily formed,
The palm oil rods consist of two resistant to chemicals.
main components, namely vascular bundles Research conducted (Maryam
and parenchyma tissue. The result of Jamilah Lubis, et al 2009) on the use of
chemical analysis showed that the level of waste oil palm stem and recycled plastic
palm oil starch was high (Bakar, 2003). This Polyethylene (PE) as plastic composite
starch can inhibit the gluing process on the board stated that the addition of MAH and
particle board manufacture. One way to DCP additives on the composite board
reduce this starch is by soaking the particles resulted in improved physical and board
before the particles are processed further. quality on the ratio of 70: 30 particles and
According to Hadi (1991) and Afandy plastic compositions. These results have
(2007) the cold soaking and heat immersion met the JIS A 5908 (2003) standard but only
treatment of the particles causes a decrease on testing their physical properties while in
in particulate matter, so that the mechanical tests have not met the standard.
contaminants present on the cell wall can be So here the author wants to do the
removed. development of previous research that is
Meanwhile, the high plastic waste in expected to increase the value of
each year continues to increase and will mechanical strength. The difference of this
cause problems in handling the study with the research conducted (Maryam
143
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Jamilah Lubis, et al 2009) is to replace the 3. Measuring tools: digital scales are used
matrix Polyethylene (PE) with a type of to measure the weight of each
Polypropylene (PP) recycled plastic that has composition.
a tensile strength and clarity is better. Based 4. Screen 16 mesh: 16 mesh screen is used
on the above background, the authors want to filter the fiber of oil palm rod so that
to conduct research with the title "Analysis get particle granules.
of Bending Strength and Impact on Oil 5. Fan: the fan is used to assist or accelerate
Palm Waste Trunk With Polypropylene the cooling when finished in the heat.
Matrix (PP) Recycled On Particle Board 6. Other Helping Tools: gloves,
Composite (particle board)". screwdrivers, chisels, aluminum foil,
scissors, knives etc.
2. METHODOLOGY
In this research and testing required some The materials used in this study are as
equipment and materials for workmanship as follows:
follows: 1. Fibers of oil palm stalks that have been
The equipment used in this study is as done several stages of treatment so that
follows: it can be taken fiber to be a test sample
1. Test tool: Impact and Bending. In this test there
The bending test aims to determine the are 2 samples that is rough fiber fiber
combination of the quality of a material and fiber bar (Particle), can be seen in
due to tensile, tap and shear loads. figure 2.1.
2. Hot press printing tool aims as a hot
press tool to print the particle board into
a sheet.
Figure 2.2 Fibers of oil palm stems
Figure 2.2 Particles of oil palm rods
144
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
2. Recycled plastic, the type of bioplastic used is glass plastic mineral water pack as
powder binder particles of palm fiber rod fibers are polypropilene (PP) type.
Figure 2.3 Polypropylene Plastics
3. Maleic Anhydride (MAH), As an additive on particle board useful as compatibilizer,

mesenyawakan fiber material with adhesive (matrix).
Figure 2.4 Maleic Anhydride (MAH)
4. Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO), As an initiator of polymerization on the manufacture of stirene

polymers and other resins, and plays an important role in the maleolation reaction
between the PP chain and MAH.
Figure 2.5 Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO)
Volume Fraction Determination
145
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
P=19cm
L=12cm
t=1cm
Gambar 2.6 Cetakan
Based on the size of the mold above the printed volume can be calculated as follows:
V = Length x Width x Height (cm3) = 190 mm x 120 mm x 10 mm = 228000mm = 228 cm3
Table 2.1 composition of fiber and matrix raw materials

Fiber Fiber levels Plastic levels(%)
Trunk (%)
60 40
Fiber 50 50
40 60
60 40
Particle 50 50
40 60
Weight fiber 60% and 40% plastic, then:

To calculate the weight percentage of palm Fiber = 60% × 137,028 gr
fiber rod and the weight of the matrix that = 82.22 gr
needs to be known is the volume of the mold. Plastic = 40% × 202,236 gr
Printing equipment used in the manufacture = 80.90 gr
of test specimens using printing presses Specimen 2.
located on a hot press machine whose size To get the specimen with the composition
has been specified is () = 228 cm3, of 50% fiber and 50% plastic then:
polypropylene () = 0.887 gr / cm3 matrix 50% fiber weight and 50% plastic, then:
mass, and also the mass of palm fiber rod Fiber = 50% × 137,028 gr
fiber () = 0.601 gr / cm3. = 68.51 gr
From the above results we can calculate the Plastic = 50% × 202,236 gr
weight of fiber without plastic: = 101.12 gr
Mass = V mold × fiber Specimen 3.
= 228 cm³ × 0.601 gr / cm³ To get specimen with 40% fiber and 60%
= 137,028 gr plastic composition then:
40% fiber weight and 60% plastic, then:
Weightless plastic plastics: Fiber = 40% × 137,028 gr
Mass = V mold × plastic = 54.81 gr
= 228 cm³ × 0.887 gr / cm³ Plastic = 60% × 202,236 gr
= 202.236 gr = 121.34 gr
So to get the desired variations need to be
calculated as follows: Composition of MAH and BPO
(additive)
Specimen 1.
To obtain a specimen with a composition of The addition of additives is essential in
60% fiber and 40% plastic then: making good quality composite boards,
146
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
adding additives of 5% by weight of MAH = 4,045 gr x 15% = 0,607 gr

Polypropylene to MAH, and to ODS by MAH = 5,056 gr x 15% = 0,758 gr
15% by weight of maleic anhydride MAH = 6,067 gr x 15% = 0,910 gr
(MAH).
Then to get the desired composition can
Spesimen Area Yield Bending
be calculated in the following way.
(mm2) Strength Strength
Use of Maleic Anhydrid (MAH) as
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
much as 5% of plastic weight, then.
Plastic 40% = 80.90 gr x 5% = 4,045 gr particle 420.900 0.27 3.87
Plastic 50% = 101.12 gr x 5% = 5,056 60%
gr particle 406.413 0.47 9.89
Plastic 60% = 121,34 gr x 5% = 6,067 50%
gr
Use of Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO) as Particle 380.117 0.50 11.17
much as 15% of MAH weight, hence 40%
Preparation of test Spesimen

samples Area Yield Bending
specimen (mm2) Strength Strength
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
Fiber 400.050 0.40 7.31
60%
Fiber 363.330 0.55 10.34
50%
Fiber 338.000 0.50 13.01
40%
Figure 2.6 Sample impact test
Figure 2.6 Bending test sample

Testing The method of bending test is done by
Test Bending Three Points of Bending method with the
Bending test standard used ASTM distance of 10 times thickness of specimen.
(America society of tenchichal and
Matherial) D-790-03 (Standard Test
Method for Flexural Properties of 160 mm 10 mm
Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and
Electrical Insulating materials). Figure of Bending test specimen size
147
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3.TESTING AND PROCESSING DATA
Figure 3.1 specimens of fibers and particles

after bending test
4. ANALYST AND DISCUSSION
Figure 4.1 Test Bending
Uji Bending
14
12
Bending Strenght
10 SNI (7.85)
(N/mm2)
8
6 Serat Partikel
4
2
0
60% Serat : 40% Plastik 50% Serat : 50% Plastik 40% Serat : 60% Plastik
board composite between fiber and particle

The graph above shows that the optimum material when viewed from the highest value
particle bending strength of the particle board bending strenght particle board of palm fiber
composite of palm fiber fibers is found in the fiber is clearly stronger than particle board
fiber fraction: 40%: 60% matrix with made from particle.
Bending Strength 13.01, while the optimum In boards made of fibers and particles we can
value of the particle board composite of the see on the graph with increasing adhesive
oil palm stalk particles is in the fiber fraction : (matrix) then the strength of bending
40% matrix: 60% with Bending Strenght produced will be better this is because with
value 11.17. From the graph above we can the addition of adhesive (matrix) also means
conclude that in Bending test of particle reducing the amount of fiber used, thus
148
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
reducing the area and volume of fiber that can REFERENCES

covered adhesive (matrix). The denser and Annual book of ASTM standar,1987
wider the area of contact between the fibers American society for testing material,
makes the use of adhesive (matrix) to be more piladelpia. Pa.
effective which will produce a better bending Bakar, E. S. 2003. Kayu Sawit Sebagai
strength of the board therefore with the Subtitusi Kayu Dari Hutan Alam. Forum
increase of the matrix will result in improved Komunikasi dan Teknologi dan Industri
bending of the particle board. Kayu 2 : 5-6. Bogor.
In the above diagram it can be seen also that Berglund, L, and R.M rowell, 2005 wood
on fibers starting from the composition of composite.
50%: 50% already meets the SNI 03-2015- Bondan T. Sofyan, 2010 “Pengantar
1996 standards, as well as on composition Material teknik”, cetakan ke sepuluh,
particles starting from 50%: 50% already Yogyakarta.
meet the SNI standard. The bending strength Billmeyer, 1984, Fried, W, tektbook of
value of SNI 7.85 N / mm2 while the bending polymer science, Jhon wily and sons,
strength value on the particles of oil palm new York.
stems starting from the composition of 50%: Cowd, MA, 1991 Terjemahan hery irawan,
50% is (10.34 N / mm2) on the fiber and (9.89 kimia polimer, Bandung.
N / mm2) on the particles. Fessenden, 1995 kimia organik, cetakan
ketiga, jilid II, penerbit airlangga,
4. CONCLUSION Jakarta.
http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serat#Serat_ala
1. 1.The bending test of particle board m
made of fiber material is stronger than http://id.wikipedia.org/plastik
particle board made of particle material Jun Jiang, Xiaoning Lu. 2017. Effect of
with the highest bending strength value blocked polyurethane prepolymer on
in fiber 13.01 N / mm2 whereas on properties of MUF-particleboard made
particle material 11.17 N / mm2 lies in from high moisture particles.
the same composition that is 40% fiber: International Journal of Adhesion and
60% matrix. Adhesives. 78, Pages 189-194
2. 2. Addition of MAH and BPO additives Maryam Jamilah Lubis, 2009 Kualitas papan
on this particle board resulted in komposit dari limbah batang kelapa
improved board quality with MAH sawit (elais guineensis jacq) dan
composition of 5% by weight of plastic polyethylene (PE) daur ulang. Jurnal
and BPO 15% of MAH weight. komunikasi penelitian Universitas
3. On the strength of Bending particle Sumatra Utara, Medan.
board from palm oil stem waste both Karnani R.,krishan M., and Naraya R 1997
made of fiber and particles have fulfilled Biofiber-reinforces polipropilena
the requirements of SNI 03-2105-1996 composit.
standard, starting from the composition Robert L. Mott P, E, 2009 “Elemen –Elemen
of 50% fiber: 50% matrix Mesin dalam perancangan
Mekanis”penerjemah I Gusti Ketut Puja
S.T M.T, Yogyakarta.
149
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Robert L. Moot, P, E, 2009 “Elemen Mesin

Terpadu”, penerjemah Ir. Rines MT,
Yogyakarta.
Smallman, R.E. Bishop R.J; penterjemah
Sriati Djaprie.1996 Metalurgi fisik
modern dan rekayasa material, Jakarta:
Erlangga
Standar Nasional Indonesia, Mutu Papan
Partikel. SNI 07-2105-1996. Dewan
Standar Nasional. Jakarta, 1996.
Triyono dan Diharjo, 2000. Material teknik,
buku pegangan kuliah,
Van Vlack, L, H, 1985 “Ilmu dan teknologi
bahan”Edisi kelima, Erlangga, Jakarta
150
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
PROFILE OF HABITS OF MIND STUDENT OF BIOLOGY

EDUCATION PROGRAM
ISLAMIC UNIVERSITY of RIAU
Tengku Idris1,a), Nurkhairo Hidayati2, b
1,2
Department of Biologi Education, Faculty of Education, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Email : a) [email protected] b) [email protected]
Abstract
Habits of mind are an intelligent behavior associated with actions to be taken when
encountering problems and determining the most appropriate solution of the problem. Habits
of mind have three aspects: self-regulation, critical thinking and creative thinking. Habits of
mind become fundamental for students because when they attend classes and at work,
students can find various problems that must be solved. Information about the habits of mind
of students in Biology Education Program of Islamic University of Riau so far has never
been known. Based on this, this study aims to find out the habits of mind profile of the
student. The study was conducted in odd semester 2017/2018 with the number of
participants as much as 263 students from 5th and 3rd semester. Obtaining habits of mind
data using a questionnaire consisting of 3 aspects of self-regulation, critical thinking and
creative thinking with the number of 60 item statements. Data analysis is done by counting
percentages then interpreted into several categories. Based on the research, it can be
concluded that the habit of thinking (habits of mind) of Biology Education Program students
in the category is enough with the percentage of 69.85% with the highest percentage in self-
regulation category followed by creative thinking and the lowest critical thinking category.
While based on student habits of 2015 (semester 5) is better than the habits of the class of
2016 (semester 3) in all categories HoM. In addition, all students have received feedback
with an average of 5 times / subject from lecturers and lecturers provide rules using 5 - 10
references in completing the course task.
Keywords: Habits of mind, students, biological education program
151
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION problems and is an indicator of success in

Development of a nation is in need of academic, occupational and social
human resources who have intelligence in relationships. Habits of mind can be influenced
thinking and acting, so as to be able to take the by the learning process experienced by
right decision. With the intelligence of thinking students. One of the factors affecting habits of
and acting, each individual is expected to be mind is the provision of feedback. The result of
able to overcome various complex life Hidayati & Idris (2017) study found that the
problems in all aspects of his life. To achieve feedback in the portfolio assessment affected
this, the learning process is not enough just a the habits of mind. Feedback can not only
memorization. The process of learning is done assists students in correcting errors but also
in the form of analyzing and synthesizing the play a role in sustaining their knowledge with
true meaning of knowledge. When students do low confidence (Finn et al., 2017).
not have a deep understanding of the Looking closely at previous Costa and
knowledge learned, it can reduce their ability Kallick statements, the habits of mind in the
to think and solve complex problems students really become the foundation of
(Rodzalan & Saat, 2015), preparing them with students in the course of a lesson. Students
existing facts and solving problems (Cuoco et need to have good thinking habits to be able to
al, 1996 ). respond to any problems that arise in learning.
Every individual in his life will definitely Student thinking habits at the time of learning
deal with the problem, both in the school, become fundamental when they get a little
family and society. Sometimes small problems problem and they must find the solution. Habit
become big because of errors in addressing a is a behavior that we show well in times of
problem. The problem occurs when a person which
does not know how to respond to a problem. appropriate and the behavior is done without
The initial stage in the problem-solving consideration because the habit is a continuous
process is thinking about the consequences of repetition (Burgess, 2012).
the problem being solved (Noreen et al., 2015). Habits of mind is formed when responding
This means to solve the problem required to answers or questions or problems that the
intelligent behavior. Intelligent here not only answer is not immediately known, so we can
deals with one's knowledge of information observe not only how students remember a
relating to the problem but also relates to how knowledge but rather how students produce a
to act to solve the problem. This intelligent knowledge (Costa & Callick, 2000a). Habits of
behavioral ability is called the habits of mind mind is divided into three categories: self
(Costa & Kalick, 2000a). regulation, critical thinking and creative
Some people have developed habits of thinking (Marzano, 1993). Science For All
mind through various studies. Among them are Americans in Volkmann & Eichinger (2010)
Costa and Kallick (2000b) and Carter et al., writes integrity, perseverance, justice, curiosity,
(2005) that divide the habits of mind into 16 openness to new ideas, skepticism and
indicators. Even Costa and Kallick claim the imagination as habits of mind that show
habits of mind as the most characteristic humanity values in everyday life
behavior of intelligent thinking to solve
152
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Habits of mind is also very supportive of because no research has examined it. Based on
student performance in everyday life. Habits of this background, this study aims to find out the
mind is a mixture of many skills, attitudes, and habits of mind profile of the students of
experiences of the past. This means that there Biology Education Program of the Islamic
is a link between one pattern of thinking over University of Riau
another. Therefore, it implies that habits of
mind should be used when making choices. 2. METHODOLOGY
This choice includes sensitivity to contextual The research was conducted on Biology
cues to situations to determine the right pattern Education Study Program of Islamic
of decision making (Teachtaught, 2012) University of Riau and the data was taken in
Someone who is intelligent in thinking the odd semester of FY 2017/2018. The
will be able and ready to face all the changing population in this study is all students of
times. In college students, the lecture is a Biology Education Program of Islamic
period in which an individual experiences a University of Riau. Sample selection was done
transition from adolescence to adulthood, by purposive sampling. In this sampling
including psychological development. The technique, the population is divided into
student has a duty to learn, but he must also several groups based on the force and GPA.
start thinking about how his survival will be. The study was conducted in odd semester
According to ASCD (2009), a good starting 2017/2018 with the number of participants as
point when introducing habits of mind by much as 263 students from 5th and 3rd semester.
developing an in-depth understanding and The instrument used to obtain student
appreciation of their own habits. habits of mind data is a questionnaire of habits
Given the urgency of habits of mind in of mind by Marzano (1993) which has been
determining the life of a person, it is necessary developed by Sriyati (2011). This
to know the habits of mind profile of students questionnaire contains three aspects of habits
as stock in undergoing various problems in life. of mind: self regulation, critical thinking and
Information about the habit of minds of the creative thinking. Clearly, the habits of mind
students of Biology Education Program of the questionnaire grid can be seen in Table 1.
Islamic University of Riau so far is unknown
Table 1. Habits of Mind Questionnaire Grille

Aspect No Indicator
Self Regulation 1 Realizing his own thoughts
2 Make plans effectively
3 Be aware and use the necessary information resources
4 Sensitive to feedback
5 Evaluate the effectiveness of the action
Critical Thinking 1 Accurate and look for accuracy
2 Clear and looking for clarity
3 Open
4 Refrain from impulsive nature
5 Being able to position yourself when there is a guarantee
6 Sensitive and know the ability of knowledge of his friend
153
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Aspect No Indicator
Creative Thinking 1 Can be involved in the task although the answer and the solution
is not immediately apparent
2 Make efforts to maximize the ability and knowledge
3 Produce a new way of looking at a situation different from the
usual way of prevailing in general
Data on student's habits of mind that have (76-85%), enough category (60-75%), less
been collected through the next questionnaire category (55-59%) and less category once (≤
are analyzed. For each item the statement on 54%) (Purwanto, 2008).
the questionnaire consists of four score
options. Data analysis is done by calculating 3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
the percentage based on scores that have been Based on the research that has been done at
selected by students for all items then the Islamic University of Riau Habit of Mind
interpretation into several categories. Very Students can be seen in Figure 1.
good category (86-100%), good category
76.00
73.47
74.00 72.50
71.52 71.21 71.56
72.00 70.00 69.85
70.00 68.91
68.14 68.13
68.00 66.28 66.6
66.00
64.00
62.00
SR Critical T Creative T HoM
5 3 Rata-Rata
Figure 1. HoM Islamic University of Riau’s Biology Education

Student
Habit of Mind students in Islamic University of thinking category of 68.14%. The data above
Riau Biology Education Program are in the shows that the higher level (semester) then the
sufficient category with a percentage of better habits of mind, 5th semester students
69.85%, while for the highest category of self have better habits compared to students of the
regulation (72.50%) followed by creative 3rd semester.
thinking (68.91%) and the lowest is the critical
Table 2. Self Regulation Category
Semester 1 2 3 4 5 Total
5th 72,05 73,30 76,23 64,91 80,88 73,47
3rd 69,11 71,02 75,19 64,16 78,12 71,52
Average 70,58 72,16 75,71 64,54 79,50 72,50
154
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The data above is in line with previous data ie necessary resources (75,71%) while to realize
5th semester students have better habits (self- self-thinking of 5th semester student better
regulation) compared to the 3rd semester. than semester 3 with the most percentage low
Students of Biology Education Program of (70.58%) compared to other indicators.
Islamic University of Riau have good habit in
evaluating their action (79,50%) and using the
Table 3. Critical Thinking Category

Semester 1 2 3 4 5 Total
5 74,97 68,84 67,36 66,75 72,07 70,00
3 72,04 63,78 64,02 61,48 70,08 66,26
Average 73,51 66,31 65,69 64,12 71,08 68,13
Critical thinking habits are the lowest category indicators in this category with the highest
compared with other habits such as self- percentage in the first indicator that is accurate
regulation and creative thinking. Overall the and look for accuracy followed are sensitive
habit of critical thinking is in sufficient and know the ability of friends.
category with a percentage of 68.13%. All
Table 4. Creative Thinking Category

Semester 1 2 3 Total
5 71,36 69,63 72,67 71,22
3 72,04 63,78 64,02 66,61
Average 71,70 66,71 68,35 68,92
Creative thinking consists of 3 indicators, different from usual way generally. The
namely (1) trying to complete the task even second indicator is the lowest indicator of the
though the answer is not yet know (2) doing three indicators with a percentage of 66.71%
business maximizing ability and knowledge with sufficient category.
and (3) generate new way to see situation
155
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Giving Feedback 6.11

5 3 Total
5.23
4.35
1.92 1.88 1.90

0.99 1.00 1.00
1 2 3
Picture 2. Recapitulation of Feedback on lectures
Based on Figure 2 above shows that all showed higher habits compared to the lower
students both in the 3rd and 5th semesters semester (3) in all HoM categories. An
have received feedback from lecturers attitude will turn into habits or Habits takes
related to the task he made but have time and a long process is in line with
different levels. In the 5th semester the research conducted Idris (2013) shows that
average student get feedback as much as 4 to train habits it takes a longer time.
times whereas in semester 3 the average Of the three categories of habits of
student get feedback from the task of mind the self-regulation category has the
college as much as 6 times. This data highest percentage compared to other
indicates that there is an increase of categories such as critical thinking and
feedback by lecturers from assignments in creative thinking. The results of this study
each semester. This proves that there is a are in line with almost all habits of mind
positive trend of lecturers to provide research indicating the highest self-
feedback on the task in order to get the regulation category indicator (Sriyati
process and maximum results in the lecture. (2011), Idris (2013), Hidayati and Idris
In addition, the average student gets the (2015), Sriyati and Bidayati (2014)). Self-
obligation to use at least 5 - 10 kinds of organizing habits are able to assist students
relevant references of the task created. in completing the tasks and problems they
Habits of mind is a habit of thinking face. The better the student in managing
that can help a person in completing tasks herself the better the values in the lecture.
and problems that will be in the future. The This is in line with the statements of
better a person is in managing himself the Morosanova and Fomina (2017) which
better they are in solving problems or tasks states that self-regulation contributes
in the future. Based on the results of the significantly to student learning outcomes
study showed that students of UIR and self-regulation also acts in controlling
Biological Education Program Academic the emotions, thoughts and actions of a
year 2017/2018 showed that HoM students person who will contribute to students'
in the category enough with a percentage of academic ignorance (Magi et al., 2016).
69.85%. In addition, higher semesters (5)
156
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
According to ennis (2011) critical thinking 4. CONCLUSION

is deciding what to believe and do with Based on the research, it can be concluded
reasonable and reflective thinking. Based that the habit of thinking (habits of mind) of
on Table 3. It shows that overall students' Biology Education Program students in the
thinking habits in the category are sufficient category is enough with the percentage of
with the criteria of more senior students 69.85% with the highest percentage in self-
having better habits (not significant because regulation category followed by creative
they are still in the same category) of junior thinking and the lowest critical thinking
students is in line with research conducted category. While based on student habits of
by Huber and Kuncel (2016) which states 2015 (semester 5) is better than the habits of
that college experiences have a positive the class of 2016 (semester 3) in all
impact on the development of critical categories HoM. In addition, all students
thinking. Nevertheless, the data indicate have received feedback with an average of
that the habits of thinking at both levels of 5 times / subject from lecturers and lecturers
students are still in sufficient category, this provide rules using 5 - 10 references in
indicates that habits are not only influenced completing the course task.
by experiential factors but many other
influencing factors such as academic ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
achievement, background, gender and We would like to acknowledgments my
ethnicity (Giarcolo & Facione 2001). institution, Islamic University of Riau, that’s
The last category in habits of mind is always support us to do some reseach. we are
also acknowledgments to Kemenristek Dikti
creative thinking. According to Kaufman & who has provided grant funds so that this
Beghetto 2009 and Runco 2008 Creative research can be implemented
thinking is the main skill needed in
education to prepare a person in the face of REFERENCES
future life. In the habits of mind there are 3 ASCD. 2009. Developing Habits of Mind
indicators of the creative thinking category in Elementary Schools. Online.
(1) can involve themselves in the task even www.ascd.org/ASCD/pdf/books/bo
though the answer and the solution is not yet yesAT2009_exploring_the_meanin
visible (2) to do business with the maximum g, diakses 19 September 2017
ability and knowledge as well as (3)
generate new ways of looking at different Burgess, H. 2012. “The Impact of
Teaching Thinking Skills as Habits
situations from the usual way of prevailing
of Mind to Young Children With
in general. Students of biology education
Challenging Behaviours”. Journal
program have creative thinking habit in Routledge Taylor & Francis
category enough to mean some less Group-Emotional and Behavioural
lecturing activities provide container and Difficulties. [Online]: Vol 17 (1).
exercise to student creative thinking. Tersedia ;
Students are more inclined given the task http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13632752
with some rules to be followed so that their . 2012.652426
creativity is not honed. Providing rules will
actually strengthen student self-regulation Costa , A.L. & Kallick, B. 2000a.
but on the other hand can hamper student Describing 16 Habits of Mind.
creativity. Habits of Mind: A developmental
series. Alexandria, VA. [Online].
Tersedia:
157
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
http://www.ccsnh.edu/documents/C
CSNH MLC. Habits of Mind Costa Purwanto. 2008. Metodologi Penelitian
Kallick. Kuantitatif, Untuk Psikologi dan
Pendidikan. Yogyakarta. Pustaka
Costa , A.L. & Kallick, B 2000b. Assessing Pelajar
and Reporting on Habits of Mind.
Alexandria: Association For Rodzalana, S.A & Saat, M.M. 2015. The
Supervision and Curriculum Perception of Critical Thinking and
Development (ASCD). Problem Solving Skill among
Malaysian Undergraduate Students.
Cuoco, A., Goldenberg, E.P., Mark, J. Procedia - Social and Behavioral
1996. Habits of Mind: An Sciences, 172(2015), 725–732
Organizing Principle for
Mathematics Curricula. Journal of Sriyati, S. 2011. Penerapan Asesmen
Mathematical Behavior 15, 375-40 Formatif Untuk Membentuk Habits
Finn, B., Thoman, R., Rawson, K.A. 2017. of Mind Mahasiswa Biologi.
Learning More From Feedback: Disertasi Sekolah Pascasarjana UPI
Elaborating Feedback with Bandung:. tidak diterbitkan
Examples Enhance Concept Stiggins, R. J. (1994). Students
Learning. Learning and Instruction centered-Classroom Assessment.
(2017), 1-10 New York: Merill Macmillan
Colege Publishing Company.
Marzano R. J., Pickering and Mc Righe.
1993. Assessing Student Outcomes. Teachtaught. 2012. What Are The Habits
Performance Assessment Using the Of Mind. Online.
Dimension of Learning Model. http://www.teachthought.com/peda
Alexandria, Virginia; Association gogy/what-are-the-habits-of-mind/,
for Supervision and Curriculum diakses 19 September 2017)
Development Volkmann, M.J & Eichinger, D.C 2010.
Habits of Mind: Integrating the Social and
Noreen, S., Whyte, K.E., Dritschel, B. Personal Characteristics of Doing Science
2015. Investigating the role of Into the Science Classroom. School
future thinking in social problem Science and Mathematics, 99 (3),
solving. J. Behav. Ther. & Exp. 141–147
Psychiat, 46 (2015), 78-84
.
158
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
IMPROVING FAMILY REVENUES THROUGH ROLE OF

HOUSEHOLD MOTHER IN REJOTANGAN DISTRICT
Ida Syamsu Roidah1, Dona Wahyuning Laily2
1,2
Post Graduate Student of Agricultural Science Brawijaya University Malang
Abstract
Strong food security starts from the smallest scope of the family in this case housewives
who have a very important role in realizing food security in the family. Housewives
farmer are human resources in development activities, so farmers housewives need to
have the motivation, knowledge, education and skills that meet the needs and demands
of development in increasing agricultural production through post-harvest in order to
maintain the sustainability of household income. The purpose of writing is (1). Analyze
the income of housewives in the presence of gender equality; (2) Analyze the role of
housewives in increasing family income. The method used in this research is descriptive
research conducted by field survey. The results of the study that the role of housewives
in helping their husbands begin from their awareness of the necessities of life that is
increasing so increase the family income is necessary and not depend on the income
provided by the husband to meet daily needs. In addition, the use of the yard around the
house by using pots or polybags, and directly planted with various kinds of plants (fruits
and vegetables) has largely been understood but housewives have not been maximally
in the management of their yard because it still assume that the size of the yard affects
the difference of planting system which is conducted.
Keyword: Housewife, Income Increase, Family
1. INTRODUCTION cropping patterns (intercropping,

Food is a very important and overlapping), encouraging the development
strategic need for human sustainability. of small / home industries for product
Fulfillment of food for every human being processing, increasing production and
is a goal as well as a target of food security income without reducing the can be
in the region and national, so that in consumed by household members.
realizing food security starts from the Development activities, especially
smallest scope of the household. One of in the field of agriculture demands the
them is the role of housewives who are big participation of all parties, especially the
enough in making decisions and in terms of farmers and their families. One of the
increasing income. According to Martianto elements of the farm family is the wives of
(2015), the impact of agricultural programs farmers or housewives who have a position
on household food security is more evident as a companion or help her husband in
when the activities involve women, diverse managing farming. The role of housewives
159
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
in the development of farmers is quite large, housewives have, despite their great
not only visible in physical activity but also responsibilities and roles:
in making decisions and in terms of a) Farmer housewives still lack the
increasing income. In addition to the opportunity to participate in
family's income, they do not have to work agricultural development.
in the office but can also do their own work b) Farmer education is low.
or work as farm laborers (onfarm), factory c) Farmers' housewives are not given
workers or work in the home industry, such access and various services in the
as making various kinds of industrial agricultural sector.
products that can be sold to supplement d) There is a gap in the wage structure
income. between men and women in the
Development of housewives in the agricultural sector and the lack of
family, can not be separated from efforts to respect for women.
increase the role of women as an internal Efforts made by housewives in
part in national development. Therefore, the helping their husbands income begin their
guidance direction refers to the mandate of awareness of the necessities of life is
GBHN and the policy of the Minister of increasing, for that awareness of
Women's Empowerment which stipulates housewives participate in supplementing
that efforts to increase the role of women in family income is necessary. Thus they
the nation's development are based on depend not only on the income that their
harmonious harmony partnership among husbands provide to meet their daily needs.
men and women in harmony, harmonious
and balanced with gender approach. The Objectives and Benefits of Research
approach between men and women has The objectives of the study were (1)
equal rights, duties and positions in to analyze the income of housewives in the
development in all fields, including social presence of gender equality; (2) to analyze
life, family, nation and state without leaving the role of housewives in increasing income.
the natures, dignity and dignity as women. Benefits of research include (1)
The development of the age of housewife knows role in increasing income
women's role has not been considered, as is in family; (2) to broaden knowledge
the case with rural women. Despite its large horizons about the role of housewives in
role in households both in family farming as increasing income; (3) for consideration in
managers, producers and workers. This conducting further research in the same
means that the participation rate of field.
housewife farmers is increasing from year
to year. The roles and responsibilities of 2. METHODOLOGY
farmer housewives in some areas are very Time and Location Research
prominent, whereas the farmer's housewife The study was conducted in January
strongly supports her role in raising family - June 2016 by collecting primary data and
income by working outside the agricultural secondary data at Rejotangan sub-district
sector such as doing skills, trading, raising, level which were sourced from reports and
sewing, or being a seasonal worker in the reviews from several research results,
company or on the land of people other. It especially on the role of housewives in
is also often seen that decision-making in Rejotangan sub-district.
terms of adoption of new technologies and
the determination of the type of business of Types of Research
family activity is determined by women. The type of this research is
Some of the obstacles that farmers' descriptive analysis with survey method
160
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
using questioner and questionnaire to with men to participate in development

respondent. This research is to explain activities in accordance with those
systematically about the data or expressed in the Guidelines of State Policy.
characteristics of a particular population or The differentiation of work between men
a particular field. and women in rural communities is quite
Data source clear but the working relationships of men
Primary data is data collected from and women in the production process are
respondents directly by using not determined by sex differences. But on
questionnaires (questionnaires) that have the basis of the fact that we see that the
been prepared previously related to the status and role of women always change
activities of housewives in increasing according to circumstances, for example if
revenue. Furthermore for secondary data is her husband dies, the woman's first duty of
data collected by taking data related to working as a maid of husband's income
research from other institution. eventually turns into the main breadwinner
Sampling Technique in the household. With the current
Sampling is done by simple random economic development is progress toward a
sampling method, which is a sample taken pattern of increasingly sharp division of
so that each research unit or elementary unit labor and the greater the variation. Thus, at
of population has equal opportunity to be the simplest level of the family economy
selected as sample. Population of all there is still a division of labor between the
housewives who follow Program members of the family itself and the main
Keluarga Harapan in Rejotangan district. criteria for the division of labor is age and
The number of 975 samples, the sample sex.
determination using Slovin formula as Based on research conducted that
follows: the contribution of housewife's income
𝑁 given to her family aims to alleviate the
so that the sample can be 91 people.
1+𝑁.𝑒 2
burden of the economy that is borne entirely
Method of Collecting Data
by the head of the family (husband), this is
Technique of taking data using (a)
done to increase family income. In fact,
observation / observation; (b) interviews; (c)
housewives have an obligation to regulate
Library Studies.
the welfare and the economy of their
Data Analysis Technique
families. Types of work commonly done by
This research use free test of X (Chi
housewives such as, cleaning up dirty
Square) which is used to know relation of
household furniture, fixing the house,
increase of family income with housewife
taking care of children and so forth. It's the
activity of Chi Square Formula (X2):
kind of work that housewives routinely do
(𝑛𝑖𝑗 − 𝑒𝑖𝑗 ) every day, so that kind of work is called
𝑋2 = √
𝑒𝑖𝑗 domestic sector work. With such a
background then, there is a tendency to
Where:
work outside the home in order to help the
X2 = Chi Square
husband's income so that the welfare of his
nij = Number of observed
family is more fulfilled.
eij = expected
Another background that underlies
the work of a housewife is because of the
3. RESEARCH AND DISCUSSION
narrowness of land she owns. This affects
Contribution of Housewife Income to
the motivation to work. The narrowness of
Husband's Income
land is not possible to be planted with
Basically, women have equal rights,
various types of commodities, so the
obligations and employment opportunities
farmers' families do not depend entirely on
161
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
the narrow land they own and added with The contribution of farmers'
the production produced only barely to be housewives income is used in addition to
consumed by his family. In the study area, fulfilling their household needs such as
additional work by housewives of different buying kitchen needs and such, for the cost
kinds. But there is a tendency to work in the of their children's education and so on. This
field of home industry engaged in the income generated by housewives can not be
agribusiness sector that is making snacks in separated from the pen.
the form of fried foods sold every afternoon
and making crackers based Gadung. This Contribution of Mother Household
activity is done after resolving household Income to Family Income
affairs so as not to disrupt its domestic The contribution of farmers
activities. In certain seasons on average 'housewives' income is seen as having an
each day can produce krupuk gadung about effect on all household needs. This can be
5 - 7.5 kg with an average income of Rp seen from the need that usually can not be
25,000 - Rp 37,500. While on a working day fulfilled become fulfilled because there is
is not a full month but more or less for 15 contribution of housewife's income. Like
days per month, but this time - time can the small contribution of income that
change depending on the order, such as housewives provide to their families, it
during the season around the community provides considerable benefits to family
have a show or during the Eid season so that welfare. Indirectly the income generated
the number of requests so much weekdays can meet the needs that should be met
also increase. To perform the activity properly.
usually starts at 08.00 am after completing The goal to be achieved in
the affairs in the kitchen. agricultural development is to increase the
Activities to make gadung crackers income and welfare of the family from time
take a long time, such as peeling gadung, to time. An increase in the amount of
slicing then soak it, clean or remove the income in rural households will provide job
former immersion until steaming and opportunities for the housewife to improve
drying it. In the immersion of the material and improve the quality, quantity and
used is grilled ash, this is done with the aim variety of goods and services they will
to eliminate toxins that exist in the yam yam purchase. In addition, households that have
so it will not cause poisoning after eating it. increased revenues are expected to make
The results of interviews conducted with their spending budgets according to their
respondents can be seen that the average - household needs. If the amount of income
every female worker can produce earned per household in the countryside is
approximately 7.5 kg krupuk gadung that is not as great as each other. This is due to the
in a state ready for consumption. From the differences in:
description can be seen that the average 1. Ownership of agricultural land.
income generated by each housewife per 2. Business capital.
month there are reaching approximately Rp 3. Opportunity to obtain employment
700,000. But there are also housewives either in agriculture sector or
whose monthly income is only Rp 215,000. outside agriculture sector.
If it is projected between the amount of 4. Type of business undertaken.
income of wife to husband, it can be seen The difference in income levels will
that the contribution of wife earnings can clearly lead to differences in the patterns of
reach 23,53% up to 93,33%. This shows household consumption and the control of
how much influence the income contributed capital (wealth) rather than land. For
by housewives to her family. example, smallholder households or
162
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
agricultural laborers because of their housewife is high enough to income of

relatively small incomes, can only afford family in whole (in this case income of
basic necessities such as rice and side dishes. husband and housewife). Based on data
While large farmers, because the income is obtained from the field can be seen that the
large, in addition to being able to buy staple total amount between the income of
goods such as rice and side dishes that are housewives and husbands can reach
well nourished, also able to buy secondary between Rp 590.000 - Rp 1.700.000 per
goods such as household goods, month. From this data it can be explained
transportation equipment, entertainment that if the income of a housewife combined
equipment (radio, television) , and capital with income, it would seem that the ratio
goods such as tractors, land or saving. between the income of the wife to the total
Expenditures to build or repair income (wife and husband) is quite high,
houses include the greatest expenditure although the income generated is not up to
compared to other expenses. Generally 50% and the income of her husband every
money to build a house, saved for years in month. So have a side business and
the form of building materials not in the ultimately housewives no longer have
form of money. Today, wealthy farmers are difficulties in managing finances and even
able to follow the modern home model and most can be saved, so that their child's
meet the requirements of a decent home. education is fulfilled with evidence of many
Household expenses for household children continuing their education even
appliances comprise and expenditure on though not all villagers have awareness of
furniture (tables, chairs, cabinets and education.
others), beds, kitchenware and
entertainment equipment such as radio, tape 4. CONCLUSION
and television. The household appliances 1. The contribution of housewife's
most commonly owned by poor households income to husband's income reaches
only consist of basic household items such around Rp 215,000 - 700,000 per
as beds and kitchen utensils such as plates month. If diprosentasekan between
and others. While the high-income the amount of income compared to
household class in addition to having basic husband's wife, it can be seen that
household appliances also have furniture the contribution of wife's income to
and entertainment equipment such as tape husband can reach 23.53% - 93.33%.
recorder or television. So it can be concluded that the
The average research area of the contribution of housewife income to
community uses private transportation such her husband is quite large.
as motorcycles. Motorcycles are needed if 2. The contribution of income given by
housewives who have business trading such housewives to their family is
as opening a shop will go to the market to relatively big, that is between 19,05%
buy the needs - the need to be sold. Usually - 47,14%. In this case the family
housewives who open a shop, go to the income can reach Rp 590.000 - Rp
market at 02.00 am until return home 1.700.000 per month.
around 05.30 pm then sell it again. The
work done by this housewife is solely to REFERENCES
meet the needs of the household properly to
reach a prosperous family. Elizabeth, Roosganda. Woman
Based on the above data, it can be Empowerment to Support Gender
seen that the contribution of housewives to Mainstreaming in Rural Agricultural
their families can reach between 19.05% to Development Policies. Jurnal Forum
47.17%. This indicates that the income of
163
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Penelitian Agro Ekonomi. Vol 25(2):

126-135
Fakih, M. 1996. Analisis Gender dan
Transformasi Sosial. Pustaka Pelajar:
Yogyakarta.
Guhardja S, Puspitawati H, Hartoyo,
Hastuti D. 1992. Manajemen
Sumberdaya Keluarga. Diktat
Departemen Gizi Masyarakat dan
SUmberdaya Keluarga. Fakultas
Pertanian, Institut Pertanian Bogor:
Bogor
Gusti Kanjeng Ratu Hemas. 1992. Wanita
Indonesia Suatu Konsepsi dan
Obsesi.Liberty: Jakarta
Koswara, Jajah. 1995. Tantangan dan
Hambatan Bagi Ilmuwan Wanita.
Warta Studi Perempuan Vol 3:
Jakarta
Murniadi. 1993. Perempuan Indonesia dan
Pola Ketergantungan dalam Citra
Wanita dan Kekuasaan. Kanisius:
Jakarta
PPK-LIPI. 2004. Ketahanan Pangan
Rumah Tangga di Pedesaan: Konsep
dan Ukuran.
Powel, Melanie and David, Ansic. 1997.
Gender Differences in Risk Behaviour
in Financial Decision Making: An
Experimental Analysis. Jiurnal of
Economic Psichology Vol 18 (6):605-
628
Sayogya, Pudjiwati. 1995. Peranan Wanita
dalam Perkembangan Masyarakat
Desa.Rajawali: Jakarta
Tjandraningsih, I. 1996. Mengidentifikasi
Persoalan Perempuan dalam Analisis
Gender dalam Memahami Persoalan
Perempuan. Jurnal Analisis Sosial.
Edisi 4 Nopember. AKATIGA.
Bandung.
Wibowo, Dwi Edi. 2011. Peran Ganda

Perempuan Dan Kesetaraan Gender.
Jurnal Muwazah Vol 3(1): 356-364
164
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
STUDY OF CONCRETE ON RIGID PAVEMENT WITH

ADDITION SCANFIBRE
Hermaini1,Sugeng Wiyono2, Anas Puri3
1,2,3
Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
Abstract
Concrete is an important material and widely used in the construction world. One is the
use of concrete rigid pavement (rigid pavement). In rigid pavement planning does not
give priority to the compressive strength but which is preferred is the flexural
strength. Because the rigid pavement is rigid in nature, it must be able to withstand the
lapping of the vehicle wheel load. Hence the question arises how to increase the value
of strong bending on rigid pavement? In this study used Scanfibre as a mixture of
concrete.
This research uses experimental method with total of 240 test object. A total of 120
pieces for cylindrical compressive test specimens with a diameter of 15 cm and a height
of 30 cm with variations of Scanfibre 0% (normal concrete), 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%,
0.6%, 0.8%, and 1.0 %. A total of 120 more for bending beam-shaped test specimens 15
x 15 x 60 cm with variation of Scanfibre 0% (normal concrete), 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%,
0.6%, 0.8%, and 1.0% tested at age 7, 28, and 56 days.
The results showed that the use of Scanfibre in various levels did not give a significant
effect on the bending strength of concrete. These results are in line with the results of
analyzes performed at ages 7, 28, and 56 days. The optimum bending strength of the
concrete at the ages of 7.28 and 56 days was 4.38 MPa, 4.71 MPa, 4.75 MPa. Based on
the formula of f s = K (f'c) 0.5, the relationship between the compressive strength and
flexural strength at the age of 7, 28 and 56 days, the importance of the average value of
the constant is 0.7345, 0.7687, and 0.7404 .
Keywords: Rigid Pavement, Scanfibre, Compressive Strength, Flexural Strength
higher so effective in reducing cracks and

can increase resistance to flexure.
1. INTRODUCTION One of the important properties of concrete
is ductility. With the properties of the
One way to improve the flexural strength of ducktail, the fibers are mixed into the
rigid pavement is to use fiber-added
concrete is expected to be used to improve
material. The addition of these flexible
the characteristics of concrete. Considering
fibers the resulting strength will be better or
the condition of the increasing use of fiber-
165
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
added materials for concrete construction, by conducting an experiment directly to get

we took Scanfibre form as our research a data or the result of connecting between
material to find out the extent of the effect variables investigated. The experiment was
of adding the fibre to the strength of conducted in the laboratory. Tests
concrete bending. conducted in this research include testing of
materials, flexural strength testing using a
1.2 Formulation of the problem flexural strength test (testing Bending
As the subject of this study is to compare Machine).
Compressive strength and flexural strength
of concrete using Scanfibre added 2.2 Research Sites
material with normal or no fiber concrete. The research was conducted at
To give a clear scope about the problem to PT. Virajaya Riauputra located on the
be discussed in the research, it is necessary highway of Pekanbaru - Bangkinang KM 27.
to formulate the problem as follows:
1. How the optimum flexural strength 2.3 Research Preparation
resulting from the addition 1. Material
of scanfibre 0, 1%, 0, 2%, 0, 3%, 0. Materials used in this study include:
4%, 0.6%, 0.8% and 1.0% Viewed a. Rough aggregates (crushed stone)
from the weight of fresh concrete. of raw materials obtained from
2. What influence flexural strength of Pangkalan - West Sumatera, the
the concrete after result of Stone Cruser from
using Scanfiber added material. PT. Virajaya Riauputra located
on the highway of Pekanbaru -
1.3 Research Objectives Bangkinang KM 27.
The purpose of this research is to: b. Fine Aggregate, raw material
1. Knowing the optimum flexural obtained from Lake Bingkuang.
strength values resulting from the c. The cement used is Cement
addition Type I.
of scanfibre0, 0, 1%, 0, 2%, 0, 3%, 0 d. The added material is Scanfibre.
.4%, 0.6%, 0.8% and 1.0%. e. Water
2. Knowing the influence of flexural 2. Equipment
strength of the concrete after using This study uses the equipment
added material scanfibre. located in the Laboratory of
PT. Virajaya Riauputra, the
1.4 Scope of problem equipment used in this research are:
In this paper, the following problem limits a. A set of standard ASTM sieve
are taken: shaker.
1. Aggregate used is derived b. Oven completed with
from Pangkalan West Sumatra. temperature control.
2. The cement used is Type I c. Measuring cup.
Semen Padang. d. Triple beam scales with a
3. The added material is a Scanfibre. precision of 0.1 grams.
4. Concrete Quality is used by Fc 35 MPa. e. Digital scales with a precision of
0.001 grams.
2 METHODOLOGY f. Conical mold to measure the
2.1 General state of fine aggregate SSDs.
The method applied in this research
is the experimental method which is done
166
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
g. Los Angeles machine and steel 3. Stage III, the stage of making the
balls for abrasive aggregate specimen.
abrasion testing. At this stage the work is done as
h. Small pot for water container follows:
i. Mixer to mix a. Determination of mix design of
j. A set of molds of 100 x 100 x concrete.
600 mm for flexural strength test b. Concrete mixing.
and d: 150 mm t: 300 mm for c. Check slump value.
compressive strength test. d. Creation of specimens.
k. Abrams cone for slump testing. 4. Stage IV , the stage of treatment
l. A set of concrete compressive (curing).
strength test kits. At this stage the treatment of test
m. A set of concrete bending specimens that have been made in
strength test equipment. stage III. Treatment is done by using
n. Supporting equipment such as the test specimen after being removed
hand shirts, masks, wrenches and from the mold.
screwdrivers. 5. Stage V Called the testing phase.
At this stage, the test of compressive
2.4 Test objects strength and bending strength.
The test specimens in this study Flexural strength test was performed
were cylindrical and beam with 5 test on 150x150x600 mm concrete beam
specimens for each treatment ie 0%, 0.1%, samples, while the compressive
0.2%, 0.3, 0.4%, 0.6%, 0.8% and 1.0% for strength test was performed with
Scanfibre for testing Compressive cylindrical sample with diameter 150
strength and flexural strength at 7 days, 28 mm and height 300 mm.
days and 56 days. 6. Stage VI, the data analysis phase.
At this stage, the data obtained from
2.5 Stages and Procedures Research the test results are analyzed to obtain
The implementation of this research a conclusion of the relationship
conducted several stages from the selection between the variables studied in the
of concrete materials, material testing, study.
manufacture of test objects, test object 7. Stage VII Called the stage of
testing, data analysis and conclusions from conclusion.
the results of research. At this stage, the data that has been
The research implementation is divided into analyzed made a conclusion related
several stages, namely: to the purpose of the study.
1. Phase I, the preparation stage.
At this stage all materials and 2.6 Experimental Variations
equipment needed in the research are In this test variation testing is done:
prepared in advance for research to In
run smoothly. additionScanfibre 0, 1%, 0, 2%, 0, 3%, 0.4
2. Phase II, the material test stage. %, 0.6%, 0.8%, and 1.0% in terms of the
At this stage, a study of concrete weight of fresh concrete.
materials is made. This is done to
determine the nature and 2.7 Test Result Testing, Analysis and
characteristics of the material. In Conclusions
addition to know whether the After testing is done, then the analysis of
material meets the requirements or research results and take conclusions from
not. the processing of data analysis.
167
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The examination results on the

3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION characteristics of Agregate 2-3 produced
3.1 Material Inspection Results from the production of Stone Crusher
1. Agregate Inspection Result 2-3 PT. Virajaya Riauputra is as follows:
Table 3.1 Agregate Inspection Result 2-3

No. Checking type Check up result Unit
Specific gravity : 2,538 (Gr / cc)
2,555 (Gr / cc)
• Dry Type Weight 2,582 (Gr / cc)
• SSD Type Weight 0.659 %
1.
• Pseudo Weight
• Absorption
2. Abration 25.7 %
3. Weight Release 1,356 (Kg / m3)
2. Results of Agregate Inspection 1-2 from the production of Stone Crusher

The examination results on the PT. Virajaya Riauputra is as follows:
characteristics of Agregate 1-2 produced
Table 3.2 Results of Agregate Inspection

Checking type result
No.
Unit
2,513 (Gr / cc)
1. • SSD Type Weight 1.576 %
• Pseudo Weight
• Absorption
2. Abration 25.7 %
3. Weight Release 1,397 (Gr / cc)
3. Results of Fine Aggregate Inspection The results of examination on the

(Sand) characteristics of Sand sourced from Danau
Bingkuang are as follows:
Table 3.3 Results of Fine Aggregate Inspection (Sand)

No. Checking type Check up result Unit
1. 2,704 (Gr / cc)
168
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
• SSD Type Weight 1.082 %

• Pseudo Weight
• Absorption
3. Weight Release 1.508 (Gr / cc)
4. Mixed Concrete Mixture Design Total Weight: 2,384.4 Kg

Based on the design calculations 3.2 Concrete Test Result
mixture (Mix Design) obtained concrete 1. Compressive Strength of Concrete
mix material requirements for 1 m 3 of a. Compressive Strength of Concrete
concrete: Age 7 Days
- Cement: 460 Kg Testing is done at 7 days. The data of
- Water: 184 Kg concrete compressive strength test
- Broken Stone 2 - 3: 696,2 Kg with Scanfibre addition can be seen in
- Broken Stone 1 - 2: 522,1 Kg Table 3.4 below.
- Sand: 522.1 Kg
Table 3.4 Compressive Strength of Concrete Age 7 Days

Compressive Strength
No Scanfibre Percentage % Against withNormal
(MPa)
Concrete
1 0.00 31.25 100.00
2 0.10 31.93 102.18
3 0.20 28.93 92,58
4 0.30 30.84 98.69
5 0.40 28.25 90.39
6 0.60 27.98 89.52
7 0.80 28.11 89.96
8 1.00 32.48 103.93
Based on the data in Table 3.4 above 10.04%, and 1.0% Scanfibre addition
shows that the compressive strength of increased 3.93% compressive strength
concrete at the age of 7 days without added when compared to compressive strength
Scanfibre is 31.25 MPa. In the addition of value of concrete mixture without Scanfibre
Scanfibre of 0.1% there was an increase of addition.
2.18%, on the addition of Scanfibre of 0.2%
a decrease in compressive strength of 7.42%, b. Compressive Strength Concrete at
in addition Scanfibre of 0.3% decreased 28 Days
compressive strength of 1.31%, the addition Tests were performed at 28
of Scanfibre of 0.4% was decreased days. The data of concrete
compressive strength of 9.61%, Scanfibre compressive strength test results with
addition of 0.6% decreased compressive the addition of Scanfibre can be seen
strength of 10.48%, Scanfibre addition of in Table 3.5 below.
0.8% was decrease in compressive strength
169
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Tabel 3.5 Compressive Strength at 28 Days

Compressive Strength
No Scanfibre Percentage
(MPa) % Against Normal Concrete
1 0% 35.07 100.00
2 0.10 38.49 109.75
3 0.20 31.73 90.48
4 0.30 38.90 110.92
5 0.40 35.48 101.69
6 0.60 34.39 98.06
7 0.80 29.14 83.09
8 1.00 33.44 95.35
Based on the data in Table 3.5 above strength of 63.91%, and the addition of
shows that the compressive strength of Scanfibre by 1.0%, a decrease in
concrete at 28 days without added Scanfibre compressive strength by 4.65% when
is 35.07 MPa. In addition of Scanfibre 0.1% compared with the value of compressive
there was an increase in compressive strength of concrete mixture without
strength of 9.75%, in addition of Scanfibre Scanfibre addition.
0.2% a decrease in compressive strength of c. Compressive Strength Concrete 56 Days
9.52%, in addition Scanfibre of 0.3% Press The test is done at the age of 56 days.
of 10.92%, the addition of Scanfibre 0.4% The result data of concrete
increase in compressive strength of 1,69, compressive strength test with
Scanfibre addition of 0.6% increase in Scanfibre addition can be seen in
compressive strength of 1.94%, Scanfibre Table 3.6 below
addition 0, 8% a decrease in compressive
.
Table 3.6 Compressive Strength at 56 Days
Scanfibre Compressive Strength at 56 Days

No
Percentage
(MPa) % Against Normal Concrete
1 0% 37.39 100.00
2 0.10 38.35 102.55
3 0.20 36.30 97.08
4 0.30 45.45 121,53
5 0.40 43.40 116.06
6 0.60 41.22 110.22
7 0.80 31.95 85.44
8 1.00 40.12 107.30
Based on the data in Table 3.6 above Scanfibre fiber of 0.3% Press of 21.53%, in
shows that the compressive strength of addition Scanfibre of 0.4% increase in
concrete at age 56 days without added compressive strength of 16.06%, Scanfibre
Scanfibre is 37.39 MPa. In the addition of addition of 0.6% increase in compressive
Scanfibre 0.1% there was an increase in strength of 10.22%, Scanfibre addition of
compressive strength of 2.55%, in addition 0, 8% a decrease in compressive strength of
of Scanfibre 0.2% a decrease in 14.56%, and the addition of Scanfibre of 1.0%
compressive strength of 2.92%, in addition increase in compressive strength of 7.30%
170
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
when compared with the compressive d. Relationship between Concrete

strength value of concrete mixture without Compresive Strength and Concrete
Scanfibre addition. Age
The relationship between concrete
compressive strength and concrete
life can be seen in graph 3.1 below.
50
Kuat Tekan Beton (MPa)
0%
40
0,1 %
30
0,2 %
20
0,3 %
10
0,4 %
0
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 0,6 %
Umur Beton (hari) 0,8 %
Figure 3.1.Relationship between Concrete
Compressive Strength and Concrete Age of concrete at 28 days was lower than
e. Compressive Strength Comparison at 7 the average concrete compressive
Days, 28 Days, and 56 Days strength at the age of 56 days.
Based on Figure 4.5 above shows that
the average concrete compressive 2. Concrete Bending Strength
strength at the age of 7 days without a. Strong Bending Concrete Age 7
more less compared with the Days
compressive strength of the average Testing is done at 7 days. The result
concrete at the age of 28 days and 56 data of the concrete bending strength
days. The average concrete strength of the concrete with the addition of
Scanfibre can be seen in Table 3.7
below.
Table 3.7 the concrete bending strength

the concrete bending strength 7 days
No Scanfibre Percentage % Against
(MPa)
Normal Concrete
1 0% 3.96 100.00
2 0.10 4.22 106.44
3 0.20 4.20 106.06
4 0.30 4.38 110.50
5 0.40 4.15 104.73
6 0.60 3.51 88.67
7 0.80 3.83 96.71
8 1.00 3.91 98.71
Based on the data in Table 3.7 above strength at age 7 days without added
shows that the flexural compressive Scanfibre is 3.96 MPa. In Scanfibre
171
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
addition of 0.1% there was a 6.1% increase decreased the bending strength by 1.29%
in bending strength, in addition of Scanfibre when compared with the flexural strength of
of 0.2%, increased flexural strength by the concrete mixture without the addition of
6.06%, in addition to Scanfibre of 0.3% By Scanfibre.
10,05%, the addition of Scanfibre by 0,4% b. Concrete bending strength Age 28
there was increase of bending strength by Days
4,73%, Scanfibre addition by 0,6%, Tests were performed at 28 days. The
decrease of bending strength by 11,33%, result data of the concrete bending
Scanfibre addition 0,8% % There was a strength of the concrete with the
decrease in the flexural strength of 3.29%, addition of Scanfibre can be seen in
and the addition of Scanfibre by 1.0% Table 3.8 below.
Table 3.8 Concrete bending strength 28 days

Strong Pressure Value Press
No Scanfibre Percentage % Against Normal
(MPa)
Concrete
1 0% 4.63 100.00
2 0.10 4.65 100,59
3 0.20 4.66 100.63
4 0.30 4.64 100.35
5 0.40 4.71 101.85
6 0.60 4.32 93.40
7 0.80 4.34 93.90
8 1.00 4.16 89.89
Based on the data in Table 3.8 above of Scanfibre by 1.0% occurred a 10.11%
shows that the flexural strength of concrete reduction in the bending strength when
at 28 days without added Scanfibre is 4.63 compared with the flexural strength value of
MPa. In the addition of Scanfibre of 0.1%, the concrete mixture without the addition of
the increase of bending strength by 0.59%, Scanfibre.
in the addition of Scanfibre of 0.2%,
increased the bending strength by 0.63%,
the addition of Scanfibre of 0.3% Bending c. Concrete bending strength 56 Days
of 0.35%, in addition of Scanfibre of 0.4%, The test is done at the age of 56
increased bending strength by 1.85%, days. The result data of the concrete
Scanfibre addition by 0.6%, a decrease in bending strength of the concrete with
bending strength by 6.60%, Scanfibre fiber the addition of Scanfibre can be seen
addition of 0, 8% there was a decrease in the in Table 3.9 below.
flexural strength of 6.10%, and the addition
172
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 3.9 Concrete bending strength 56 days

Scanfibre Concrete bending strength 56 days
No
Percentage (MPa) % Against Normal Concrete
1 0% 4.71 100.00
2 0.10 4.39 93.05
3 0.20 4.48 95.06
4 0.30 4.55 96,57
5 0.40 4.63 98.15
6 0.60 4.75 100.67
7 0.80 4.73 100.39
8 1.00 4.72 100.21
Based on the data in Table 3.9 above Scanfibre of 0, 8% there was a

shows that the flexural strength of concrete decrease in the flexural strength of 0.39%,
at age 56 days without added Scanfibre is and the addition of Scanfibre by 1.0% was
4.71 MPa. In the addition of Scanfibre of increased in bending strength by 0.21%
0.1% there was a decrease in the bending when compared to the flexural strength of
strength of 6.95%, in addition of Scanfibre the concrete mixture without the addition of
of 0.2%, a decrease in the bending strength Scanfibre.
of 4.94%, in the addition of Scanfibre of 0.3%
Bending of 3.43%, in addition of Scanfibre d. Relationship between Concrete
of 0.4%, a decrease in the bending strength Bending Strength and Concrete Age
of 1.85%, the addition of Scanfibre by 0.6%, The relationship between concrete bending
the increase in the bending strength by strength and concrete life can be seen in
0.67%, the addition of graph 3.2 below
.
6
0%
Concrete bending (MPa)
5
0,1 %
4
0,2 %
3
0,3 %
2
0,4 %
1
0,6 %
0
0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 0,8 %
Concrete age (day) 1,0 %
Figure 3.2 Graph Relation of Bending and Concrete Age
e. Strong Comparison Concrete Bending Age of 7 Days, 28 Days, and 56 Days
173
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Hasil Pengujian Kuat Lentur

5.00
4.50
4.71
4.63 4.65 4.66 4.64
4.55 4.71
4.63 4.75 4.73 4.72
4.48
Kuat Lentur Rata2 (MPa)
4.39
4.22 4.20 4.38 4.32 4.34
4.00 3.96 4.15 4.16
3.83 3.91
3.50 3.51
3.00
2.50 Umur 7 Hari
2.00
Umur 28 Hari
1.50
1.00 Umur 56 Hari
0.50
0.00
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Persentase Pemakaian Scanfibre (%)
Figure 3.3 Comparison of concrete bending age 7 Days, 28 days, and 56 Days
Based on Figure 4.10 above shows

that the average strength of concrete 3.3 Discussion
bending at the age of 7 days without lower 1. The Effect of Adding Scanfibre in
than the compressive strength of the Concrete Mixes to Mechanical Properties
average concrete at the age of 28 days and of Concrete
56 days. The average strength of concrete The mechanical properties of concrete are
bending at the age of 28 days is lower than concrete compressive strength and
the average concrete compressive strength concrete bending strength is strongly
at the age of 56 days. influenced by concrete material (Mulyono,
2003).
Table 3.10 The Relationship between fc & fs
Compressive
Use Strong The relationship
No Strength (fc
Scanfibre Bending (f s)(MPa) between f sand
') (MPa)
1. 0.0% 31.25 3.96 0.7085
2. 0.1% 31.93 4.22 0.7461
3. 0.2% 28.93 4.20 0.7811
4. 0.3% 30.84 4.38 0.7881
5. 0.4% 28.25 4.15 0.7805
6. 0.6% 27.98 3.51 0.664
7. 0.8% 28.11 3.83 0.7225
8. 1.0% 32.48 3.91 0.686
Table 3.10 The Relationship between fc & concrete or the strong bending of
fs use of Scanfibre as an added ingredient concrete. As mentioned earlier, In the
in concrete mixture has no significant effect, addition of scanfibre of 0.1%, 0.3%, 0.4%,
either on the compressive strength of the and 1.0% of concrete compressive strength
174
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
when compared with concrete compressive strength of concrete when compared to the
strength without Scanfibre fiber addition. In compressive strength of the concrete
addition of Scanfibre 0.2%, 0.6%, 0.8% without the addition of Scanfibre.
there was a decrease in the compressive 2. Relation Between fc and fs
Compressive
Use Strong The relationship
No Strength (fc
Scanfibre Bending (f s)(MPa) between f s and
') (MPa)
1. 0.0% 35.07 4.63 0.7812
2. 0.1% 38.49 4.65 0.7501
3. 0.2% 31.73 4.66 0.8265
4. 0.3% 38.90 4.64 0.7444
5. 0.4% 35.48 4.71 0.7910
6. 0.6% 34.39 4.32 0.7368
7. 0.8% 29.48 4.34 0.8001
8. 1.0% 33.44 4.16 0.7192
From the calculation of The calculation of the relationship

compressive strength data and bending between compressive strength and
strength with variation of Scanfibre strength of concrete bending for the
addition obtained a relationship between age of 28 days can be seen in the
the flexural strength (F s), and the root of following table 4.11.
compressive strength (Fc) concrete. From the correlation table between
a. Relationship Between Compressive the compressive strength and
Strength and Bending Strength bending strengths above, the
Concrete at the age of 7 days average value of constant constants
The calculation of the relationship is 0.7687. This result is close to the
between compressive strength and value of the existing constants for
strength of concrete bending for the the concrete using the broken
age of 7 days can be seen in the aggregate is 0.75.
following table 4.10 c. Relationship Between Compressive
Table 3.10 Relationship Between Strength and flexural Strength
Compressive Strength and Bending Concrete at age 56 days
Strength Concrete Calculation of the relationship
From the correlation table between between compressive strength and
the compressive strength and the flexural strength for the age of 56
bending strengths above, then the days can be seen in the following
average value of constant constants table 3.12.
is 0.7345. This result is close to the
value of the existing constants for the
concrete using the broken aggregate
is 0.75.
b. Relationship Between Compressive
Strength and Strong Bending
Concrete at 28 days
175
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 3.12 The Relationship between fc & fs

The
Use Compressive Flexure
No relationship
Scanfibre Strength (fc ') (MPa) strength (f s) (MPa)
between f sand
1. 0.0% 37.39 4.71 0.7710
2. 0.1% 38.35 4.39 0.7084
3. 0.2% 36.30 4.48 0.7438
4. 0.3% 45.45 4.55 0.6754
5. 0.4% 43.40 4.63 0.7024
6. 0.6% 41.22 4.75 0.7393
7. 0.8% 31.95 4.73 0.8373
8. 1.0% 40.12 4.72 0.7458
From the correlation table between the adding scanfibre seen that fiber scanfibre
compressive strength and bending strengths used as a mixture is not broken. This proves
above, the average value of constant that the bond between the cement paste
constants is 0.7404. This result is close to scanfibre not perfect. So therefore, the
the value of the existing constants for the failure or collapse that occurred can be
concrete using the broken aggregate is 0.75. categorized by the collapse over
3. Forms of Collapse Test reinforced with the understanding that no
a. Forms of Test Material Collapse significant fiber function. This condition is
The failure or collapse that occurred in also not ideal as the condition that occurs in
the compressive strength testing occurs over reinforced concrete slabs, because
at the interface zone (zone between the the over-reinforced conditions constantly
surface) is the contact area between the while on this study only scanfibre are
cement paste to aggregate, where the bond discontinuous.
is not perfect and not because of the
outbreak of the aggregate. In mechanisms 4. CONCLUSION
explored collapse press can also be seen that Of all the tests and observations on
the pattern collapse occurs forming concrete mix with the addition of Scanfibre
longitudinal pattern down, it is in be concluded as follows:
accordance with the pattern of the concrete 1. The use of Scanfibre in various levels
collapse in general. The pattern collapse is not a significant difference in the
occurs in all age concrete testing, both at the compressive strength of concrete. These
age of 7 days, 28 days and 56 days. results are in line with the analysis carried
b. The collapse of the test specimen after out at the age of 7, 28, and 56 days.
testing the flexural strength 2. The average value of the flexural
The collapse of the test specimen after strength of concrete at 28 days 4,16 - 4,71
testing the flexural strength can be seen in Mpa. From these results it can be concluded
the picture below. that there is no real difference between the
From the picture that be observed that flexural strength of the test specimen with
the flexural testing largely collapse occurs the addition of Scanfibre.
also in the interface zone (zone between the Based on the formula of f s = K (f ' c) 0.5 , an
surface). In flexural testing of concrete by association between the compressive
176
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
strength and flexural strength at the age of Shopping And Strong Flexible
7, 28 and 56 days , then obtained a constant Concrete Using Tras Sand Jatiyoso
value (K) of the average is 0.7345, 0.7687, As Substitute For Rigid
and 0 , 7404 . Pavement (Rigid Pavement) ",
Department of Civil Engineering
REFERENCES Faculty of Engineering, Universitas
Ariatama, A ,. (2007), "Effect of Fiber Wire Muhammadiyah Surakarta, 2014.
Hooked On High Quality Concrete Mustari, MI ,. (2011) , "Study of Concrete
Strength v On Bending strength Rigid Pavement
Based Fiber Diameter Optimasai", With Fiber Additions Fiberglass In
Diponegoro University, Semarang Concrete Normal " , Article ILTEK,
2007. Volume 6, Number 12, 2011.
National Standardization Soroushian, P., and bayasi., Z.,
Agency. 2008. ISO 1969: 2008, Test 1987 , "Concept of Fiber Reinforced
Method Density and Water Concrete" , Proceedings of the
Absorption of Aggregate Coarse. Bandung. International Seminar on Fiber
National Standardization Reinforced Concrete, Michigan State
Agency. 2008. ISO 1970: 2008, Test University, Michigan, USA .
Method Density and Water Suhendro, B., 1991, Effect of Fiber Wire
Absorption of Aggregate Fine. Bandung. On Qualities Concrete, Seminar
National Standardization Mechanics of Materials in Various
Agency. 2008. ISO 2417: 2008, Aspects, Yogyakarta
Test Method Wear of Tampubolon, H ,. (2014), "The Effect of
Aggregate With Los Angeles Abrasion Copper Cable Additions Against
Machine. Bandung. Waste Concrete Compressive
Department of Public Works Strength", Department of Civil
(2012), " General Specifications of Faculty of Engineering, University of
Highways 2010 revision 3 " , the Lancang Kuning, Pekanbaru, 2014.
Public Works Department of Tjokrodimuljo, K., 1996 , "Concrete
Highways, Jakarta, in 2012. Technology", Publisher Naviri,
Dwicahyani, A ,. (2012), "Comparison of Yogyakarta.
Compressive Strength and Strong Wiyono, S ,. (2009), " Materials and
Concrete Bending Machine Iron Material Path " Lecture Material
Against Waste Fiber Concrete Fiber Properties and Road Construction
Fabrication", Faculty of Engineering Materials in Civil Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering Graduate Islamic University of Riau,
Universitas Sebelas Maret, Surakarta, Pekanbaru 2009.
2012.
Fiorentino, A ,. (2014), "The Influence of
Utilization of Sand River Takuana
With Addition of Waste Fiber Wire
Bending Strong Against Concrete",
Department of Civil Engineering
Faculty of Engineering, University of
Lancang Kuning, Pekanbaru, 2014.
Gunawan, A ,. (2014), "Review of
Compressive Strength, Strong Pull
177
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ENERGY RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY AT

INDRAGIRI HULU REGENCY RIAU PROVINCE
Muhammad Ariyon
Department of Petroleum Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Indragiri Hulu Regency is blessed with great and varied natural resource riches, such as
crude oil, coal, palm oil, sunlight, and peat. The many types of natural resources have
become the support for development at Indragiri Hulu Regency for the purpose of
reaching the well-being of the people. The use of the entire natural resources should be
carried out as optimally as possible without reducing or eliminating the opportunity on
the use of one or more types of resources. Therefore, a study on the strategy and priority
on the use of energy resources should be conducted so that the conflict of land use due
to the existence of more than one type of resource potentials may be avoided. The study
of the priority on the use of energy resource was conducted on the framework of
synchronizing policies between each sector of natural resource management, in order
to come in contact with the relationship between each energy resource and fulfilling the
principle of justification, continuity, optimality and environmentally friendly aspect. In
principle, all of the resources should be able to be used as optimally as possible for
much of the people’s welfare and the acceleration of sustainable development of
Indragiri Hulu. At present, only the wealth of energy resources that may be relied upon
for improving the economy of Indragiri Hulu Regency in the future. With the presence
of priority saving in funding, time and workforce necessary may be realized. Besides
that, it may increase efficiency in terms of resource allocation. The priority usage of
energy resource industry may also be considered as a guarantee for the investor
candidates to invest safely in Indragiri Hulu Regency. The research provided the
strategy and priority on the use of energy resources at Indragiri Hulu Regency. Priority
was drawn from the judgement of competent people various in the management of
natural resources using the method of Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP). It also used
SWOT analysis to formulate policy of energy resource development as research support
method. Economic, environmental and technical aspects are the main factors which are
used in AHP method. The main factors were devided into criteria and sub criteria which
could represent the characteristics of each energy resource. Dominant energy resources
as alternatives are crude oil, coal, oil palm plantation, sunlight and peat. The result of
analysis shows that coal has the highest priority, whereas the priority of oil palm
plantation, crude oil, sunlight, peat is second, third,fourth and fifth respectively. The
development of Indragiri Hulu Regency as a reliable region aimed toward the region of
Batam and to the area of Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore Growth Triangle, demands
great attention from the planners and executors of development. It is expected that the
study may become an input for regional government in formulating strategies in the use
of energy resources for sustainable development at Indragiri Hulu Regency.
Keywords: energy resource, Analytical Hierarchy Process, Strategy, Priority, SWOT
178
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION supporting decision-making models in

decision-making policy of prioritizing the
This study goes from the often thought of a utilization of natural resources in Indragiri
conflict of interest between each sector of Hulu Regency by accommodating all the
natural resource and energy management. interests of decision makers.
Laws on the management of natural
resources and energy work sectorally. Each OBJECTIVE
type of natural resources and energy has its
own laws, such as Law No. 44 of 1960 on a) Identify the potential of energy
Oil and Natural Gas which is then replaced resources in Indragiri Hulu Regency
by Law No. 22 of 2001, Law no. 11 of 1967 b) Prepare priority level of energy
on Mining Principles, Law No. 5 of 1967 resource development in Indragiri Hulu
on the updated Forestry Principle No. 41 of Regency.
1999 on Forestry, Maritime Law, c) Formulate energy resource
Geothermal Law, Fisheries Act (in the development strategy in Indragiri Hulu
Draft Law) and so on . All of these Act are Regency
derivatives of the constitution by adopting
a sectoral approach. This approach by itself 2. METHODOLOGY
does not touch the relationship between
any kind of natural resources and energy. 1. Identification of potential energy
Therefore, overlaps can not be avoided. resources in Indragiri Hulu Regency.
With the overlap, hopes to accelerate The identification of energy resources is
development are constrained. done using quantitative descriptive
method where the collected data is
Therefore, it is necessary to conduct a calculated to obtain new amount or
cross-sectoral assessment. If more than one value, such as the amount of
natural and energy resource exists in one infrastructure, the area of oil palm
location then a priority assessment of plantation. Then the results of the
natural resource and energy utilization analysis are explained back
should be undertaken. The overall descriptively with the aim of identifying
utilization of natural resources and energy potential energy resources developed in
must be optimized without reducing or Indragiri Hulu Regency.
eliminating the opportunity to utilize one or 2. Prepare priority level of energy
more types of resources. resource development in Indragiri
The priority determination of natural Hulu.
resources and energy will be faced with In the stage of preparing the priority
various complexities involving many level of energy resources development
aspects, such as economic aspects, social in Indragiri Hulu Regency using
aspects, environmental aspects, technical quantitative-qualitative descriptive
aspects, and other aspects. For complex methods, including sampling activities
problem solving this requires a using analitycal hierarchy process (AHP)
methodology of decision-making models questionnaire distributed to various
that use methodological instruments that departments related to this research,
can accommodate multicomplex problems then questionnaires that have been
with so many related parties that each have disseminated to various offices is an
different perceptions and interests. Based input for the AHP analysis using expert
on the above reasoning, it is expected that choice software, processed to obtain
AHP and SWOT Analysis methods can values that describe the priority level of
fulfill the applicative objectives as potential energy resources developed in
179
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Indragiri Hulu Regency and then utilization and development of energy

explained back descriptively. resources in Indragiri Hulu Regency for
3. Formulate efforts or strategies for sustainable development.
developing energy resources in
Indragiri Hulu. 3. RESULT AND DISCUSIONS
In this effort to arrange energy
development strategy or strategy in 1. Identification of Energy Resource
Indragiri Hulu Regency using Potential in Indragiri Hulu Regency
descriptive method, based on local Results of identification of potential energy
government policy then adjust to the resources in Indragiri Hulu District as shown
preparation of priority level of in Figure 1 and Table 1 below.
Picture 1 Map Distribution of Energy Resources of Indragiri Hulu Regency

Table 1 Potential of Energy Resources in Indragiri Hulu
No Energy Resources Information
Coal Reserves: 392,302,048 tons (96% Riau coal);
1 Calories: 5100 - 7100 Kcal; located in Peranap and
Siberida Subdistricts
Crude oil Lifting Minya Earth 2015 by 18,969,324.91 bbls
2 (2015); located in Lirik district
Palm Oil Waste Production Capacity = 1.005 ton-tbs / hour;
3 Potential Pome / day = 12.663 / day (ton). There are
almost all of Indragiri Hulu Regency
Sunlight All areas in Indragiri Hulu Regency get enough
4 sunlight to be used as a source of solar energy
Peat Peat area 375,067 Ha is located in Kuala Cenaku
5 Subdistrict
180
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
2. Energy Resources Development Priority in Indragiri Hulu Regency
A. Structure of Hierarchy in the Development of Energy Resources
Picture 2. Structure of the Hierarchy in the Development of Energy Resources
b. Selection of Respondents
181
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The resource persons are experts on the Industry and Cooperative Office of
utilization of natural resources and Indragiri Hulu Regency, and Association
energy in integrated systems of young entrepreneurs Riau and
(integrated and comprehensive - macro Academics. The selection of respondents
and micro conditions) whether is based on the consideration that their
practitioners, academics, or level of recognition and expertise on the
bureaucrats. Respondents in this study priority assessment of the utilization of
were 28 people, among others: from natural resources and energy for
Department of local government sustainable development in Indragiri
Indragiri Hulu Regency, Bhedalda Hulu is considered to answer / solve this
Indragiri Hulu Regency, Bawasda problem. Assessment by the respondents
Indragiri Hulu Regency, Mining and is based on the ability of perceptions,
Energy Office of Riau Province and reasoning, insight and instinct that relies
Indragiri Hulu Regency, Fishery and on their experience in development in
Marine Office of Riau Province, Indragiri Hulu on an ongoing basis.
Department of Food Crops of
Holtikultura and Fisheries Regency of a. Pengolahan Data AHP
Indragiri Hulu, Regional Revenue 1. Penentuan Bobot Faktor Utama
Service of Indragiri Hulu Regency, Terhadap Goal
Tabel 2 Bobot Faktor Utama Terhadap Goal

Weight Ranking
No Factor
Local Global
1. Economy 0.363 0.363 2
2. Environment 0.398 0.398 1
3. Technical 0.239 0.239 3
TOTAL 1 1
Inconsistency Ratio = 0.00
182
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
2. Determination of Criteria Weight and Sub Criteria

Level 0 Level I Level II Level III
(Faktor) (Kriteria) (Sub Kriteria)
Peng. Wil
Manfaat = 0.334* (0.042**)
Regional
= 0.346* (0.125 **) Pendapatan
Asli Daerah
= 0.228* (0.029**)
Pot. Pertumb
Daerah
Ekonomi
= 0.438* (0.055**)
= 0.363
Harga
Sumberdaya
Ketersediaan = 0.627* (0.05**)
(kelangkaan)
= 0.218* (0.079**) B. Ekstraksi
Marginal
= 0.373* (0.03**)
Biaya Investasi
= 0.331* (0.02**)
Finansial
Pengusahaan PBP
= 0.167* (0.061**) = 0.284* (0.017**)
Kemampulabaan
= 0.386* (0.023**)
Ekspor
= 0.602* (0.059**)
Orientasi
Pemasaran
Domestik
= 0.268* (0.097**)
= 0.398* (0.039**)
Prioritas
Kesempatan Kerja
Pemanfaatan
= 0.527* (0.105**)
SDA
Sosial Budaya
Tingkat
= 0.5* (0.199**)
Pendapatan
= 0.269* (0.053**)
Persepsi
Masyarakat
= 0.204* (0.041**)
Lingkungan
= 0.398
Dampak terhadap
ekosistem
= 0.444* (0.088**)
Lingkungan
Fisik Kebutuhan lahan
= 0.5* (0.199**) = 0.16* (0.032**)
Kebutuhan air
= 0.395* (0.079**)
Peralatan yang
digunakan
= 0.373* (0.039**)
Teknologi
= 0.442* (0.106**)
Pengolahan
= 0.627* (0.066**)
Teknis
= 0.239 Ketersediaan
Tenaga Kerja
Keterangan : Sumber Daya = 0.414* (0.055**)
* Prioritas Lokal Manusia
=0.558* (0.133**) Tingkat Pendidikan
** Prioritas Global
= 0.586* (0.078**)
Picture 3 Local Priorities and Global Factors, Criteria and Sub Criteria
183
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Determination of SDAE Alternative Weight

Table 3 Local Priorities and Alternative Global SDAE
Weight Alternative Local Weight of Alternative Local Weight of
SDAE Alternative Natural SDAE Alternative Natural
Sub Criteria Weight of SDAE Weight of SDAE
A B C D E A B C D E
Area Development .253 .229 .213 .139 .166 .011 .010 .009 .006 .007
Economic growth .283 .269 .157 .168 .122 .016 .015 .009 .009 .007
Potential PAD .297 .026 .134 .187 .114 .008 .008 .004 .005 .003
Resource Price .344 .232 .141 .166 .116 .017 .012 .007 .008 .006
B. Marginal Extraction .400 .207 .126 .159 .108 .012 .006 .004 .005 .003
Investment Cost .111 .151 .286 .147 .305 .002 .003 .006 .003 .006
Pay Back Period .125 .129 .300 .124 .323 .002 .002 .005 .002 .006
Profit (Profit) .366 .246 .108 .175 .105 .009 .006 .003 .004 .002
Export Market .303 .298 .105 .195 .099 .018 .017 .006 .011 .006
Domestic Market .140 .148 .271 .155 .285 .005 .006 .011 .006 .011
Employment Opportunity .197 .288 .225 .140 .150 .021 .030 .024 .015 .016
Degree of Pendaptan .334 .292 .117 .158 .099 .018 .016 .006 .008 .005
Public Perception .228 .300 .185 .147 .140 .009 .012 .008 .006 .006
Ecosystem Impacts .098 .133 .307 .119 .343 .009 .012 .027 .010 .030
Land requirements .292 .102 .184 .120 .303 .009 .003 .006 .004 .010
Water Requirement .379 .132 .138 .224 .129 .030 .010 .011 .018 .010
Tool .371 .243 .120 .168 .098 .015 .010 .005 .007 .004
Processing Technology .301 .322 .143 .128 .107 .020 .021 .009 .008 .007
Availability of Manpower .015
.174 .153 .271 .184 .217 .010 .008 .010 .012
e
Level of education .113 .218 .254 .130 .285 .009 .017 .002 .010 .022
Total Alternative Global Weight of SDAE .242 .233 .191 .179 .155
184
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. SDAE Priority Determination
Level 0 Level I Prioritas Level II Prioritas Level III Prioritas Level IV Prioritas
Global Faktor Global Kriteria Global Sub Kriteria Global SDA
Peng. Wil
Manfaat = 0.042
Regional
= 0.125 Pendapatan
Asli Daerah
= 0.029
Pot. Pertumb
Aspek Daerah
Ekonomi = 0.055
= 0.363
Harga
Sumberdaya
Ketersediaan = 0.05
(kelangkaan)
= 0.079 Biaya
Ekstraksi
Marginal = 0.03
Batubara = 0.242
Biaya Investasi
= 0.02
Finansial
Pengusahaan PBP
= 0.061 = 0.017
Kemampulabaan
= 0.023
Kelapa Sawit = 0,233
Ekspor
= 0.059
Orientasi Pemasaran
= 0.097 Domestik
= 0.039
Prioritas
Kesempatan Kerja
Pemanfaatan
= 0.105 Minyak Bumi =
SDA
0,191
Sosial Budaya
= 0.199 Tingkat Pendapatan
= 0.053
Persepsi Masyarakat
= 0.041
Aspek
Lingkungan
= 0.398 Dampak terhadap Cahaya Matahari =
ekosistem 0,179
= 0.088
Lingkungan
Fisik Kebutuhan lahan
= 0.199 = 0.032
Kebutuhan air Tanah Gambut=

= 0.079 0,155
Peralatan yang
digunakan
= 0.039
Teknologi
= 0.106 Pengolahan
= 0.066
Aspek
Teknis Ketersediaan Tenaga
= 0.239 Kerja
Sumber Daya = 0.055
Manusia
= 0.133 Tingkat Pendidikan
= 0.078
Picture 4 Priority of SDAE Utilization for Sustainable Development in Indragiri Hulu
185
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 4 Weight (likehood total) and Inter-Alternative Priority Utilization Natural resources
and energy
Alternative Weight Priority Order

Coal 0.242 1
Palm Oil Waste 0.233 2
Crude oil 0.191 3
Sunlight 0.179 4
Peat 0.155 5
Inconsistency Ratio = 0.00
3. Strategy of Development of Energy 2) infrastructure that is not sufficient to

Resources in Indragiri Hulu Regency support the energy resources
development
Strength (S) 3) Declining oil and gas production
1) the potential of energy resources in 4) The absence of standards that
Indragiri Hulu Regency both support the process of developing
renewable and non-renewable are energy resources from the beginning
very large, such as petroleum, coal, of the process to the public
biomass, peat, and sunlight 5) Inadequate transportation routes
2) Has experience and infrastructure in 6) KThe quality of human resources is
the process of exploiting and still low
processing petroleum energy 7) BSome energy resources can
resources produce pollution in the processing
3) Coal potential is spread in Indragiri process.
Hulu Regency with large reserves
(96% of coal in Riau Province is in
Indragiri Hulu Regency). Opportunity (O)
4) The extent of agricultural land and 1) Support from the Minister of ESDM
plantations in Indragiri Hulu through the National Energy Policy
Regency is a source for biomass (KEN) and National Energy
development Management (PEN)
5) Geographical position of Indragiri 2) Indonesia is a potential investment
Hulu Regency is strategic land
6) the area of Indragiri Hulu Regency 3) Renewable energy sources can
that is still sufficient in the reach remote areas
development of energy resources 4) Subregional economic cooperation
Weakness(W) 5) The opening of coordination of
energy management at district / city,
1) not all energy resources can be provincial, central and ASEAN
exploited because of their varying level
quality and quantity 6) Preduction of fuel subsidies
186
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Threat (T) 11. Community empowerment in the

development of energy resources
1) degradation of environmental
quality 12. The partnership of Indragiri Hulu
2) Land conflicts with the Regency government with the business
communityKhigher energy world in developing energy resources
consumption
3) the energy purchasing power of
consumers is still low 5. CONCLUSION
4) the uncertainty of investment law
1. Potential of energy resources in
Therefore, based on the results of the
Indragiri Hulu Regency are:
analysis that has been conducted and based
Petroleum, Coal, Waste Palm
on the priority objectives of energy
(Biomass), Sunlight and Peat Land
resources development in Indragiri Hulu
2. Priority of energy resource
Regency, the effort to develop energy
development in Indragiri Hulu
resources is described below:
Regency based on weighting using
1. Development of energy resources in AHP method is (1) Coal (0.242); (2)
Indragiri Hulu Regency that is Palm Oil Waste (0.233); (3)
environmentally and sustainably Petroleum (0.191); Sunlight (0.179);
Peatland (0.155)
2. Optimization and control in the 3. Activity of utilization of energy
development of energy resources both resources needs to be handled
existing and which will be developed professionally by keeping the
3. The development of basic infrastructure principles of economics so that the
that supports the development of energy government and local people can
resources enjoy their natural wealth.
4. Should be done guidance and
4.Research and training of human resources participation in the utilization of the
based on the development of energy SDE, by looking at the uniqueness
resources and potential of each region
combined with business activities as
5. Preparation of a clear legal framework of
a whole.
energy resources development in
5. To be able to compete in the era of
Indragiri Hulu Regency
globalization, the region needs to
6. Improved technology used in the learn tactical and strategic actions to
development and utilization of energy be ready later as a partner in the
resources energy resource development
industry
7. Increasing the efficiency of existing
fossil energy resources
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
8. Increased utilization of new renewable
energy resources and alternative energy Thanks to the Research Institute of the
Islamic University of Riau (LP UIR) which
9. Development of electric energy has provided financial support for research
generation by using the potential of energy activities and also to the Government of
resources in Indragiri Hulu Regency Indragiri Hulu Regency which has given
10. Improved access and equity of permission to conduct research as well as all
population services to energy sources of research
187
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Publishing, University of Pittsburgh,

Pittsburgh, 1982
REFERENCES Saaty, L. Thomas., Decision Making With
Bappeda dan Badan Pusat Statistik Dependence And Feedback The
Kabupaten Indragiri Hulu, Indragiri Analytic Network Process, RWS
Hulu Dalam Angka 2015, Pematang Publications, Pittsburgh, 1996
Reba, 2015 Sudradjat, Adjat., Teknologi dan
Bappeda Provinsi Riau, Neraca Sumber Manajemen Sumberdaya Mineral,
Daya Energi Provinsi Riau, Pekanbaru, ITB, Bandung, 1999.
2016 Suryadi, Kadarsah., Sistem Pendukung
Badan Promosi dan Investasi Provinsi Riau, Keputusan, Rosda, Bandung,
Riau Province Regional Profile and Wiramsya Agus., Penetapan Prioritas
Investment Opportunities, Penyediaan Energi Primer
Pekanbaru, 2015 Komersial di Indonesia
Badan Penanaman Modal Daerah Berdasarkan Pendekatan AHP,
Kabupaten Indragiri Hulu, Profil Tesis Magister ITB, 1999
Investasi di Kabupaten Indragiri
Hulu, Pematang Reba, 2015
Djajadiningrat, Surna T., M Suparmoko, M
Ratnaningsih, Natural Resource
Accounting for Sustainable
Development, Ministry of
Environtment and EMDI, 1992
Dunn, N. William., Pengantar Analisis
Kebijakan Publik, Gadjah Mada University
Press, Yogyakarta, 2000.
Laporan Analisis Mengenai Dampak
Lingkungan Rencana
Penambangan Batubara Daerah
Peranap, Kabupaten Indragiri
Hulu, PT Tambang Batubara Bukit
Asam, 1999
Laporan Studi Kelayakan Perkebunan
Kelapa Sawit (Kebun Plasma Pola-
KKPA), PT Perkebunan Nusantara
V, Pekanbaru, 2012
Pangaribuan Mangisi, Studi Penentuan
Prioritas Pengembangan Jenis
Industri di Pulau Batam, Tugas
Akhir, Jurusan Planologi ITB,
Bandung, 1992
Saaty, L. Thomas., Decision Making for
Leaders – The Analytical Hierarchy
Process for Decision in Complex
World, University of Pittsburgh,
Pittsburgh, 1986
Saaty, L. Thomas., dan Luis G. Vargas, The
Logic of Priorities, Kluwer. Nijhoff
188
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
GIVING CHLORELLA SP WITH DIFFERENT AMOUNT

FOR DEVELOPMENT MOINA SP
Rosyadi1, Agusnimar2, Abdul Fatah Rasidi3
1,2,3
Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
The study aimed to obtain the best amount of Chlorella sp for growth and breeding of
Moina sp. The research was conducted in a natural food culture laboratory at Fish Seed
Center Faculty of Agriculture Islamic University of Riau Pekanbaru. The test material
used by Moina sp and as feed was used Chlorella sp. The research design used was a
complete randomized design of one factor with four treatments and three repetitions.
The amount of Chlorella sp used in each treatment was 75x104 cells / L, 100x104 cells
/ L, 125x104 cells / L and 150x104 cells / L. The result of the research showed that the
highest density of Moina sp was 8,992 ind / L with Chlorella sp 150x104 cell / mL, with
peak population on day 14, and lowest density 1,942 ind / L on Chlorella sp 75x104 cell
/ L, with peak population on the 12th day. The highest growth rate of Moina sp
population in treatment of Chlorella sp as much as 150x104 cells / L was 5.12 (ind.2x10-
3xhari-1), and the lowest value was 75x104 cells / L of 3.58 (ind.2x10-3xday-1). The
water quality of culture media during the study was still supportive for the growth and
breeding of Moina sp.
Keywords: Chlorella sp, Growth Rate, Moina sp
problem is caused by the unavailability of

natural feed which suitable with age and size
1. INTRODUCTION of fish mouth opening.
Riau region has aquatic resources For larvae feed farmers usually use
large enough to be developed as natural food type Artemia sp, which feed is
aquaculture business, both fish farming in not available in all places and the price is
ponds and cultivation in floating net bags expensive. Therefore, there should be
(KJA). To meet the needs of such alternative natural feeds that fit the needs of
cultivation, fish seeds are required in fish larvae / seeds, such as Cladocera (water
quantity and quality and sustainable. The flea) type Moina sp.
production of fish seed produced from
government-managed fish stock (BBI) Moina sp as a seed feed has
and from the community hatchery unit advantages among others; Moina sp size is
(UPR) is still low. This is due to the high very suitable for the size of mouth opening of
mortality rate of larvae / fish seeds after larvae / fish seeds, the nature of Moina sp that
the egg yolk has been exhausted. This always move actively will attract the seed to
189
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
prey Moina sp. Moina sp has nutrient Referring to the study, researchers
content consisting of 37,38% protein, fat conducted the administration of Chlorella sp
13,29%, and coarse 0,00%, ash 11,0% and with different amounts for growth and
water content 99,60% (Marine and breeding of Moina sp. The purpose of the
Fishery Research Agency, 2006 in study to determine the best results of different
Wijayanti , 2010). amounts of Chlorella sp for the growth and
breeding of Moina sp. While the benefits of
Moina sp belongs to the research make Moina sp as an alternative
zooplankton group and if given to the natural food for larvae / fish and shrimp seeds.
larvae / seed the fish will provide the
stimulation to eat it, because the organism
has a slow movement. To grow Moina sp
as feed of larvae / fish seed, first must be 2. METHODOLOGY
done culture of feed. In the waters of The material used in this research is
Moina sp food consists of herbs and Moina sp, which comes from the pond around
detritus (the remnants of dissolved organic the fish seed hall of the Faculty of Agriculture
matter), among the plants are microalgae of the Islamic University of Riau Perhentian
(Chlorella sp). By culturing Chlorella sp Marpoyan Pekanbaru. Inokulum Chlorella sp
purely, it can be determined the amount of from labor Dahril, liquid organic fertilizer
feed that will be required by Moina sp for from the composting process of central
its growth and proliferation. market waste Pekanbaru, chicken manure. As
The resulting moina spin can be a culture medium of Chlorella sp and Moina
used as alternative feed for Tubifex worms sp, used mineral water (gallon) and drilling
in the form of frozen or fresh, on the well water.
hatchery of Siamese catfish, jelawat, Tools used include shelves of culture
gurami and mas. In addition Moina sp of Chlorella sp and Moina sp, 5 liters of water
fresh also used as a starter to grow natural gallon bottles, 5 liter plastic jars, aerators,
feed in the pond. Thus Moina sp has an aeration hoses, aeration stones, plankton net,
enormous opportunity to replace the measuring cups, petridish saucers, measuring
Tubifex worm as a fish larvae feed pipettes, haemacytometers , lux glass, handy
(Rianasari, 2009). caunter, bucket, basin and binocular
microscope with the equipment, 40 watt
Utilization of Chlorella sp as fluorescent lamps and a computer set.
zooplankton food has been done by other To measure water quality parameters used
researchers for the type of Rotifera equipment such as mercury thermometer to
(Brachionus sp). Hirayama et al., In Dahril measure temperature, litmus paper to
(1996), states there are two types of algae measure the degree of acidity (pH) of water,
namely Synechococcus elongates and then spectrophotometer to measure the
Chlorella sp can be the best food for content of phosphor and nitrogen elements.
Rotifer. From his research the optimal cell The design of the study was a complete
density required for Chlorella sp type is randomized design (RAL) with four
150x104 cells / ml. Then from the results treatments and three repetitions, the four
of research conducted Hirayana and treatments were: (P1) Chlorella sp
Ogawa (1972) in Dahril (1996), suggests administration with amount of 75x104 cells /
that Chlorella sp with a density of L, (P2) Chlorella sp giving 100x104 cells / L,
213x104 cells / ml in culture media, is the (P3) Administration of Chlorella sp with the
best density for Rotifer. amount of 125x104 cells / L and (P4)
190
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Administration of Chlorella sp with the include water temperature of culture media

amount of 150x104 cells / L. and acidity (pH) of water. Water quality
To calculate the number of Chlorella sp measurement is done every 2 days during the
used haemacytometer, and calculate the research.
population density of Moina sp is done
water culture media retrieval by filtering 3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
by using scop net. Then taken 5 mL and so The growth of Moina sp
on again taken 1 mL and placed in a
petridish plate. Then do the calculation by Observations made during the study on
using handy counter, counting done as the growth and proliferation of Moina sp
much as three times iteration. The value populations can be seen in Table 1.
taken for the next analysis is the average Table 1. Average Increase of Number of
value of each research container. The Individuals Moina sp Population
observation of Moina sp development is At Each Treatment During
done every 2 days for 16 days. This is Research (ind / L)..
based on the length of life Moina sp can
survive for 30 days (Mudjiman, 1985).
Water quality parameters measured
Day of Treatment (ind/L)
Observation to- P1 P2 P3 P4
0 30 30 30 30
2 217 392 475 725
4 358 467 667 925
6 525 625 867 1225
8 850 1108 1392 1650
10 1225 2467* 1875 2292
12 1942* 1758 4442* 4958
14 783 925 1667 8992*
16 192 617 1083 2750
Description: (*): Peak population Moina sp
Table 1 shows the population increase of of Chlorella sp is not sufficient for the growth
Moina sp, according to treatment and the and breeding of Moina sp.
day of observation of population increase For the administration of Chlorella
is not the same. Then the density of Moina sp as much as 150x104 cells / L, the increase
sp in each treatment, peak population on in Moina sp density was faster than that of
certain days, and then density will Chlorella sp as much as 125x104 cells / L, as
decrease. well as lower amount of administration. This
At the peak phase, the proliferation of is because if the availability of feed enough,
Moina sp occurs when feeding is in the then Moina sp will grow quickly.
form of Chlorella sp, in balance with the Radiopoetro (1983) in Zuhidah et al., (2012),
need for breeding of Moina sp. Then on says that in sufficient feed conditions, young
maintenance the next day Moina sp Daphnia sp. (Juvenil) will grow and change
density began to decline, as Moina sp skin to adult individuals and reproduce in
began to experience death. In this phase of parthenogenesis, resulting in the addition of
death the availability of food in the form individuals being several-fold.
191
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
For treatment of Chlorella sp as of 1 ppm obtained density of Moina sp as

much as 75x104 cells / L obtained peak much as 2,069.4 ind / L with peak population
population Moina sp on day-12 with Moina sp on day 8.
density as much as 1942 ind / L. Then
100x104 cells / L obtained peak When compared with the study of
population on day 10 with Moina sp Chlorella sp, the population density of Moina
density of 2467 ind / L, and 125x104 cell sp was higher. This is caused by the
/ L obtained peak population on day 12 application of Catalyst plankton fertilizer and
with density of Moina sp as much as 4442 liquid organic fertilizer Super ACI, a type of
ind / L, then for 150x104 cell / L treatment plankton that grows not one species and also
obtained peak population on day 14 with can not be sure the type of plankton that
density of Moina sp as much as 8992 ind / grows and develops. So the type of feed
L. needed by Moina sp has not been confirmed.
The peak population of Moina sp Then Muhasdika et al., (2015), in the

in each treatment during the study, began study of bokashi fertilizer on household
to occur on days 10 to 14. This peak wastewater as culture medium, peak of
population can be caused by the number of Moina sp population occurred on day 8, with
feed given is not optimal. So for growth density of 13400 ind / L. While treatment
and breeding takes a relatively long time. without bokashi fertilizer, peak population
Mudjiman (1985), explains that Moina sp Moina sp occurred on day-to-6, with a
well maintained will reach the peak of density of 4260 ind / L.
growth and breeding on day 8 and 9. This can be due to the wastewater of
From Rosyadi's research (2005), many households containing the remains of
by giving Plankton Catalyst the highest organic matter (detritus) which is the food of
density of Moina sp at dose 15 mg / L, Moina sp. According to Mudjiman (1985),
2,232.6 ind / L and peak of Moina sp on Moina sp commonly lives in contaminated
10th, and lowest dose 20 mg / L 970 ind / waters of organic matter, such as in ponds
L with the peak of the population on the and swamps, many waters contain rotten
12th day. Furthermore, Rosyadi (2013), wood and animal dung. To see the
adding with the provision of complete development of Moina sp is presented in
liquid organic fertilizer (POCL) ACI dose Figure 1.
10000
Kepadatan Moina
8000
6000
Ind/L
P1
sp
4000 P2
2000 P3
0 P4
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Pengamatan (hari)
Figure 1. Average Graph of Increasing Number of Individuals Moina Population sp Every
Treatment During Research (ind / L)
Figure 1 shows the growth graph of is still low, at which time Moina sp is still in
Moina sp on the 2nd day until the 8th day the adaptation phase or adjustment to the
191
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
environment. Then on the 10th day Moina the number of population of Moina sp
sp showed faster growth. This indicates increases, while the number of available
that Moina sp has been able to utilize Chlorella sp same in each treatment, so
Chlorella sp as optimal feed. Suwignyo et Moina sp began to experience death.
al., (2005), says the food of Moina sp is
composed of phytoplankton, organic According to Purwantini (2009) in
matter detritus (detritus), and small Darmawan (2014), the increase in population
animals (zooplankton). growth of Daphnia sp occurs because at the
time before reaching the peak, the
Next Hara (2007) in Rianasari (2009), concentration of feed contained in the media
Moina sp food in nature consists of is more than the maintenance requirement
phytoplankton, particles of organic matter, (the amount of feed that has no effect on
and bacteria. While Mudjiman (1985), growth) from Daphnia sp.
said the type of food is good for its growth
is bacteria and phytoplankton. Then Odum Furthermore, Noerdjito (2004) in
(1971), explains the fluctuations in Darmawan (2014), Daphnia sp growth
population development can occur due to pattern is influenced by several factors, such
changes in the physical environment or as physical condition of waters, feed type,
interaction between individuals in getting and feed concentration. When these three
food. factors are favorable, the growth rate of
Daphnia sp will take place more rapidly and
For the administration of Chlorella sp result in a higher population peak. Then
as much as 150x104 cells / L, there was a Freshwater Cultivation Center (1984),
decrease in Moina sp density from 8,992 Daphnia sp population decreases when
ind / L to 2,750 ind / L. In contrast to other available feed is not sufficient, this occurs
treatments the decrease in population due to competition of feed.
density of Moina sp is not dractically
significant. Decreased Moina sp density, The result of variance analysis shows
caused because Moina sp started to die. that the administration of Chlorella sp with
different amounts gives a different effect.
Moina sp death due to the availability Further test results of BNT Moina density sp
of Chlorella sp food is not proportional to are presented in Table 2.
the total population of Moina sp. Where as
Table 2. Advanced BNT Test Results Population Density Moina sp

Treatment Population density of Moina sp
P1 (Chlorella sp with total 75x104 sel/L) 191.66 b
P4 (Chlorella sp with total 150x104 sel/L) 2750 a
Based on the results of further test To see the relationship between the
of BNT density of Moina sp in the above number of maintenance days of Moina sp
table, showed that treatment of P4 gave density during maintenance, can be explained
very significant different result to by the regression equation in the graph of Fig.
treatment of P1, P2 and P3 at 99% 2.
confidence level.
192
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 2. Graph of Relationship Between the Number of Days Maintenance Against Moina
Density During Maintenance (ind / L)
cells / L maximum density of Moina sp can
occur after 106.89 days.
FIG. 2 illustrates that, by administering
Chlorella sp as much as 75x104 cells / L,
the maximum density of Moina sp
occurred after 9.84 days, for 100x104 cell Population Growth Rate of Moina sp
/ L of maximum density after 9.98 days From the result of data analysis of population
and Chlorella sp 125x104 cell / L increase of Moina sp, got population growth
maximum density after 11.64 days. As for rate of Moina sp. To see data of population
the provision of Chlorella sp 150x104 growth rate of Moina sp during observation
is presented in Table 3.
Table 3. Mean Population Growth Rate of Moina sp of Each Treatment During the Study
(ind.x2x10-3x day-1)
Treatment / Growth Rate
Day of Observation to-
P1 P2 P3 P4
2 0.99 1.28 1.38 1.59
4 0.62 0.69 0.78 0.86
6 0.48 0.51 0.56 0.62
8 0.42 0.45 0.48 0.50
10 0.37 0.44 0.41 0.43
12 0.35 0.34 0.42 0.43
14 0.23 0.24 0.29 0.41
16 0.12 0.19 0.22 0.28
Total 3.58 4.14 4.54 5.12
Mean 0.447 0.517 0.567 0.640
In Table 3 shows that during the Moina sp population at each treatment, the
observation of the rate of growth of the highest growth rate was observed on day 2.
192
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
However, on the same day observations, macro and micro nutrients contained in the
for treatment of Chlorella sp as much as culture medium.
75x104 cells / L, population growth rate
was lower when compared with the Table 3 also shows that, overall, the
treatment of giving Chlorella sp with more rate of population growth of Moina sp at all
number. This is because the availability of treatments, decreased during observation
food for Moina sp is not sufficient for its time, which began on the 4th day until the
growth rate. 16th.
According to Priyambodo (2004), However, the results of the total

in culturing Moina sp availability of feed population growth rate, showed different
is very decisive to the rate of population results from each treatment of Chlorella sp
growth, if there is a lack of nutrients or from lowest to highest (P1-P4). The highest
nutrients in the media material can cause a population growth rate was obtained in the
decrease in the rate of growth. amount of Chlorella sp of 150 x 104 cells / L
Cahyaningsih (2006) states that the of 5.12 ind.2x10-3 x days-1, while the lowest
growth of Brachionus plicatilis relies was 75 x 104 cells / L of 3.58 ind.x 2x10-3x
heavily on nutrients or elements of both day- 1. More details of population growth
rate of Moina sp can be seen in Figure 3.
2
(ind. 2 x 10-3 x hari -
1.5
1 P1
1)
P2
0.5
P3
0
P4
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Waktu pengamatan (hari)
Figure 3. Graph of Population Growth Rate of Moina sp at Each Treatment During

Observation (% / day)
Figure 3 shows the rate of Mudjiman (1985), said that in
population growth of Moina sp after the culturing Moina sp availability of feed is very
2nd day observation, the population decisive to the rate of population growth. If
growth rate decreased. Where in the there is a lack of nutrients in the media
measurement of day 2 the rate of material can cause a decrease in the rate of
population growth of Moina sp is quite growth of the population of Moina sp or even
high, because the food supply is still experience mass death.
sufficient for the needs of growth and
breeding. But on the next day's Quality of Water
observations until the 16th day, the rate of During the research measurement of
growth of the Moina sp population was water quality parameters, the parameters
lower. This is because the food supply observed are listed in Table 4.
continues to decrease as the population of
Moina sp increases, while the amount of
chlorella sp administered remains the
same during the study for each treatment.
2
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 4. Measurement of Water Quality Parameters on Culture Media Each Treatment

During Research
Treatment
No Quality of Water
P0 P1 P2 P3
o
1 Temperature ( C) 25-28 25-28 25-28 25-28
2 pH 6,0-6,5 6,0-6,5 6,0-6,5 6,0-6,5
The culture medium temperature at 1. Giving Chlorella sp with different

each treatment ranged from 25-28 oC. The amounts very significant effect on
temperature difference during the study the growth and breeding of Moina
took place at 3 oC, where the temperature sp.
range of culture media was still relatively
small. Moina sp develops into adulthood for 2. Moina sp highest density of 8,992
5 days at ambient temperature 21-31oC. ind / L with Chlorella sp 150x104
Mudjiman (1985), said the good cell / mL, with peak population on
temperature range for Moina sp's day 14.
maintenance business ranges from 27-31oC. 3. The lowest density of Moina sp.
Next Priyambodo (2004), describes the 1,942 ind / L with Chlorella sp
temperature for maintenance of Moina sp 75x104 cells / L, with peak
cultivated constant in the range of 27-300C. population on day 12.
From the measurement results of
acidity (pH) water culture media during the
study ranged from 6.0-6.5. In the waters of REFERENCES
Moina sp commonly found in aquatic Balai Budidaya Air Tawar. 1984. Kultur
conditions that have a pH of water above 6.0. Pakan Alami (Daphnia sp).
So Moina sp is not and rarely found in Direktorat Jenderal Perikanan,
aquatic environments with acidity (pH) of Balai Budidaya Air Tawar.
water below 6. Djarijah (1995), said that Sukabumi. 4 halaman
Moina sp can live well in the water pH
range between 6.5-7.4. Then Pennak (1989) Cahyaningsih, S. 2006. Petunjuk Teknis
in Darmawan (2014), explains Cladocera sp Produksi pakan Alami.
requires a slightly alkaline pH of between Departemen Kelautan dan
6.5 and 8.5. Furthermore Leung (2009), Perikanan Dirjen Perikanan
adding that the optimum pH for growth of Budidaya. Balai Budidaya air
Daphnia sp is pH 7.0 - 8.2. Daphnia sp and Payau Situbondo. 25 halaman.
Moina sp belong to one cluster ie Cladocera
Dahril, T. 1996. Rotifer Biologi dan
or water flea, and have similar
Pemanfaatannya. UnriPress. 93
environmental conditions.
halaman
Darmawan, J. 2014. Pertumbuhan Populasi
Daphnia sp Pada Media Budidaya
4. CONCLUSION Dengan Penambahan Air Buangan
From the results of research that has Budidaya Ikan Lele Dumbo
been done, can be drawn conclusion as (Clarias gariepinus BURCHELL,
follows: 1822). Berita Biologi. 13 (1): 57-63
196
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Djarijah. 1995. Pakan Ikan Alami. Kanisius. Alternatif Pengganti

Yogyakarta. 86 halaman. Cacing Tubifex
Rosyadi. 2005. Uji Penggunaan Plankton
Leung ,Y. F. J. 2009. Reproduction of the Catalyst Terhadap Perkembangan
Zooplankton, Daphnia carinata Moina sp. Jurnal Dinamika
and Moina australiensis: Pertanian. Vol. XX (1):
Implication as Live Food for
Aquaculture and Utilization of Rosyadi. 2013. Pemberian Pupuk Organik
Nutrient Loads in Effluent. School Cair Lengkap (POCL) Super ACI
of Agriculture, Food, Wine - The Dengan Dosis Berbeda Terhadap
University of Adelaide. Adelaide. Perkembangbiakan Moina sp.
189 p Jurnal Dinamika Pertanian .Vol.
XXVIII (2): 153 - 160
Mudjiman, A. 1985. Makanan Ikan. Suwignyo, S., B. Widigdo., Ardianto, dan
Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta. 190 M. Krisanti. 2005. Avertebrata Air
halaman. Jilid 2. Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta.
Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamental 188 halaman.
Ecology. 3-rd ed W.B Sounder Co. Toronto. Wijayanti, K. 2010. Pengaruh Pemberian
574 p. Pakan Alami Yang Berbeda
Muhasdika, C., Rosyadi dan T.I. Johan. Terhadap Sintasan dan
2015. Pemberian Pupuk Bokashi Pertumbuhan Benih Ikan Palmas
Dengan Dosis Berbeda Pada Media (Polypterus senegalus Cuvier,
Air Limbah Rumah Tangga 1829). Fakultas Matematika dan
Terhadap Perkembangan Populasi Ilmu Pengetahuan Alam
Moina sp. Jurnal Dinamika Departemen Biologi Akuakultur.
Pertanian. Vol.XXX (1): 69-75 Depok. 48 halaman.
Priyambodo, K. 2004. Budidaya Pakan Zuhidah., W. Gunawan dan U. Subhan.
Alami Untuk Ikan. Penebar 2012. Pertumbuhan Populasi
Swadaya. Jakarta. 63 halaman. Daphnia sp Yang Diberi Pupuk
Limbah Budidaya Karamba Jaring
Rianasari., T.S.A. Nugroho dan M.A.
Hamid. 2009. Budidaya Apung (KJA) Di waduk Cirata
Massal Moina sp Dengan Yang Telah Difermentasi EM4.
Media Chlorella sp Sebagai Jurnal Akuatika. Vol. III (1): 84-94
197
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ANALYSIS OF THE COMPETITIVENESS OF FARMING OIL

PALM PEOPLE BENGKALIS REGENCY IN MANDAU
Sri Ayu Kurniati1, Welly Sampurno2

1,2
Department of Agribusiness, Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau
Abstract
World market outlook is good for palm-based products and is believed to increase farmers
' productivity, open employment opportunities, and increase the purchasing power of rural
communities as well as an overview of economic efficiency and financial efficiency of farm
input allocations and the best policy directions formulated by the government. The purpose
of this research is to: 1) identify the characteristics of farmers, 2) analyze the financial and
economic benefits, 3) analyze the competitiveness of oil palm farming, and 4) analyze the
impact of government policy on competitiveness. This research used a survey method in the
Mandau Sub-district of Bengkalis Regency with sample number 90 people. Data analysis
using descriptive method and quantitative analysis of the Policy Analysis Matrix (PAM).
The results of research on the characteristics of farmers stated that the average age of
farmers 45 years, low educated, 14 years of farming experience, and the average number of
family members 3 souls. Palm oil farming benefits financially and economically as well as
has a competitive and comparative advantage owing to more than one PCR and DRCR
scores. The Government's policy on output causes domestic output prices to be higher than
international prices while the Government's protection against inputs and producers receives
subsidies so they can buy at low prices. The policy on input-output has not been fully
effective in protecting oil palm farmers, in Sub-district Mandau, Bengkalis District.
Keywords: Competitiveness, Oil Palm, PAM, Input-Output Analysis
1. INTRODUCTION
Agriculture as one of the dominant sector improve and increase yield, diversify the
in the improvement of people's income is also quality of the production, processing and
a flagship sector work opportunities, ultimately as a contributor to the country's
expanding markets both at home and abroad, foreign exchange from the sector's non oil and
198
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
gas. Special sub plantation sector, Indonesia palm plantation acreage . Large of acreage, the
has oil palm crop commodities, where the number of production and productivity of oil
development program and the development of palm in Indonesia in the past year 2011-2015
palm oil increased and prospects the world continues to increase, including a look at the
market for Palm oil-based products are quite following table:
good, encouraging Governments to develop oil
Table 1.Extensive Acreage, production and productivity of oil palm in Indonesia
Years Wide area (ha) Production Productivity (kg/ha) Growth (%)

(tonnes)
2011 8,992,824 23,096,541 3,526 -
2012 9,572,715 26,015,518 3,722 0.05
2013 10,465,020 27,728,004 3,536 -0.05
2014 10,754,801 29,278,189 3,601 0.02
2015 11,300,370 31,284,306 3,679 0.02
Source: Directorate General of plantations, 2016
Based on table 1 an increase in acreage, The development of oil palm plantations

number of vast production, in the form of palm the people of in the Mandau is an opportunity
oil (CPO), and the resulting productivity year in the improvement of the economy of the
caused by topography, moisture, and fertile community. This relates to the existence of
soil for the growth of oil palm plant, the support from local authorities against palm oil
increase of farmers ' income increase due to the
plantation business people and the emergence
prestige, as well as the power to choose the of some industries that use raw materials from
relatively still higher when compared with the oil palm production results. Perpetrators of
substitution products such as coconut oil, farming oil palm in the Mandau is plantation,
soybean oil, corn oil, sunflower seed oil even. where among other issues facing the low
Riau as one province famous for its productivity and the quality of its results that
palm oil plantations are known to have the cause the price farmers received fluctuate,
largest acreage, spacious in Indonesia, namely technology the production applied in farming
during the years 2012 covering an area of is still simple starting from nursery up to the
6,384.54 hectares, the year 2013 m2 6,647 handling of his crop. The use of input farming
hectares, and the year 2014 m2 7,037.64 are generally provided by farmers and became
hectares. Broadly this area gathered from area one of the factors that make productivity has
plantations across Regency/city in Riau not been optimal. Palm oil plantations were
Province. Bengkalis Regency, although only cultivated by the people in District
has an area of 7.6% of the total area of Government believed the Mandau can help
plantations in Riau Province contribute to the alleviate poverty because it can increase the
extensive acreage and increase the amount of productivity of farmers, open up employment
production. Sub Mandau has the largest opportunities, and improve the purchasing
production i.e. 812,927.8 tonnes TBS or 48.94% power of the community the countryside, as
of total production of the Regency of well as the image of economic efficiency and
Bengkalis (Department of Forestry plantations the efficiency of the use of appropriations
and the Regency of Bengkalis, 2015). against the financial input of farming and the
199
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
direction of the best policy formulated by the Descriptive statistical methods used, i.e.
Government. Based on the background so the methods to collect, summarize, presenting, and
purpose of this study is to: 1) Knowing the describes the data so as to provide useful
characteristics of farmers, 2) Analyze profit information (Nisfiannoor, 2009), include old
(profitability) is financially and economically, age, education, experience, effort and number
3) Analyze power competitiveness of farming of members family,
Palm oil, and 4) Analyze impact Government Method for analyze the financial and
policy towards the competitiveness of farming economic advantages, competitiveness, and
oil palm the impact of government policies is the Policy
Analysis Matrix (PAM). Some steps needs to
be done, namely:
METHODOLOGY
a. Identify the input in farming oil palm in
This research using survey method in full
Bengkalis Regency Mandau, arguing that this b. Assignment of the input components to
region has the largest oil palm productivity tradable inputs (input are traded in
levels in Bengkalis and farmers who cultivate international markets, either import or
oil palm plantations are typically the peasant export) and non tradable inputs (input
folk. The population in this study are all generated in the domestic market and not
farmers who cultivate oil palm crops as staple traded International).
jobs. Sample farmers deliberately dictated on c. Determination of shadow prices of inputs
farmers who have plant oil palm yield (TM) and outputs.
and age of the plant more than 10 years that 1. Shadow price of inputs, the same as the
came from the village of Internal Batuah, new financial price i.e. land, seeds,
hope, Chamfer, and Pamesi, with the total fertilizers, pesticides, and labor.
sample was 90 people are farmers. Shadow price of land and seeds are in
Data collection consisted of primary data price that applies in the area of
and secondary data (Kuncoro, 2003). Primary research. The price of urea fertilizers
data obtained through surveys in the field shadows refer to price FOB because
through direct interviews with sample peasant urea is already produced in Indonesia
to based on a detailed questionnaire, including even exported, while fertilizer TSP,
variable production inputs (seeds, fertilizers, ZA, and NPK refers to the price CIF as
pesticides, labor, and equipment), the price of it still imported. Shadow price of labor
inputs, the number of production, and data based on wages in place of research.
other related research. While secondary data 2. The output shadow price, with the CPO
include a general overview of the area, as its output, is determined by FOB at
population, area, production, acreage and the nearest port. CPO output shadow
productivity of palm oil, which is obtained pricing is influenced by the exchange
from the relevant agencies, such as the Office rate so that the price of currency
of the district, BPS, and Office of the estate exchange shadow by standard
conversion factors (SCF) according to
𝑂𝐸𝑅
RESULT AND DISCUSSION Gittinger (1986) is needed: SER= 𝑆𝐶𝐹
1. The characteristics of the oil palm Where :
Growers SER = Shadow Exchange Rate
OER = Official Exchange Rate
200
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
SCF = Standard Conversion Rate Mt = Indonesian import value year t

Conversion factor value is ratio of (Rp)
import and export value plus tax, can TXt = t year export tax (Rp)
be determined as follows: TMt = t year import tax (Rp)
𝑋𝑡+𝑀𝑡
SCFt = (𝑋𝑡−𝑇𝑋𝑡)+(𝑀𝑡+𝑇𝑀𝑡)
1. Tabulations and analyses the indicators
matrix of policy
Information: The complete tabulations matrix PAM is
Xt = Indonesian export value year t as follows:
(Rp)
Table 2. PAM Matrix Constituents Component (Policy Analysis Matrix)
The Cost Of Factors Of Production

Component Acceptance Advantage
Tradable Non Tradable
Private price A B C D=A–B–C
The price of the E F G H = E – F-G
social
Deviation I=A–E J=B–F K = C-G L=I–J–K
Source: Pearson et al (2005)
Description: b. Social Benefits/ Social Profitability(H) =
A = Acceptance Private E–F–G
B = The Cost Of Tradable Private It is the difference between the receipts
C = Cost Of Non Tradable Private with the rest of the cost calculated using the
D = Profit Private prices of the shadow. If the value of H > 0
E = Social Acceptance means perfect competition market condition,
F = Cost Of Tradable Input Social the commodities business activities
G = Cost Input Of Non Tradable Social economically profitable.
H = Social Benefit
I = Transfer Output 3. Analysis of the competitiveness of
J = Transfer Of Tradable Input a. Analysis of competitive advantage
K = Transfer Factor The private cost ratio (Private Cost Ratio)
L = Net Transfer is an indicator of the competitiveness of
the competitive advantage that illustrates
2. Analysis of Financial and Economic the financial efficiency of a commodity. If
Benefits the value of PCR < 1, then the commodity
a. Advantage Private/ Private system capable of financing its domestic
Profitability(D) = A – B – C factors on price. The smaller the PCR then
is the difference between acceptance and these commodities increasingly have
all costs incurred and is calculated using competitiveness. Formula PCR = C/A-B
market rates. D value > 0 means a commodity b. Analysis of comparative advantage
that is financially feasible to be organized on Cost ratio domestic resource (Domestic
the conditions of the existence of government Resource Cost Ratio) describes the
intervention. economic efficiency as an indicator of
comparative advantage which shows the
201
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
number of the domestic resources that can costs. A positive value of J (J > 0)
be saved to make one unit of foreign shows the social price of foreign input.
exchange. If the DRCR < 1 means As a result the producers paying more
economically efficiency and can be more expensive inputs. Conversely, if J < 0
efficient when it is produced in the country shows government subsidies towards
compared with the import (for commodity foreign input, so that farmers do not
import substitution) or a high export pay full social korbanan that should
opportunities (for commodity export have paid.
orientation). The Formula Of The DRCR b. input nominal protection Coefficient/
= G/E-F Nominal Protection's on Input an
indicator that shows the level of
4. Analysis of the impact of Government Government protection against
policy domestic input prices. If the value of
Policy Impact Analysis Output NPCI < 1 then Government policies are
a. Transfer The Output/ Output Transfer(I) protective of the input and the input
=A–E producers receive subsidies over
It is the difference between the value foreign tradable so that manufacturers
of acceptance based on the price of can buy with lower prices. If the value
financial and social acceptance based of NPCI > 1 then there is protection
on price. Positive output transfer against foreign producers of tradable
values reflect the magnitude of the input, which causes the sectors using
transfer from the public to the these inputs will be adversely affected
manufacturer because the public buys by the high cost of production. Formula
the output at a price above the price NPCI = B/F
should be. While the negative output c. Transfer factor (K) is an indicator used
transfer value indicates that the to analyze the impact of the
applicable policy resulted in output Government's policy against the non
prices manufacturers received is lower tradable inputs. If K is positive means
than the price should be. there is a Government policy which is
b. Output protection Coefficient nominal/ to protect domestic input producers.
Nominal Protection's on Output is the The Formula K = C-G
ratio between the reception and the
acceptance of financial prices based Policy Impact Analysis Input-Output
upon a social price. If the value of a. the NET Transfer (L) is the difference
NPCO > 1 means government policy between the net profit actually accepted
resulted in output prices in the local the manufacturer with its social net
market higher than the price on the profit, whether adverse or favorable to
world market. Formula NPCO = A/E the farmers. The value L > 0 the surplus
Policy Impact Analysis Inputs informed that additional manufacturers
a. Transfer input/ Input Transfer(J) = B-F caused by the existence of a
indicates that the input policy expected Government policy against input and
in tradable inputs caused the output. L = D – H
difference between the input costs b. effective protection Coefficient
privately tradable and tradable input (Effective Protection's) is an indicator
202
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
of the overall impact of policy inputs production costs are greater than social
and outputs of the system of production costs to produce. The Formula Of The
of commodities in the country. The SRP = L/A-B
value of the EPC describing the extent
to which government policies are to
protect or inhibit domestic production. 1. The Characteristics Of The Oil Palm
The value 1 means > EPC policies Growers
protecting domestic manufacturers a. Age , describe the level of maturity of the
effectively. Formula EPC = A-B/E-F attitude of each individual and affect the
c. Profit Coefficients (Profitability's) way of thinking and the ability of the
describes the overall influence of the power of the individual to work. Usually
policies that led to the private profit in younger farmers will be stronger and
contrast to social benefits. If the value enterprising work if compared to the
of the PC > 1 then the Government farmers who are old, beside that young
policy of making profits received by farmers will also receive faster innovation
producers is smaller when compared and more dynamic. But sometimes less
with no policy. Formula PC = D/H young farmers can control the emotions
d. the ratio of the Value of subsidies for when faced with problems in farming, this
producers (Ratio of Subsidies to often makes young farmers taking
Producers) indicate the level of decisions in a hurry. For more details the
addition and subtraction of acceptance characteristics of the farmer according to
due to Government policy. The value of age groups can be seen in the following
the SRP < 0 means government policies table:
caused the manufacturer pulled out
Table 3.characteristics of the Farmer according to age groups

Age (years) The number of farmers Percentage (%)
(soul)
25-34 11 12.22
35-44 33 36.67
45-54 29 32.22
55-64 16 17.78
65-74 1 1.11
The total number of 90 100.00
Based On Table 3 Note that the b. Long Education , having regard to the power
aged farmer most range between 35-44 of reason , the attitude of the , and the
year i.e. 36.67 % of total sample with an behavior of farmers . As high education
average age overall was 4 5.67 years . The then managed efforts tend to be more
sample included farmers age categories rational to take advantage of educational
age productive so farmers work societies, either obtained a formal or non
productivity is high enough. When one is formal. Long education that traveled every
in the age of productive results obtained farmer here's what affects and
more work and income increased. distinguishes the mindset of every farmer,
as in the following table:
203
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 4.characteristics of the Farmer according to Long Education
Duration (years) The number of farmers (soul) Percentage (%)

0-4 24 26.67
5-9 48 53.33
10-14 18 20.00
Based On Table 4 it can be explained c. Experience farmer business, closely related

that most of the farmers have only a low to the level of skill and the ability of
education level, i.e. JUNIOR HIGH farmers in managing his oil palm farming
SCHOOL graduates about 5 3.33 % . The and ability to adopt technology that
high education of farmers have indicated developed aquaculture as well as the rate
to the inability to give a decision as to of speed in accessing the market as well as
whether it works or not in order to improve the ability to handle and manage farmer
the standard of living of the family. The business. Based on the research note that
low level of education of the farmers the farmers owned farming experience
shows that the quality of human resources varies. For more details can be seen in the
of farmers is not adequate in the following table:
development of agribusiness and access Table 5. characteristics of the Farmer
job opportunities outside agriculture. according to Experience Business farmer
The number of farmers

Business experience (years) Percentage (%)
(soul)
5-11 32 35.56
12-18 40 44.44
19-25 14 15.56
26-32 4 4.44
Based On Table 5 it is known that in General farming experience ranges from 1 2 -1 8

years as much as 44.44 % or an average of 14, 0 7 years. It turns out farmers simply have
experience in running a business activity of the Palm so it has a good knowledge of against
the process of cultivation and the survival of his business.
d. The number of members of the family, from wife, children, and other family members who live
together and be a family dependents. The number of family members can be a burden for
families and can also be a source of labor to increase family income. Big nothingness family
dependants is closely related to family income. Large of land farmer who usually relatively
fixed so magnitude of family dependents becomes a factor that will influence the level of well-
being of the farming family. The distribution of the number of family members, in this case
including the head of the family farmer, seen in the following table:
204
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 6.characteristics of the Farmers according to the number of family members
The number of family members The number of farmers

Percentage (%)
(persons) (soul)
1-3 55 61.11
4-6 34 37.78
>6 1 1.11
Table 6 shows that the number of

members of the family farmers who are 2. Analysis of Financial and Economic
among the most dominant 1-3 the soul Benefits
which is around 6 1.11 % or an average of Data reception, costs and profits at the
3 soul. The greater number of members of next table used to calculate the values that
family who became dependents family become indicators of competitiveness and the
then it will lower the capita income, impact of Government policy towards the
because as members of the family will competitiveness of farming oil palm in
lead to ever increasing expenses. It leads Bengkalis Regency Mandau .
to difficult to farmers out of poverty.
Table 7. The results of the analysis PAM Farming oil palm in Bengkalis Regency, Mandau, 2017
The Cost Of Factors Of

Component Acceptance Production Advantage
Private price 91,996.0 1,432.2 936.3 89,627.2
The price of social 34,748.0 1,690.0 1,105.2 31,952.8
Divergence 57,248.0 -257.8 -168.6 56,821.6
Based on Table 7 Note that Palm resulting oil palm productivity is still below the
farming in the Mandau is profitable, both potential production plus the applicable prices
financially as well as economy. This can be constantly fluctuate. Although there have been
seen from the advantages of private and social interventions from the Government in terms of
benefits were positive. Selling price of granting subsidies for fertilizer, but still
production at the level of farmers join in required policies that provide greater impact
influencing the value of acceptance, where the for production of farming oil palm farmers.
prices prevailing at the time the research is The average profit earned by farmers on
$1,840/kg TBS. private Profit is positive farming oil palm in the Mandau Rp
indicative of government intervention in 57,248/hectare. This value indicates that the
farming in oil palm Mandau Sub district. absence of Government policy then farmers
However, farmers still pulled out the high cost will take advantage of that value. The high
of production for farming especially for value of profits caused by the high value of the
fertilizer and labor wages. Besides the acceptance of the farmer, and this value is far
205
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
greater than the social benefits are issued. The 4.3 analysis of the competitiveness of
magnitude of the social acceptance because of Previous calculations have been performed
the shadow price of palm oil is much higher against the value of the currency conversion.
than the actual price. Shadow price is higher Conversion value gained 1.18 dollars to the
than the actual prices shows that the price of value of current research at Rp 13,436 so
palm oil in foreign countries is higher than in shadow prices obtained by the exchange rate of
the country. Rp 11,385.19. The results of the analysis of
competitiveness can be seen in the following
table:
Table 8. Analysis of the competitiveness of farming oil palm in Bengkalis Regency Mandau,
2017
The value
No. Indicator Private profit (USD/ha) Social benefits ($/ha)
of the
1 PCR 0.01 89,627.2 -
2 DRCR 0.03 - 31,952.8
Based on the results of research on Overall the results of the analysis of

Table 8 Note that PCR value of farming oil competitiveness shows that Government
palm in place research is 0.044 upon the policies on oil palm farming in the Mandau is
advantages of private price of Rp 85,085,693. able to enhance competitive advantage but an
The value of PCR positive and it is smaller increase in the use of tradable input containing
than one. These values indicate that in order to Import component in an increasingly intensive
get the added value output of one unit at the farming led to comparative advantage has
price of extra required private fee on domestic decreased.
factors less than one unit of 0.01 or as much as
a unit. 3. Analysis of the impact of Government
While the value of the DRCR of 0.03 indicated policy
that domestic resource allocation on a Palm Impact Of Policy Outputs
farming in the Mandau has reached Data on the magnitude of the Transfer
economically efficiency so as to have a of the Output (TO) and Nominal Output
comparative value. This means that domestic Protection Coefficient (NPCO) as an indicator
factors are needed to increase the added value of the impact of government policies can be
of palm oil in relatively smaller Mandau i.e. seen in the following table:
amounting to 0.03 units. The value of the social
benefits / hectare as his shadow prices i.e.
prices that are not government intervention
when compared with the advantages of a
private show that Palm farming is still in need
of Government policy in improve production
results.
206
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 9. The result of the Transfer of the Output and Output Nominal Protection Coefficient of
farming oil palm in Bengkalis Regency Mandau, 2016
No. Indicator The value of the

1 To ($/ha) 57,248
2 NPCO 2.65
The transfer of the output is the more than one, meaning with the presence of
difference between the calculated over the Government policy resulted in the price of
acceptance of private prices with acceptance at output in the local market higher than the price
a price socially, whereas NPCO is acceptance on the world market.
ratio is calculated based on the price of private
and social price. Based on Table 4.4.1 value Impact Of Policy Input
TO note that it has a positive and greater than The magnitude of the impact of the
one NPCO. This means that the magnitude of Government's policy against oil palm farming
the transfer from the public to the manufacturer inputs in the Mandau is shown by the value of
was Rp 57,248 /hectare or society purchasing the Input (it) Transfer, a Nominal Input
output with rates above the price should be. Protection Coefficient (NPCI), and Transfer
Value TO offset value NPCO also positive and Factor (TF), as shown in the following table:
Table 10. The result of the Transfer of the Input, the Input Nominal Protection Coefficient, and
Transfer Factor of farming oil palm in Bengkalis Regency Mandau, 2016

1 TI (USD/ha) -257.8
2 NPCI 0.85
3 TF (USD/ha) -168.6
Based on Table 10 Transfer of Input Tax of Earth and building (PBB) and value
values to see that (it) is negative or less than added tax (VAT).
zero. This is shows government subsidies
towards foreign input, so that farmers do not Input-Output Policy Impact
pay full social victim that should have paid. Impact of policy composite can be seen from
NPCI Ratio of less than one indicates the the NET Transfer indicators (TB), an efficient
presence of protection against the input and the Protection Coefficient (EPC), the coefficient
input producers receive subsidies over foreign of Profit (PC), and the Ratio of Producer
tradable so that manufacturers can buy with Subsidy (SRP), as shown in the following table:
lower prices. Offset Transfer value again with
factors (TF) negative value indicating the
presence of implicit tax or transfer (intensive)
of the domestic input producers because oil
palm farmers in domestic input prices receive
the Mandau is more expensive rather than a
social price. Some implicit tax policy include
207
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 11. The results of the analysis of the Transfer of clean, Efficient Protection
Coefficient, Coefficient gain, and the Ratio of farming Subsidies, the producers of palm oil
in the Bengkalis Regency Mandau, 2016

1 TB ($/ha) 57,674.4
2 EPC 2.74
3 PC 2.80
4 SRP 0.63
Table 11 shows the value of positive benefits has a positive and greater than
TB informs that the existence of additional zero.
surpluses of manufacturers that are caused 3) The results of the analysis of the
by the existence of a Government policy competitiveness of farming oil palm in
against input and output. The value EPC is the Mandau shows that farming on site
positive and more than one, meaning the research have competitiveness, good
Government's policy against the prevailing competitive advantages of comparative.
input-output oil palm farmers protect This is apparent from the value of PCR
effectively. The value of the coefficient of (0.01) and the DRCR (0.03) positive
profit (PC) worth more than one, this means and smaller than one.
the existence of more favourable protection 4) The output shows the value TO policy
when in the absence of protection. and positive NPCO and more from a
Government policy towards private profit single, meaningful Government
causes output of farming oil palm is higher policies resulted in the price of output
than the profit that is supposed to received in the local market higher than the price
if there is no Government policy (social on the world market. Policy inputs
benefits). While the value of the SRP is provide value negative IT shows
more than zero indicate that the prevailing government subsidies towards foreign
government policy during this causes oil input, so that farmers do not pay full
palm farmers income experienced a slight social victim that should have paid.
increase
NPCI ratio of less than one indicates
the presence of protection against input
CONCLUSION and producers receive subsidies over
1) The characteristics of the oil palm foreign tradable inputs so that
growers include the average age of manufacturers can buy with lower
45.67 years, average education level is prices. While the value of TF negative
a JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL graduate, indicates the implicit tax or transfer
the experience of the average farming (intensive) of the domestic input
is 14.07 years, the number of members producers because oil palm farmers in
of the family generally is 3 people. domestic input prices receive the
2) Farming oil palm in Bengkalis Mandau is more expensive than the
Regency Mandau benefit financially social price. Input-output policy
and economically, evidenced by the showed the value of positive TB
value of the private benefits and social informs the existence of additional
surpluses of manufacturers that are
208
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
caused by the existence of a REFERENCES

Government policy against input and Aprizal, 2013. Analisis Daya Saing
output. The value EPC is positive and Usahatani Kelapa Sawit di
more than one, meaning the kecamatan Mukomuko. Tesis
Government's policy against the Program Studi Magister Agribisnis
prevailing input-output oil palm Fakultas Pertanian Universitas
farmers protect effectively. The value Bengkulu
of more than one PC, this means the Arfah Sri Yuliati Chansa. 2016. Pengaruh
existence of more favourable Kebijakan Pemerintah Terhadap
protection when in the absence of daya Saing Komoditas Kakao di
protection. While the value of the SRP Sulawesi Tengah. Tesis Sekolah
is more than zero indicate that the Pascasarjana Institut Pertanian
prevailing government policy during Bogor
this causes oil palm farmers income Azh Arindra Fazlur dan Suhantini. 2016.
experienced a slight increase. Analisis Keunggulan Komparatif
Usahatani Tebu (Studi di Desa
Wates Kecamatan Ranuyoso
SUGESSTION kabupaten Lumajang). Jurnal
a) To research further, keep in mind how Habitat. Volume 27 Nomor 1 Hal.
the function of the demand for the 25-36. Universitas Brawijaya
subsidies and how to influence change Malang
towards the production of inputs so that Bandrang Tirsa Neyatri, Ronnie
the need to use production function Natawidjaya, Maman Karmana.
b) For government purchasing efforts, the 2015. Analisis Daya Saing dan
output of farming oil palm fermented Dampak Kebijakan Terhadap Beras
with a higher price is a form of stimulus Organik Ekspor (Kasus Studi di
that can increase the productivity of Gapoktan Simpatik Kabupaten
farmers in making TBS. Next, export Tasikmalaya). Jurnal Ilmu Pertanian
tax policy to accelerate the industrial dan Peternakan. Volume 3 Nomor 1
growth of the State of the estate should hal. 33-46. Program Magister
not be made a top priority. Ekonomi Universitas Padjadjaran
c) For farmers, farmer groups activities Bandung
should be improved. This is in addition BPS Propinsi Riau. 2015. Luas Areal
to improving the bargaining position of Perkebunan Kelapa Sawit
the farmer at the time of marketing, can Kabupaten Kota. Pekanbaru
Dinas Perkebunan dan Kehutanan. 2015.
also decrease the use of manpower for
Luas Areal Tanaman Kelapa Sawit
example at the time of spraying di Kabupaten Bengkalis. Bengkalis
pests/diseases. Next, farmers group Direktorat Jenderal Perkebunan. 2015. Luas
activities can also serve as a vehicle for Areal, Jumlah Produksi, dan
sharing information and experience as Produktivitas Kelapa Sawit Propinsi
well as a medium that can facilitate the Riau. Jakarta
entry of Government assistance to
farmers in the area of oil palm Direktorat Jenderal Perkebunan. 2016. Luas
production center. Areal, Jumlah Produksi, dan
Produktivitas Kelapa Sawit di
Indonesia tahun 2011-2015. Jakarta
Fauzi Yan, Yustina Erna Widyastuti, Iman
Satyawibawa, Rudi Hartono. 2008.
209
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Kelapa Sawit Budidaya, Pahan, I. 2011. Panduan Lengkap Kelapa

Pemanfaatan Hasil dan Limbah, Sawit Manajemen Agribisnis dari
Analisis Usaha dan Pemasaran. Hulu hingga Hilir. Penebar Swadaya.
Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta Jakarta
Gittinger. J.P. 1986. Analisis Ekonomi Salvatore, 1997. Ekonomi Internasional.
Proyek-proyek Pertanian. Edisi Erlangga .Jakarta
Kedua. Terjemahan. Universitas Simatupang dan Sudaryanto. 1990.
Indonesia Press. Jakarta. Pengembangan Agribisnis Suatu
Halwani R.H. 2002.Ekonomi Internasional Catatan Kerangka Analisis. Pusat
dan Globalisasi Ekonomi.Penerbit Penelitian dan Pengembangan
Ghalia. Indonesai. Jakarta. Sosial Ekonomi Pertanian. Bogor
Hermayanti Ni Wayan, Zainal Abidin, Sunarko. 2007. Budidaya dan Pengolahan
Hurip Santoso. 2013. Analisis Daya Kelapa Sawit. Agromedia Pustaka.
Saing Usahatani Kelapa Sawit Di Jakarta
Kecamatan Waway Karya Tim Bina Karya Tani. 2009. Tanaman
Kabupaten Lampung Timur. Jurnal Kelapa Sawit, Yrama Widya.
II A, Volume 1. No.1. Januari 2013. Jakarta
Program Studi Agribisnis, Fakultas Zulkifli. 2014.Daya Saing Komoditas
Pertanian, Universitas Lampung. Sektor Pertanian Propinsi Sulawesi
Kadariah dan C. Gray. 1978. Pengantar Selatan Menuju Asean Economic
Evaluasi proyek. Lembaga Community. Makassar
Penerbitan Ekonomi Universitas
Indonesia, Jakarta.
Kecamatan Mandau dalam Angka. 2015.
Luas Areal, Produksi, dan
Produktivitas Kelapa Sawit di
Kecamatan Mandau. Bengkalis
Kuncoro Mudrajat. 2003. Metode Riset
untuk Bisnis dan Ekonomi.
Erlangga. Jakarta
Kurniawan, A.Y. 2011. Analisis Daya
Saing Usahatani Jagung pada Lahan
Kering Di Kabupaten Tanah Laut
Kalimantan Selatan. Jurnal
Agribisnis Perdesaan. Vol. 1. No 2
Monke, E. A. and E. S. Pearson. 2005. The
Policy Analysis Matrix for
Agricultural Development. Cornel
University Press, London.
Masters A. William. 1995. Guidelines On
National Comparative Advantage
and Agricultural Trade. APAP III
No 4001. Purdue University. USA
Nisfianoor. 2009. Pengantar Statistik.
Salemba Humanika. Jakarta
Pahan, I . 2008. Panduan Lengkap Kelapa
Sawit. Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta.
210
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ATTACHMENT
Attachment 1 . Analysis of Advantages of farming oil palm People in Bengkalis Regency,
Mandau, 2017
No. Description Values ($/ha)
1 Variable Costs:
Fertilizer 8,805,278
Pesticides 445,430
TKLK 21.6 HOK 1,727,833
The total number of 14,938,668
2 Fixed Costs:
TKDK 29.8 HOK 2,232,294
Depreciation of tools 322,762
The total number of 2,555,056
3 The Total Cost Of 17,493,724
4 Acceptance:
Production 49,998 kg
Price Usd 1,840/kg 91,996,320
5 Advantage 74,502,596
6 R/C 5.26
Attachment 2 . Calculation Standards Convertion Factor and the Shadow Price of Exchange
Rate, 2017
Description Value (Usd Billion)
The Total Value Of Exports (Xt) 144,444,770
The Total Value Of Imports (Mt) 129,008,234
The Acceptance Of Export Taxes (TXt) 12,053,000
Receipt Of Import Tax ('s TMt) 37,204,000
OER (US $) 13,436
SCF 1.18
SER 11,385.19
Attachment 3 . The allocation of Tradable Input Usage and Non Tradable

Description The total number of Percentage (%)
Urea Fertilizer 331 kg 62 38
TSP Fertilizer 480 kg 62 38
KCl Fertilizer 537 kg 62 38
Fertilizer ZA 114 kg 62 38
Pesticides 848 litres 62 38
Labor 51.4 HOK 0 100
Depreciation 7.37 unit 0 100
211
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
LEARNING OUTCOME COMPARISON IN BIOLOGY

SUBJECT BETWEEN PROBLEM BASED LEARNING (PBL)
METHOD APPLIED AND GUIDED DISCOVERY LEARNING
(GDL) METHOD APPLIED AT CLASS XI SMAN
PEKANBARU ACADEMIC YEAR 2016/2017
Suryanti1, Sepita Ferazona2
1,2
Department of Biology Education, Faculty of Education, Universitas Islam Riau
E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract
This research aims to find the differences of learning outcome for biology subject between
classes that applied problems based learning (PBL) method and guided discovery learning
(GDL) method to student of Class XI IPA SMAN Pekanbaru in academic year 2016/2017,
with type of research is quasi-experiment.The data obtained analyzed by using quantitative
data analysis and the learning outcome that measured was student’ cognitive and
psychomotor on excretion system study material. Data retrieval took place on January to
April 2017.The result of comparative research on PPK value between 9 schools of SMA
Negeri Pekanbaru shows SMAN 5 score the highest at 88.99 with a very good category for
experiment class-1 which applied PBL method and experiment class-2 which applied GDL
method score 86,24 with a very good category.In the comparative result for psychomotor
within 9 school of SMA NegeriPekanbaru, the highest score for experiment class-1 was
SMAN 5 which scored 92.54, and experiment class-2 scored by SMAN 2 with 89,49, both
schools are in very good category. From t-test data analysis result is discovered that SMAN
5 Pekanbaru which has the highest result on post-test among other school show that
tcount>ttable = 15,33 > 2,00; indicated that H1 accepted and H0 rejected and there are
significant contrast at biology study learning outcome in experiment class-1 and experiment
class-2; In other hand, SMAN 4 Pekanbaru which has the lowest result on post-test shows
tcount>ttable = 3,60 > 2,00, indicated that H1 accepted and H0 rejected which mean there
are significant contrast at biology study learning outcome between experiment class-1 and
experiment class-2.Overall, as seen from t-test value of post-test on whole school shows h1
accepted and h0 rejected and concluded that there are significant difference learning
outcome between Problem Based Learning (PBL) Method Applied class And Guided
Discovery Learning (GDL) Method Applied class with excretion system study material at
student in class XI SMA NegeriPekanbaru academic year 2016/2017.
Keywords : Problem Based Learning (PBL), Guided Discovery Learning (GDL), Learning
outcome
212
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION small/big group discussion (consist of 8-10

Education that capable to support people per group) occasionally. Eventually,
future development is an education that beable the level of interest and participation student
to help expand of learner’s potentials, so the on learning process relatively low and
learner able to face and solve the problem of affected their learning outcomes; 2) Most
life. Education has to touch learner’s student tend to act passive during the
conscience and competence potential. In lessons, student listensand write what
harmony with Buchori in Trianto (2011:5), teacher instruct to record; 3) Questions
show that an excellence education is an rarely arise from student, all the same if
education that not only prepares the learner to teacher asked a question; 4) Mostly students
a neither profession nor position, but also help find learning biology is boring because
them to their daily case. Thus it known that an varies of latin words / terminology that
ideal state of education not only oriented difficult to memorize and understand; 5)
toward past and present but also should a whole Until the end of class, learning outcomes of
process that anticipated and talk about the student meet undesirable result.
future. Creating qualified HR through
education start by training the thinking process. Preliminary research by Handayani
(2015), shows that Problem Based Learning
However, the main problem of learning in (PBL) learning method and Guided
education nowadays is the low absorption from Discovery Learning (GDL) relatively
learners. This is noticeably seen from average effective to improve biology students’
of student’s learning outcome that quite competencies. The learning method able to
alarming. This achievement is the result of build student knowledge from teacher case
learning condition that still conventional and study, then connected it to material concept,
not reaches the learner’s dimension on how as result, learning becomes more attractive.
learning is actually. Substantially, the learning
process until today still gives teacher a Problem Based Learning (PBL)
dominant role and denied access for student to learning method, as a method that use real
develop independently through their thinking case problem as context for student to think
process. In accordance to Sanjaya (2010:1) on and skilled on solving problem (Rusman
learning process, students encouraged less to 2012:241), in other hand Guided Discovery
develop their thinking process. The learning Learning (GDL) learning method is a
process during the class directed to student’s learning method that maximize students’
ability to memorize information; students’ ability to search and find something (objects,
brain pushed to remember and store up human, or occasions) systematically, critical,
information without demand to understand the logic, and analytic, so they can formulize
information and connected to their daily life. their own discovery with full confidence.
As result, when the student graduate, they are Moreover, discovery learning also have
theoretically smart but minim applications. feature point to make student more active
during lesson. Students understand the study
Based on the result of observation and material with their own discovered answers.
interview with biology’s teacher at SMAN The result of this research aims to find
Pekanbaru, researcher obtained information differences of learning outcome between
about problems on learning achievement as classes that applied and guided discovery-
follows: 1) At the learning process, teacher learning (GDL) method to student of Class
tend to using lecturing method and/or form a
213
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
XI IPA SMAN Pekanbaru in academic year RESULT AND DISCUSSION

2016/2017.
1. Learning Outcomes Comparison
Between Experiment Class-1 With
1. METHODOLOGY Problem Based Learning Method
This research held in class XI IPA of Applied And Experiment Class-2
SMAN 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14, 15 Pekanbaru. With Guided Discovery Learning
The data retrieval took place on January to Method Applied
April 2017. Population on this research is all
student class XI IPA at SMAN Pekanbaru on a. Learning Outcomes
academic year 2016/2017 consist of 9 schools Comparison on
with 18 sample classes and 673 students in total. Understanding Conceptual
In each school of SMAN there are 2 sample Knowledge (PPK)
classes. Data retrieval using homogeneity test, The score of PPK of experiment class-1
which average pre-test value of all population, and experiment class-2 obtained from
then based on the pre-test result 2 homogeny combination of LKPD, quizzes, homework,
classes selected. After that, those 2 classes and UB. Cognitive value can be seen on
drawn using coin to decide which one out of graph 1 as below:
two learning method will apply.
Simple Random Sampling technique
used to determined the sample, this technique
took sample from population using random
system regardless the strata on population
which considered homogeneous (Riduwan,
2015:12). This research is a partial experiment
that close to quasi experiment with human as
the research subject (Darmadi, 2011:36). The
Research design is using Nonrandomized
Control Group Pretest-Postest Design.
214
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
100 86.24
95 83.55 85.6 88.99 84.37 83.93 84.52
90 81.62 83.83 82.98 84.48 84.95 80.15
81.62 80.85
85 77.17 78.87 75
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40 PBL
35
30
25
20 GDL
15
10
5
0
SMAN 2 SMAN 4 SMAN 5 SMAN 6 SMAN 7 SMAN 10 SMAN 11 SMAN 14 SMAN 15
Figure 1. Students’ PPK learning outcome comparison between experiment class-

1 and experiment class-2
b. Psychometric Learning
Outcomes Comparison
Based on Figure 1, shows PPK score
The psychomotor score of
on experiment class-1 (PBL) in SMAN 5 is
experiment class-1 and
the highest with 88,99 in score and a very
experiment class-2 obtained
good category; the lowest scored by SMAN
from combination of portfolio
14 with 80,15 in a very good category.
score and performance score.
Meanwhile, in experiment class-2 (GDL)
Cognitive value can be seen on
the highest score is SMAN 14 in 86,42 and
graph 2 as below:
the lowest 75,00 classified as good category.
100.00
95.00
92.46 92.54 92.15
91.51 91.19 91.59
90.44 89.96
89.49 89.25
90.00 89.16 88.46
86.98 87.45 87.56 87.55
85.65
84.65
85.00 PBL
80.00 GDL
75.00
SMAN 2 SMAN 4 SMAN 5 SMAN 6 SMAN 7 SMAN SMAN SMAN SMAN
10 11 14 15
Figure 2. Students’ psychomotor learning outcome comparison between experiment

class-1 and experiment class-2
215
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
outcome between experimetn

class-1 and experiment class-2.
Based on Figure 2, shows
psychomotor score on experiment class-1 DISCUSSION
(PBL) in SMAN 5 is the highest with 92,54
in score and a very good category; the The highest score of understanding
lowest scored by SMAN 2 with 89,16 in a conceptual knowledge (PPK) on
very good category. Meanwhile, in experiment class-1 (PBL) obtained by
experiment class-2 (GDL) the highest score SMAN 5 with 88,24 and a very good
is SMAN 2 in 84,65 with good category. category. It is because during research
process, students really excited and serious
2. Research Hypothesis Test (Inferential to follow the class, so they can focus and
Analysis) understands the material that being
a. Pre-Test Data discussed, also can answer the quiz related
Based on data analysis using to excretion system material. After that,
t-test, obtained the inferential followed with students’ activeness to work
analysis of pre-test score on on LKPD, where students can pour their
experiment class-1 and enthusiast and ideas creating the subject
experiment class-2, can be seen problem, formulate the problem and offer
that SMAN 14 Pekanbaru have solutions to answer question that they create
the highest pre-test score that on formulation, and students are not face
Fhitung < Ftabel = 1,45 < 1,82, as H0 any obstacles during the process. This
accepted and H1 rejected which condition also supported by how teacher
mean experiment class-1 and create the class atmosphere which tend to be
experiment class-2 are flexible and oriented on how student
homogeneus or have similar discovery. In line with (Trianto, 2013:92),
varians. And the lowest pre-test on Problem Based Learning (PBL), learning
score happen in SMAN 6 process begins by present real case problem
Pekanbaru Fhitung < Ftabel = 1,00 < and solution that offered students teamwork.
1,84, as H0 accepted and H1 During this type of method, teacher to guide
rejected which mean experiment student create outlines of problem solving
class-1 and experiment class-2 to activities steps; teachers create flexible
are homogeneus or have similar atmosphere and oriented on student work.
varians. In other hand, SMAN 14 scored the lowest
in 80,15 with good category. It is because
b. T-test Post-Test Data during the research process students find
Analysis result from post difficulties to analysis and solving given
test score between experiment questions. However, on PBL syntax,
class-1 and experiment class-2, student driven to analyze question of given
obtained as follows ; SMAN 5 concept. This indicates lack of personal
Pekanbaru have the highest result on score affected the group score.
post-test score compared to Aside from that, from interview obtained
other school that thitung > ttabel = that student interest on reading is poor, this
15,33 > 2,00, as H1 accepted is cause student find difficulty on
and H0 rejected which mean understanding and finding problem also
there were significant hard to connecting between taught concept
differences on biology learning to answer the question. In line with Putra
(2013:73) where PBL require the student to
216
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
explore the problem, observe and also do solving problem and create higher thinking
some experiment. skill, student need to understand taught
concept because they are the one who
On the experiment class-2 (GDL), conclude the concept. In other hand, the
SMAN 5 obtained the highest score by lowest score is come from SMAN 2 with
86,24 with a very good category. This is 89,16 and grouped as very good category.
because student active to follow the This is because the student less active and
learning process using LKPD, even though less confidence during group discussion.
they rarely ask a question, but this condition Makes only a few students bravely asking
does not affected their cognitive ability questions. Other than class discussion,
because student supported by teacher’s during the practicum they tend to work
guidance as in GDL syntax, teacher play the individually and less teamwork within the
role as student’s guide during learning group. In addition, the time slot after break
process. This is in accordance to Roestiyah time makes them less concentrate to the
(2008:20), GDL has advantages to help class. In accordance to Saefudin and
student learning by guiding them to develop Berdiati (2014:53), that PBL have to
and master the cognitive skill. Meanwhile, wrapped with good teamwork,
the lowest score obtained by SMAN 14 collaboration within team member to build
which scored 75,00 and group as good atmosphere that encourage the experiment,
category. This is because the student lack of shared argument and developed thinking
seriousness during learning process as it skills with various social skills.
takes place during daytime. The class
interrupted by breaks time cause student’s At experiment class-2 (GDL) the
concentration dissolvesand make student highest scorer is SMAN 2 with 89,49 and
hard to understanding the material. In line predicated as very good category, because
with Syah (2008:132), the result of learning during the research, the student more active
affected by several factors, internally and and curious to ask question to discover the
externally (student factors), ie. problem which marked higher than average.
environmental conditions around the In addition, the class takes place in morning
student and breaks their concentration. slots make the learning atmosphere more
conducive. In line with Rusman (2012:241),
On psychomotor score, experiment state that all student need a capability to
class-1 (PBL) the highest score obtained by seek and found a problem and they can
SMAN 5 with 92,54 with very good formulate their own discovery full with
category. This condition occurs because confidence and enthusiast. The lowest score
during lesson in class, the student more obtained by SMAN 14 with SMAN 14 with
active and proactive to understand the 84,65 and grouped as good category.
material, these raises many question and During discussion and presentation smarter
create good discussion atmosphere actively. student tend to be more dominant to ask
Aside from that, during practicum, the question but get less precisely answers from
teamwork within student group is really fellow student, and also some of teacher’s
good, supported by their curiosity and question ignored by student who less active
excitement at the subject make the during discussion time. The daytime time
experiment about excretion system by slot and break time for Dzuhur pray also
glucose test in urine more fun. After that, makes student less prepared mentally, this
their excellence skill on connecting concept is affected their discovery process and
and material can be seen on presentation of problem solving using problem’s paper,
their practicum report. In line with Putra also student can not connecting the concept
(2013:82-84), problem based learning and study material. In line with Roestiyah
method involve the student to actively
217
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
(2008:20), that student need preparation and delivery make student unhappy to both
mentally prepared to get study using guided teacher or material.
discovery learning method approach.
Student need to be brace and curious to In post-test outcome between
observe the surrounding. experiment class-1 and experiment class-2
at SMAN Pekanbaru, obtained that SMAN
With data analysis using t-test, 5 Pekanbaru get the highest score within
obtained inferential analysis of pre-test whole school, thitung > ttabel = 15,33 > 2,00, as
score between experiment class-1 and H1 accepted and H0 rejected, it means there
experiment class-2 at SMAN Pekanbaru, were significant differences on biology
SMAN 14 Pekanbaru earn highest pre-test learning outcome between experimetn
score Fhitung < Ftabel = 1,45 < 1,82, as H0 class-1 and experiment class-2, because on
accepted and H1 rejected which mean the class that applied PBL method on the
experiment class-1 and experiment class-2 experiment class 1, the learning process
are homogeneus or have similar varians. happen in 1st and 2nd term time slot which
This is because lecture method and started at 07.30-09.00 and GDL method
discussion group often used on teaching applied, on experiment class-2, study start
process in the past, the material taken as on 3rd and 4th time slot at 09.00-10.45,
pre-test is about animal and plant cells, the student really enthusiast on discussion and
question given during pre-test taught by quite serious on doing their LKPD task and
LCD media with lecture method. The quizes, their active attitude make them
teacher cooperative makes student more easier to understand the material, the post-
excited and antusiast during the class, test include that have been taught during
supported by student that actively asking research which is excretion system.
questions. While the lowest score occured
at SMAN 6 Pekanbaru Fhitung < Ftabel = 1,00 In other hand, post-test outcome
< 1,84, as H0 accepted and H1 rejected between experiment class-1 and experiment
which mean experiment class-1 and class-2 at SMAN 4 Pekanbaru have the
experiment class-2 are homogeneus or have lowest score, thitung > ttabel = 3,60 > 2,00, H1
similar varians. This is obtained because the accepted and H0 rejected, it means there
material that taken during the pre-test data were significant differences on biology
is material about animal and plant cells, the learning outcome between experimetn
method that usually used by teacher is class-1 and experiment class-2. This is
lecture and rarely using discussion group strenghened by PBL method applied in
method, this kind of method makes student experiment class-1, study start on 3rd and
lost interest and bored during the class, 4th time slot at 09.00-10.45, and class that
supported with cloudy weather and rain. applied GDL method in experiment class-2,
study start on 5th and 6th time slot at 10.45-
From discussion above, it can bee seen 12.15, the method used during this study
that generally, teacher using lecture method poorly understood in syntax causing class
during lesson time. This is triggering low not condussive, less enthusiast and not
score outcome in pre-test. In line with seriously discussing. GDL class begin after
Slament (2013:65), state that less decent break time causes poor result. Then, when
teaching method that teacher applied student is less likely to understand the
affected how student learn. The less decent material , also causes the post-test in this
teaching method can be caused by less research is low.
prepared or less understand to learning
material, and how teacher deliver the The post-test score is higher that pre-
material unclear or bad attitude during test score before. Because new teaching
218
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
method have been applied. Accordance to Aunurrahman. 2008. Belajar dan

Trianto (2011:12), state that inovative – Pembelajaran (Memadukan Teori-
progressif teaching method is a learning Teori KlasikdanPandangan-
concept that help teacher connecting pandanganKontemporer. Bandung:
teaching material to student’s real situation Alfabeta.
and assist tudent to make connection
between their knowledge and application on Darmadi, H. 2011. Metode Penelitian
daily life, as expected become more Pendidikan. Bandung: Alfabeta.
meaningful to student.
Depdiknas.2006. Standar Kompetensi dan
To support the research result by Kompetensi Dasar SMA/MA.
handayani and friends (2015), this research Jakarta: Badan Standar Nasional
intended to aims comparison on learing Pendidikan.
biology between classes with Problem
Based Learning (PBL) method applied and Elfis. 2010. Teknik dan Instrumen Penilaian
Guided Discovery Learning (GDL) method Hasil Belajar. Tersedia di:
applied. The data that taken for research is http://elfisuir.blogspot.com/2010/01
learning outcome from pre-test and post test. / teknik-dan-instrumen-penilaian-
After analyzed by two party test, obtained hasil.hmtl. Januari 2010 (Diakses
the combined standard deviation (SP2) tanggal28 Januari 2017).
value = 13,02, and nilaithitung = 9,56 with Farichah, C. Raharjo dan Beni, S. 2016.
ttabel 1,96 for significant level 5%. Based on Peningkatan Keterampilan
those two-party test, obtained that Berpikir Kritis Siswa Melalui
thitung>ttabel 9,56 >1,96 , it means that Model Pembelajaran Penemuan
hypothesis accepted. With this hypothesis Terbimbing Pada Materi Kalor
acceptance, there are a difference post-test dan Perpindahannya. Diambil dari:
score between problem based learning http://ejournal.unesa.ac.id/index.p
method applied class and guided discovery hp/pensa/articel/view/17156.
learning method applied class at SMA Jurnal Pendidikan Sains Vol. 4. No.
Negeri Pekanbaru in2016/2017. 03 (2016). Universitas Negeri
Surabaya. Diakses 28 November
2016.
Conclusion Hamiyah, N., &Jaurah M. 2014. Strategi
Belajar Mengajar di Kelas. Jakarta:
Based on research result that has been Prestasi Pustakaraya.
held, the conclusion is : There are
differences in learning outcome In biology Handayani, F., D. 2015. Perbandingan
subject between problem based learning Kompetensi Biologi Siswa XI Mia
(PBL) Method Applied And Guided Antara Model Pembelajaran Guided
Discovery Learning (GDL) Method Discovery Learning dan Problem
Applied At Class XI SMAN Pekanbaru Based Learning
Academic Year 2016/2017. PadaMateriSistemPencernaan Di
SMAN 1 Sungai Tarab. Abstrak
Hasil Penelitian UNP. Padang:
REFERENCES Lembaga Penelitian UNP.
Amri, S., &Ahmadi I, K. 2010. Proses Huda, M. 2013. Model-model

Pembelajaran Inovatif dan Kreatif PengajarandanPembelajaran: Isu-
di dalam Kelas. Jakarta: PT Prestasi isu metodis dan paradigmatis.
Pustaka raya. Yogyakarta: PustakaPelajar.
219
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Istarani. 2012. 58 Model Putra, S.,R. 2013.

PembelajaranInovatif. Medan: DesainBelajarMengajarKreatifBer
Media Persada. basisSains. Yogyakarta: Diva Press.
Jacobsen, D.A, Eggen, P. &Kauchak, D. Pribadi, B.,A. 2010. Model
2009. Methods for TeachingI DesainSistemPembelajaran. Jakarta:
(metode-metode pengajaran PT Dian Rakyat.
meningkatkan belajarsiswa TK-
SMA). Penerjemah: Riyanto, Y. 2012.
AchmadFawaid&KhoirulAnam. ParadigmaBaruPembelajaran.
Yogyakarta: PustakaPelajar. Jakarta: Kencana
Kunandar.2013.Penilaian Autentik Riduwan, M.B.A. 2008. Dasar-

(penilaiana nhasil belajar peserta dasarStatistika. Bandung: Alfabeta.
didik berdasakan kurikulum 2013). Riduwan. 2015. Dasar-Dasar Statistika. ed.
Jakarta: Rajawali Press. rev. Bandung : Alfabeta.
Purwanto. 2011. Evaluasi Hasil Belajar. Rusman. 2012. Model-Model
Yogyakarta: PustakaPelajar. Pembelajaran:
Purwanto, N. 1992. Psikologi Pendidikan. MengembangkanProfesionalisme
Bandung: Remaja Rosdakarya Guru EdisiKedua. Jakarta: Raja
Offiset. GarfindoPersada
220
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRIC GRID TRANSMISSION

LINES AS THE SUPPORTING OF NATIONAL ENERGY
PROGRAM IN WEST SUMATERA AREA, INDONESIA
THROUGH GEOLOGICAL MAPPING AND ASSESSMENT
Husnul Kausarian1, Batara1, Dewandra Bagus Eka Putra1, Adi Suryadi1
Evizal Abdul Kadir2
1
Department of Geological Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
1
Department of Information Technology, Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Islam Riau
Email : [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract
The need for energy in Indonesia continues to increase and the Indonesian government
is keen to realize the development of electricity transmission network in Alam Pauh Duo,
Alam Pauh Duo Subdistrict, Solok Selatan District. The topography of this region
consists of Geomorphology Units of the Hills and High Geomorphological Units with
an altitude of about 900-500m (meters) with lithology composed of volcanic rock
lithology and breakthroughs of granite and granodiorite. The method used in the review
survey (reconnaissance) is road sweeping or tracking using a handheld GPS. The results
of this mapping and assessment are the coordinate values of the markers or dividing
marks that are already available and scattered in each location point. The final result is
a map that has a description of the location of Land Power plantand Transmission Tower.
There are 15 transmission towers planned for the builders as well as power plant (GI).
The required land area of each transmission tower is about 15x15 m (meters) up to 20x20
m and the land area for 3ha (hectare) power plant (GI) development. Then the distance
between each tower of transmission approximately 30 meters.
Keywords: Power Plant, Transmission Line, Alam Pauh Duo, Geological Mapping,
Geological Assessment
1. INTRODUCTION supports the formation of hot springs,

indirect utilization developed for
The need for energy in Indonesia increase
geothermal power generation (Dickson et
continuously in line with the growth rate of
al., 2013). So with the existence of
the industry and the number of residents and
geothermal sources that can generate
the Indonesian government is currently
electricity is very potential to be built
keen to realize this infrastructure, one of
electric transmission lines that are around
which is to build electricity transmission
this area (Knott, 2012).
network. One source of this electrical
energy is geothermal. Regency of Solok Geothermal energy is a relatively
Selatan is one of the areas in Indonesia that environment-friendly energy source
have the potential of natural resources that because it comes from the inner heat of the
is geothermal energy because Solok Selatan earth. Water that is pumped into the earth by
region has a geological condition that humans or natural causes (rain) is collected
221
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
to the surface of the earth in the form of so that it can be distributed up to consumer
steam, which can be used to drive turbines electric users (Sheng et al., 2013).
to produce electricity. The cost of
exploration, as well as the capital cost of STUDY AREA
geothermal power plants, is higher than
other power plants that use fossil fuels. The Study site is located in Alam Pauh Duo,
However, once it starts operating, its Kecamatan Alam Pauh Duo, DistrictSolok
production costs are low compared to fossil Selatan, Geographically at 01°36'17.635’’ -
fuel power plants. Power Transmission Is a 01°37'26.464’’ S dan 101°8'37.704’’ -
process of distributing electricity (Ding et 101°7'44.508’’ N. Landform at the study
al., 2011, Gao et al., 2007, Huang et al., site is an area of hills and there are also local
2016) from power plant to power community plantations (Figure 1).
distribution lines (power plant distribution)
Figure 1. The map of survey line area.

Geothermal In the area of South Solok, or Sapan Malulong (850m). Areas to the south
more precisely in the Muara Laboh, most of are called Sikapa Hill South Muara Labuh.
the hot springs associated with Muara The survey area has a landscape classified
Labuh located in a river valley Suliti, the into Geomorphology Hills unit and
basin tectonics (tectonic basin) along the 30 Geomorphology High Hills Unit with a
km and a width of 2-3 km at an altitude of height of about 900-500m (meters).
450 meters above the sea level. The tectonic Lithology contained in the research area is
basin in the North Muara Labuh. From the volcanic rock and breakthroughs of granite
start of the southern end of the basin, and granodiorite. Potential energy in this
topography continues to climb and the hot area is geothermal energy because that area
springs discovered at a distance of more has many hot springs.
than 3 km from the Mount Sikapa (656m) to
222
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
In general, the survey area included in sediment consists of alluvium, lacustrine

stratigraphic from young to old is composed and swamp sediment (Resen)
of: Paleozoic metamorphic rocks (bedrock) Structures that affect this area is the
(Perm-Carbon): composed by metamorphic Sumatra Fault: Dextral strike-slip fault and
rocks, metasediment and Pre-Tertiary the normal fault has direction northwest-
volcanic rocks; Mesozoikum eastwest. Fault growing in this area: a
metasediment- rocks (Triassic-Jurassic): normal fault and strike-slip fault. Normal
Members Batusabak and Shale (Formation faults generally the northwest-southeast
Tuhur), Member of limestone’s Kuantan direction of the Fault Semangko. While
Formation and sedimentary and volcanic fault that has direction east-west allegedly
rocks (Formation Sigunyur); Tertiary rocks
closely associated with diabase intrusive
consisting of: a group of sedimentary rocks rocks. Faults developed in the rock group
and volcanic rocks group. Group volcanic Painan Oligo-Miocene formations. Fault
rocks are divided into two age groups, limit there lithological contact between
namely groups of Eocene volcanic rocks intrusive rocks diabase (Tdb) and integral
(Formation Bandan) and Oligo-Miocene volcanic rocks (Qou). Strike-slip Fault
volcanic rocks (Formation Painan). Pre- relative has north-south direction cut in
Mesozoic rocks in the Mesozoic-break several places on normal faults. In some
through the granite-diorite (Jura- locations, this fault is estimated as
Cretaceous). Tertiary rocks intruded by controlling the course of the hydrothermal
granodiorite and diabase rocks (Miocene). solution and lithological contacts (figure 2).
Quaternary volcanic precipitate mainly
covered the top rock of the groups. Surface
Figure 2. Geology Regional Map of Survey Area.
223
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The transmission can be airways and

underground conduits, but generally in the
form of the airways. Electrical energy is
channeled through aerial transmission line
generally use bare wire that relies on air as
the insulating medium between the wires.
METHODOLOGY And to refute / stretching wires with the
The survey (reconnaissance) used in Alam height and distance are safe for humans and
Pauh Duo, District Alam Pauh Duo, South the surrounding environment, the conductor
Solok. The method used in reviewing wires mounted on a sturdy building
survey (reconnaissance) is sweeping the construction, commonly called the tower.
street or track using GPS handheld Inter/ electric tower and wires insulated by
(Kausarian et al., 2014, 2016, 2017, an insulator.
O'Rourke, 1996).
The goal in reviewing survey RESULT AND DISCUSSION
(reconnaissance) is looking for a peg or re- The form of the survey data taken in the
check the presence of the power plant and form of the coordinate value of stakes or
the transmission tower (Li et al., 2012, Mei pins barrier already available and
et al., 2012) that based on reports from the distributed at each site listed in Figure 1 are
initial survey. And to investigate the indicated by red dots. The existence of a
geological conditions in the field include limiting peg or mark to be close to the peak
lithological characteristics and access path location of injection wells drilling
between each power plant and the tower geothermal power plant in Muara Laboh, up
destination point (Svacina, 1992, Wheeler, toward the power plant (GI) under adjacent
1964). to the Main Office PT.Supreme Energy
(Figure 3).
224
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 3. Locations of the power plant and the transmission tower (modified from
googleearth).
insulating medium between the wire
Based on survey data that has been obtained
conductor with the surrounding objects. To
then produced a map that has a description
refute / span wires with the height and
field site power plant and transmission
distance are safe for humans and the
tower. There are 15 planned develop
surrounding environment, the conductor
transmission tower and Power plant (GI).
wires mounted on a sturdy building
The land area required for each
transmission tower around 15x15 m (meters) construction, commonly called the tower.
There is a 15 point locations potential to
up to 20x20 m and the area of land for the
build a transmission tower (Figure 3),
construction of the Power plant (GI) 3HA
marking the point of this site in the form of
(hectares). Then the distance between each
stakes barrier. Here are images of locations
transmission towers approximately 230
around the pegs of the transmission tower
meters.
(Figure 4).
Electrical energy is stream through aerial
transmission lines rely on air as the
225
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Figure 4. The Distribution Map Field Conditions in Every Transmission tower.

farmers. Access from peg 2 to the location
The results of field observations, field
of the tower is about 200 meters. Condition
conditions are growing areas of local
transmission 4 tower’s locations are in the
residents, the stakes are also several
villagers' rice fields and access roads to get
locations in the valley or the outskirts of the
there a path that is usually passed by the
hill (see figure 3). Trails road is the only
farmers. Access from peg 3 to the location
main access. For the location of
of the tower about 220 meters. transmission
transmission towers, peg 1 and 15 will be
5 tower’s locations as well as in the
determined once the location of the power
villagers' rice fields there are shrubs and the
plant and Switchyard has been determined.
access road to get there is a path that is
Some points of the tower mounting location
usually passed by the farmers. Access tower
as a representation of the overall location
peg 4 to a location about 210 meters.
shows this region in accordance become
Transmission 6 tower’s locations as well as
transmission lines.
in the villagers' rice fields there are shrubs
There are 13 spots locations, including and the access road to get there is a path that
transmission 2 tower’s locations is in the is usually passed by farmers and residents.
villagers' rice fields and access roads to get Access peg 5 to the location of the tower
there a path that is usually passed by the about 210 meters.
farmers. Access from the main road leading
transmission 7 tower’s locations as well as
to the location about 100 meters.
in the villagers' rice fields and there are
Transmission 3 tower’s locations are in
shrubs and the access road to get there is a
villagers' rice fields and access roads to get
path that is usually passed by farmers and
there a path that is usually passed by the
residents. There was no stakes marker.
226
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Access tower peg 7 to a location the access road to get there is a path, and
approximately 180 meters. Transmission 8 located alongside a hill. Access tower peg
tower’s locations as well as in the villagers' 10 to a location about 200 meters.
rice fields and there are shrubs and the transmission 12 tower’s locations are in
access road to get there is a path that is shrubs and the access road to get there is a
usually passed by farmers and residents. path, and located alongside a road project.
Access tower peg 7 to a location Access tower peg 11 to a location
approximately 200 meters. Transmission 9 approximately 200 meters. transmission 13
tower’s locations are in the villagers' rice tower’s locations are in shrubs and the
fields, there are shrubs and the access road access road to get there is a path, and
to get there is a path that is usually passed located alongside a road project. Access
by farmers and residents. The Access for tower peg 12 to a location approximately
peg 8 tower to a location approximately 200 200 meters. transmission 14 tower’s
meters. Transmission 10 tower’s locations locations are shrubs and the access road to
are in the villagers' rice fields, there are get there is a path, and located alongside a
shrubs and the access road to get there is a road project. Access tower peg 12 to a
path that is usually passed by farmers and location approximately 200 meters.
residents. Access tower peg 9 to a location In general, it can be described the
approximately 200 meters. appropriate location to build power
Transmission 11 tower’s locations are in transmission lines using the tower as in
community garden and there's shrubs and Figure 5.
Figure 5. Final Result of the Profile of Topography Survey Location for the Transmission
Tower Recommendation.
CONCLUSION of South Solok, or more precisely in the

Muara Laboh, most of the hot springs
The development of Power Plant located on
associated with Muara Labuh located in a
Alam Pauh Duo, Kecamatan Alam Pauh
river valley Suliti, the basin tectonics
Duo, Solok Selatan is a potential area to
(tectonic basin) along the 30 km and a width
build. This area has Geothermal In the area
227
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
of 2-3 km at an altitude of 450 meters above

the sea level. The survey area has a GAO, Y., YUAN, J. Z., MA, Z. W., &
landscape classified into Geomorphology WAN, M. Z. (2007). Development and
Hills unit and Geomorphology High Hills Application of Helava Technique
Unit with a height of about 900-500m Based 3D Digital Simulative System
(meters). Based on survey data that has been for Construction Management of
obtained then produced a map that has a Transmission Lines [J]. Power System
description field site power plant and Technology, 21, 016.
transmission tower, this area has a potential
to build 15 towers as the transmission line Huang, P., Liu, R., Mo, J., & Fang, Z.
to distribute the electricity. (2016). Design of digital information
share system in power distribution
network. In Information Science and
REFERENCES
Control Engineering (ICISCE), 2016
3rd International Conference on (pp.
Dickson, M. H., & Fanelli, M.
938-942). IEEE.
(2013). Geothermal energy: utilization
and technology. Routledge.
Kausarian, H. abdul rahim shamsudin,
yuniarti yuskar. 2014. Geotechnical
DING, Y., LIU, H., WAN, M., & XIAO, S.
and Rock Mass Characterization Using
(2011). Three-Dimensional
Seismic Refraction Method At Kajang
Digitalization Transfer of Ningdong-
Rock Quarry, Semenyih, Selangor
Shandong±660kV DC Power
Darul Ehsan. Journal of Ocean,
Transmission Pilot Project [J]. Electric
Mechanical and Aerospace-Science
Power Construction, 2, 010.
and Engineering, 13.
Kausarian, H., Sumantyo, J. T. S., Kuze, H., Knott, E. F. (2012). Radar cross section
Karya, D., & Panggabean, G. F. (2016). measurements. Springer Science &
Silica Sand Identification using ALOS Business Media.
PALSAR Full Polarimetry on The
Northern Coastline of Rupat Island, LI, Y. J., LI, B., & LI, S. S. (2012).
Indonesia. International Journal on Discussion on Application of the
Advanced Science, Engineering and Power plant Three Dimensional
Information Technology, 6(5), 568-573. Design. China Electric Power
(Technology Edition), 4, 012.
Kausarian, H., Sri Sumantyo, J. T., Kuze, H.,
Aminuddin, J., & Waqar, M. M. (2017). MEI, N., CHEN, D., DU, X., YANG, Y.,
Analysis of Polarimetric WANG, Z., & CHENG, W. (2012).
Decomposition, Backscattering Three-Dimensional Digitalization
Coefficient, and Sample Properties for Transfer of Qinghai-Tibet±400 kV DC
Identification and Layer Thickness Interconnection Project [J]. Electric
Estimation of Silica Sand Distribution Power Construction, 5, 008.
Using L-Band Synthetic Aperture
Radar. Canadian Journal of Remote O'Rourke, T. D., & Palmer, M. C. (1996).
Sensing, 43(2), 95-108. Earthquake performance of gas
transmission pipelines. Earthquake
Spectra, 12(3), 493-527.
228
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
SHENG, D., QIE, X., HU, J., WU, Z., & QI,
L. (2013). Conducting Research and
Development of Grid Information
Model (GIM) Technology and
Constructing the Sharing Platform of
Smart Grid Technology
Information. Electric Power
Construction, 8, 004.
Svacina, J. (1992). Analysis of multilayer

microstrip lines by a conformal
mapping method. IEEE transactions
on microwave theory and
techniques, 40(4), 769-772.
Wheeler, H. A. (1964). Transmission-line

properties of parallel wide strips by a
conformal-mapping approximation. IEEE
Transactions on Microwave Theory and
Techniques, 12(3), 280-289.
229
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ADOLESCENT

CHARACTERISTIC AND BULLYING INCIDENTS AT
PRIVATE JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL IN PEKANBARU
Fathra Annis Nauli1, Jumaini, Diva de Laura2
1,2
Department of Nursing, Faculty Of Nursing Universitas Riau
Abstract
Bullying is one of the most serious school violence for educators, parents, and the
public. According to KPAI, bullying behavior increases every year, by 2015 bullies
increased by 39%. The aim of this research was to identify the relationship between
adolescent characteristic and bullying incidents at Private Junior High School in
Pekanbaru. The data was conducted by 208 students. The univariate analysis was
conducted to show respondent tcharacteristic and bivariate analysis was
conducted by chi-square test. The result showshere was a relationship between ages
and incidents of being an offender of bullying with p value (0.036) < (0.05), but
there is no relationship between ages and incidents of being a victim of bullying
with p value (0.064) > (0.05), gender and incidents of being an offender of bullying
with p value (0.384 > 0.05), gender and incidents of being a victim of bullying with
p value (0.438 > 0.05), and gender and bullying category with p value (0.870 > 0.05).
This research further can be a reference for schools to develop anti-bullying school
in dealing with bullying
Keywords: Adolescent Characteristic, Bullying, Bullying Incidents, Junior High

School
socially unacceptable and also an

1. INTRODUCTION abnormal and unhealthy behavior
(Yayasan Semai Jiwa Amini, 2008; Rudi,
The practice of bullying is one form of 2010).
violence that occurs in schools who very The phenomenon of bullying cases
apprehensive for educators, parents, and occurring in Indonesia was increasing every
society. Schools should be a place for year, the incidence of bullying cases in
children to gain knowledge and form a schools from KPAI shows that children's
positive personal character turned out to violence in schools has increased by 4% from
be a place of the growing of bullying 2014 to 2015 by 461 cases to 478 cases.
practices (Wiyani, 2013). Currently Furthermore, students who become
bullying is recognized as a serious perpetrators of bullying also increased by 39%
problem in the lives of children. Many in 2015 (KPAI, 2016). The Indonesian Child
children reported that they have been Protection Commission (KPAI) recorded
mocked, belittled, or victimized by other 2,178 cases in 2011, 3,512 cases in 2012,
repeatedly by bullies at school (King, 4,311 cases in 2013 and 5.066 cases in 2014
2010). Bullying is a long-standing (Setyawan, 2015). KPAI also recorded 79
behavior that threatens all aspects of life, cases of children as bullying perpetrators in
230
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
schools throughout 2015. This case increased Characteristics commonly found in

when compared to the previous year, which is child who being victims of bullying include:
as many as 67 cases throughout 2014 (Putera, 1) have low self-esteem; 2) absenteeism in
2015). For Pekanbaru through the Integrated high school; 3) look frightened at the time of
Service Center for Women and Children going home and going to school; 4) cry often;
Empowerment (P2TP2A) noted that in 2015 5) there are bruises that can’t be described; 6)
there were 98 cases of violence against withdraw from social activities; 7) lose
children and women, of which 70% were confidence; 8) often feel helpless; 9) shows
cases of violence against children from signs of depression (AASA, 2009; Weston,
bullying behavior (P2TP2A, 2016). 2010).
Due to the increasing cases of bullying in From the data, the researchers were
education, President Jokowi plans to publish interested in conducting research about
a presidential regulation on anti-bullying in relationship between adolescents
schools (Metro TV, 2015). This is a sad fact characteristic and incidents of bullying. The
because the government (central and local) incidents include the incidents of being an
and the community are not able to prevent the offender and a victim of bullying.
recurrence of cases of violence, bullying in The purpose of this study was to
schools considering such acts violations of identified the relationship between
child rights have been protected by Law No. adolescent characteristic and bullying
23 of 2002 on Protection Children who have incidents at private junior high school in
been renewed through Law 35 of 2014. Pekanbaru. With that, research will provide
The Minister of Education and Culture benefits for government /school/
(Kemendikbud) has issued Ministerial community/ stakeholder as an information
Regulation on Anti Bullying in the activity about relationship between adolescent
of new student orientation through characteristic and bullying incidents, as a
Permendikbud Number 55 Year 2014 and reference to the next research about bullying
Circular Letter Number 59389/ MPK/ PD/ incidents and as basic data to implement the
2015. However, the implementation is not as policy/ discipline about schooll anti
expect, bullying was still common forms of bullying based on adolescent characteristic.
violence in the school orientation activities.
Violence in MOS/ MOPD activities that
ultimately lead to continuous bullying in a 2. METHODOLOGY
school.
Bullying behavior can occur because of This research uses descriptive
several risk factors that can trigger the correlative research design with cross
behavior, the trigger can comes from within sectional approach involving 208
the child, family, peers, and the environment. respondents. Sampling obtained by
American Association of School purposive sampling in accordance with the
Administrators (AASA) in 2009 revealed that inclusion criteria such as: high school
these factors can occur singly or students, students in schools that have the
simultaneously. potential to experience bullying, healthy
Individual factors that can trigger physical and spiritual, and willing to be a
bullying include: 1) Sex; 2) Have a history of volunteer respondent.
being bullied; 3) Behave manipulative, The univariate analysis and bivariate
impulsive, and aggressive; 4) lack of empathy; analysis was conducted by chi-square test to
5) Physically stronger than the victim; 6) show a relationship between respondent
Insufficient ability of children to solve characteristics and incidents of being an
problems constructively (AASA, 2009). offender or being a victim of bullying.
231
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Univariate analysis is used to obtain data on

A. Univariate Analysis respondent characteristics including age and
gender. Univariate analysis result shows:
Table 1: The frequency distribution of respondents based on the characteristics of
respondents (students)
Total (n=208)
Characteristics
N %
Age
13 years 45 21.6
14 years 88 42.3
15 years 54 26.0
16 years 20 9.6
17 years 1 0.5
Total 208 100
Gender
Male 99 47.6
Female/ 108 52.4
Total 208 100
The results of the analysis in the table shows respondents are female as many as 108
that from 208 respondents, the most age of respondents (52.4%).
the respondents was 14 years as many as 88 B. Bivariate Analysis
respondents (42.3%), while most of the 1. Relationship between age and bullying
incidents
Table 2: Relationship between ages and incidents of being an offender of bullying
Bullying Offender Total

Age
Yes No p value
(Years old) n %
n % n %
13 4 8.9 41 91.1 45 100
14 13 14.8 75 85.2 88 100
15 6 11.1 48 88.9 54 100 0.036
16 11 55.0 9 45.0 20 100
17 0 0.0 1 100.0 1 100
Table 2 shows the most incidents of being much as 11 respondents (55.0%). Statistic
an offender of bullying were happened on shows p value 0.036 which means there was
age 14 years old as much as 13 respondents a relationship between ages and incidents of
(14.8%), following by age 16 years old as being an offender of bullying
.
Table 3 : Relationship between ages and incidents of being a victim of bullying.
Bullying Victim Total

Age
Yes Tno p value
(Years old) n %
n % n %
13 12 26.7 33 73.3 45 100
0.064
14 22 25.0 66 75.0 88 100
232
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3

Age
Yes Tno p value
(Years old) n %
n % n %
15 25 46.3 29 53.7 54 100
16 8 40.0 12 60.0 20 100
17 0 0.0 1 100 1 100
From the table above, the most incident of 0.064 which means there is no relationship
being a victim of bullying happen in age 15 between ages and incidents of being an
years old as much as 25 respondents, victim of bullying
following by age 14 years old as much as 22 2. Relationship between gender and
respondents. Result shows that p value was incidents of bullying
Table 4: Relationship between gender and incidents of being an offender of

bullying
Bullying Offender Total
Gender Yes No p value
n %
n % n %
Male 19 19.2 80 80.8 99 100
0.384
Female 15 13.8 94 86.2 109 100
Table 4 shows as much as 19 respondents female respondents (86.2 %) were not.

(19.2 %) were male and being an offender Statistic shows p value was 0.384 which
of bullying when 80 other male respondents means there was no relationship between
(80.8%) were not, and as much as 15 gender and incidents of being an offender of
respondents (13.8 %) were female who bullying.
being an offender of bullying when 94 other
Table 5: Relationship between gender and incidents of being a victim of bullying

Gender Yes No p value
n %
n % n %
Male 35 35.4 64 67.1 99 100
0.438
Female 32 29.4 77 70.6 109 100
Table 5 shows as much as 35 respondents (35.4%) 77 other female respondents (70.6%) were
were male and being a victim of bullying when not. Statistic shows p value was 0.438 which
64 other male respondents (67.1%) were not, means there was no relationship between
and as much as 32 respondents (29.4%) were gender and incidents of being a victim of
female and being a victim of bullying when bullying
.
Table 6: The difference of total incidents of bullying offender and victim based on gender
Offender Victim
Total
Gender Do Don’t Do Don’t
n % n % n % n % n %
Male 19 19.2 80 80.8 35 35.4 64 67.1 99 100
Female 15 13.8 94 86.2 32 29.4 77 70.6 109 100
233
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
From the table, the most offender of most victim of bullying also male as much
bullying was male as much as 19 as 35 respondents (35.4%) while female as
respondents (19.2%) while female only as much as 32 respondents (29.4%).
much as 15 respondents (13.8%). The
Table 7: Relationship between gender and bullying categories
Bullying Categories Total

Gender Low Moderate p value
n %
n % n %
Male 93 93.9 6 6.1 99 100
0.870
Female 104 95.4 5 4.6 109 100
Table 7 shows as much as 93 children will begin to emerge (Slonje and

respondents (93.9%) were male and were Smith, 2007).
on low bullying categories when 6 other The most incident of being a victim of
male respondents (6.1%) were on bullying happen in age 15 years old as
moderate category, and as much as 104 much as 25 respondents, following by age
respondents (95.4 %) were female and 14 years old as much as 22 respondents.
were on low bullying categories when 5 Result shows that p value was 0.064 which
other female respondents (4.6%) were on means there is no relationship between
moderate category. Statistic shows p value ages and incidents of being an victim of
was 0.870 which means there is no bullying
relationship between gender and bullying According to Puspitasari, Zaenal and
categories. Dian (2010) at the age of 15 years began
The result shows the most incidents of to show the onset of bullying behavior in
being an offender of bullying were terms of the number of victims of bullying
happened on age 14 years old as much as that initially only as many as 40 people
13 respondents (14.8%), following by age (23.95%), then reached the peak at the age
16 years old as much as 11 respondents of 16 years where the number of victims of
(55.0%). Statistic shows p value 0.036 bullying increased by 56 people (33.53%)
which means there was a relationship and 17 years old fell to as many as 41
between ages and incidents of being an people (24.55%). Targeted bullying
offender of bullying. This research in line children usually have internal
with Widoretno, Bekti, & Lailatul (2015) characteristics such as having low self-
that shows there is a relation between age esteem and self-esteem that make them
factors and bullying behavior in easy targets for bullying (Perry, 2014).
adolescent with p value (0.000) As much as 19 respondents (19.2 %)
Rigby (2010), stating that the were male and being an offender of
incidence of bullying starts to increase in bullying when 80 other male respondents
the final years of elementary school and (80.8%) were not, and as much as 15
reaches its peak when children enter high respondents (13.8 %) were female who
school. Bullying behavior events will being an offender of bullying when 94
begin to diminish with age. The age range other female respondents (86.2 %) were
of 12-16 years is believed to be more not. Statistic shows p value was 0.384
susceptible to bullying behavior, because which means there was no relationship
at this age the bullying behavior of between gender and incidents of being an
offender of bullying.
234
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
This study is not in line with research boys show more acceptance of bullying
conducted Susan (2013) in his research on behaviors and are more often involved in
bullying in the United States reported that bullying (AASA, 2009). Previous research
there is a relationship on the occurrence of conducted by Ediana (2013) on the
bullying in both sexes. Male gender analysis of factors affecting bullying
occupied the higher level of the treatment behavior showed that bullying behaviors
of bullying to other students as much as 6% are more prevalent in men than women
compared to female gender which only 4- with 17.29 bullying on average more than
5%. Fika's study (2012) on the relationship women 16.04.
between the characteristics of primary As much as 93 respondents (93.9%)
school-aged children and bullying also were male and were on low bullying
explained that there was a significant categories when 6 other male respondents
relationship between sex and the (6.1%) were on moderate category, and as
occurrence of bullying and the results much as 104 respondents (95.4 %) were
showed that boys were 5 times more likely female and were on low bullying
to experience bullying than girls (p = categories when 5 other female
0.011 <0.05). respondents (4.6%) were on moderate
As much as 35 respondents (35.4%) category. Statistic shows p value was
were male and being a victim of bullying 0.870 which means there is no relationship
when 64 other male respondents (67.1%) between gender and bullying categories.
were not, and as much as 32 respondents Lee's research (2009) shows that gender is
(29.4%) were female and being a victim of not a dominant factor that relates to
bullying when 77 other female bullying behavior because sex is more
respondents (70.6%) were not. Statistic decisive in the relationship between sex
shows p value was 0.438 which means and bullying behaviors, the more sex the
there was no relationship between gender role plays in determining the type of
and incidents of being a victim of bullying. bullying. Women are more likely to
Rohman's research (2016) obtained the perform psychological bullying types than
results of crosstabulation test between sex men and men are more likely to do
with the tendency of being bullied victims physical bullying types than women
from 81 respondents got the result that the Boys although found to be more likely
tendency of victim of bullying is more to use physical oppression than girls, but
found in male gender as much as 22 people girls are more dominant using more verbal
(60%) than from female gender only 14 suppression than boys. This difference is
people (32%). more related to the socialization of men
The most offender of bullying was and women in our culture than with
male as much as 19 respondents (19.2%) physical courage and size (Abdullah,
while female only as much as 15 2013). Viewed from the characters based
respondents (13.8%). The most victim of on male gender has masculine characters
bullying also male as much as 35 such as rational, assertive, competition,
respondents (35.4%) while female as arrogant, orientation domination,
much as 32 respondents (29.4%). calculation, aggressive, objective and
Sex differences are recognized as one physical. While the female characters are
of the risk factors that encourage bullying more feminine like emotional, flexible,
behavior (National Crime Prevention cooperation, always succumb, orientation
Center Canada, 2008). The results of this in relationships, using instinct, passive,
study indicate that boys are more likely to nurturing and fussy (Rostyaningsih, 2010).
receive bullying because boys tend to Based on the theory and related
behave physically aggressively, while research described above it can be
235
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
concluded that men have tendency to character and aggression of adolescent

behave bullying, especially physical boys.
contact than women, due to the masculine
Journal:
4. CONCLUSION
The result shows there was a Lee, E. (2009). The relationship of
relationship between ages and incidents of aggression and bullying to social
being an offender of bullying with p value preference: differences in gender and
(0.036) < (0.05), but there is no types of aggression. International
relationship between ages and incidents of Journal of Behavioral Development.
being a victim of bullying with p value Accessed on 20 Oct 2016
(0.064) > (0.05), gender and incidents of http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10
being an offender of bullying with p value .1177/0165025408098028
(0.384 > 0.05), gender and incidents of Puspitasari, Y.P; Zaenal. A & Dian R. S.
being a victim of bullying with p value (2010). Hubungan Antara Dukungan
(0.438 > 0.05), and gender and bullying Sosial Teman Sebaya dengan
category with p value (0.870 > 0.05). Kecemasan Menjelang Ujian Nasional
(UN) pada siswa Kelas XII Reguler
SUGGESTION SMA Negeri 1 Surakarta. Jurnal
For the nursing world, this research can be Penelitian Fakultas Psikologi
used as knowledge and insight for nurses Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang:
and students about relationship between Universitas Diponegoro.
adolescents characteristic and incidents of
bullying. For the world of education this Rohman, M. Z. (2016). Hubungan antara
research can be a reference about incidents usia, tingkatan kelas, dan jenis kelamin
of bullying. For the community this dengan kecenderungan menjadi korban
research can be information and bullying. The 3rd University Research
knowledge about bullying behavior which Qolloqium 2016. Accessed on 19 Oct
still occur either in home environment or 2017
school so the society will be aware of https://publikasiilmiah.ums.ac.id/bitstr
bullying case around them. For later eam/handle/11617/6824/60.%20Moh
researchers this can be a reference for %20Zainol%20Rohman.pdf?sequence
continuing research about incidents of =1
bullying. Slonje, R. & Smith, P.K. (2007).
Cyberbullying: another main type of
REFERENCES bullying? Scandinavian Journal of
Book: Psychology. Accessed on 20 Oct 2017
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1
Abdullah, N. (2013). Meminimalisasi 111/j.1467-
bullying di sekolah. Klaten: 9450.2007.00611.x/abstract
UNWIDHA.
Weston, F. (2010). Working with childer who
Sejiwa. (2008). Bullying: mengatasi have bullied. British journal of school
kekerasan di sekolah dan lingkungan nursing. Accessed on 20 Oct 2017
sekitar anak. Jakarta: Grasindo http://www.westonps.org/uploaded/Pol
Wiyani, N. A. (2012). Save our children icies/5000/5131.911.pdf
from school bullying. Jokjakarta: Ar-
Ruzz Media. Document of Agency:
236
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
American Association of School di Sekolah Dasar X di Bogor. Accessed

Administrators. (2009). Bullying at on 20 Oct 2017
school and online. Education.com http://lib.ui.ac.id/file?file=digital/2031
Holding, Inc. Accesed at 19 Oct 2017 3561-S43718-Hubungan%20
http://www.aasa.org/content.aspx?id=2 karakteristik.pdf
18 Komisi Perlindungan Anak Indonesia
Ediana, A. (2013). Analisis faktor-faktor (KPAI). (2015). KPAI: Kasus
yang memperngaruhi perilaku bullying kekerasan terhadap anak tiap tahun
pada peserta didik anak usia mi/sd: meningkat. Accessed on 27 Aug 2017
Jakarta: Lembaga Penelitian dan http://www.kpai.go.id/berita/kpai-
Pengabdian Masyarakat UIN Syarif pelaku-kekerasan-terhadap-anak-tiap-
Hidayatullah. tahun-meningkat/
Fika. (2012). Hubungan karakteristik anak
usia sekolah dengan kejadian bullying
237
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
GREEN BEANS PLANT RESPONSE (VIGNA RADIATA L)

ON LIQUID ORGANIC FERTILIZER (LOF) NASA AND
NPK COMPOUND FERTILIZER
Ernita, M. Noer, Sidik Arif Irawan

Department of Agrotechnology Faculty of Agricultur Universitas Islam Riau
Abstract
The purpose of research is to know the effect of interaction and each of the main factors
on growth and yield of Green Bean (Vigna radiata, L.) and determine the best response
treatment. The research was conducted in experimental garden of Agriculture Faculty
of Islamic University of Riau from November to February 2017. The research design
used was a Factorial Randomized Complete Design consisting of 2 factors. The first
factor is: LOF Nasa (P) concentration consisting of 4 levels: 0 cc / l water (PO), 2 cc /
l water (P1), 4 cc / l water (P2) and 6 cc / l water P3) The second factor is: NPK
Compound Fertilizer consisting of 5 levels ie: without NPK (N0), NPK Mutiara
16:16:16 18 g / plot (N1), NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 36 g / plot (N2 ), NPK Grower 18 g
/ plot (N3) and NPK Grower 36 g / plot (N4). The parameters observed were plant
height, number of primary branch, number of effective root nodule, flowering age,
harvest age, number of plant pods, percentage of pods, 100 dry seed weight and dry
seed weight. The data were analyzed statistically and tested further with advanced test
of real honest difference (BNJ) at 5% level. The results showed that interaction of LOF
Nasa and NPK compound fertilizer had significant effect on: plant height, flowering
age, number of pods, weight of 100 dry seeds and dry seed weight. The best response
treatment is LOF Nasa 4 cc / l water and NPK Mutiara compound fertilizer 18 g / plot
(P2N1). The main effects of LOF were significant on plant height, number of primary
branches and number of effective root nodules, flowering age, weight of 100 dry seeds
and dry seed weight per plant. The best response treatment was LOF concentration of
4 cc / l water (P2). The main effects of NPK compound fertilizer were significantly on
plant height, number of primary branches, number of root nodules, flowering age,
harvest age, number of plant pods, percentage of pods, 100 dry seed weight and dry
seed weight. The best response treatment is NPK Grower 36 g / plot (N4) compound
fertilizer.
Keywords: LOF Nasa, NPK Compound Fertilizer, Green Bean (Vigna radiata L)
238
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION fertilizer (chemical). The use of compound

fertilizers is an appropriate alternative in
Green beans (Vigna radiata L) is one of providing nutrients in a balanced state.
the beans that have important nutritional Many types of compound fertilizers in the
and economic value after peanut and market include NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 and
soybean crops. Nutritional content of green NPK Grower.
beans is beneficial in eye health, bones and
teeth, reduces koleosterol, smooths blood NPK Mutiara Fertilizer 16:16:16 is a
flow, prevents colon cancer, anti-oxidants, compound fertilizer containing macro and
improves the nervous system and helps in micro nutrients that can be used for all types
the formation of cells in the body of plants as well as various conditions of
(Anonimus, 2013). land, climate and environment. This
fertilizer is perfect for basic fertilization or
According to Mustakim (2012), the follow-up and can also provide good
nutritional content per 100 grams of green nutrient balance for plant growth so it can
bean seeds consists of 345 calories, 62.9 g support the plant to grow and develop
of carbohydrates, 22 g protein, 1.2 g fat, 125 properly. According to Anonimus, (2016),
mg of calcium, 320 mg of phosphorus, 6.7 NPK Mutiara yaramila content is 16% N, 16%
mg of iron , 157 mg of vitamin A, 0.64 mg P2O5, 1% K2O, 5% CaO and 1.5% MgO.
of vitamin B1,0, 6 g of vitamin C and 10 g Moses research results, (2016) showed that
of water. Although green beans have many the use of NPK Mutiara with a dose of 300
benefits and are agronomically advantaged kg / Ha can increase the growth and yield of
compared to peanut and soybean crops green beans.
where green bean plants have advantages
such as more maturity, more drought NPK Grower Fertilizer is a compound
tolerance, and relatively stable prices but fertilizer containing macro and micro
green bean plants are less attention in their nutrients that plants need. According to
cultivation. Anonimus (2003), NPK grower fertilizer
content is: 15% N, 9% P205 and 20% K20.
When viewed in terms of climate and land In addition, NPK grower fertilizer contains
conditions owned, Indonesia is one of the 2% MgO, 3.80% S, 0.015% B, 0.020% Mn
countries that have the opportunity to export and 0.020% Zn. NPK Grower fertilizer can
green beans. But until now domestic be used as basic fertilizer or fertilizer.
production is still low and has not been able Heruli research results, (2016) showed the
to meet domestic needs. According to use of NPK Grower fertilizer with the best
Anonimus (2015), the production of green dose of 300 kg / Ha in increasing the growth
beans in Riau in 2013 with harvested area and production of green beans.
reaches 585 ha with 619 tons production, in
2014 with harvested area reaching 598 Ha Excessive use of chemical fertilizers has a
with production of 645 tons, then in 2015 negative impact on the soil such as
with harvested area of 595 Ha with degradation of soil fertility, soil becomes
production of 619 tons (1.04 tons / ha). acid, aggregate of soil becomes hard and
solid. One alternative to maintain and
The low production of green beans is partly maintain soil fertility and increase the yield
due to low soil fertility and unbalanced of green pea plants is chemical fertilization
fertilization. Solutions that can be done in must be accompanied by the provision of
overcoming these problems can be done organic fertilizer either solid or liquid
with the provision of organic and inorganic fertilizer.
239
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Liquid organic fertilizer (LOF) is a solution plate, wood and nail. While the tool used in
of decomposition of organic materials this research is hoe, machetes, saws,
derived from plant residues, animal waste hammer, meter, analytical scale, bucket,
that contain more than one element of the gembor, rakes, cameras and stationery.
ingredients. The advantages of liquid
organic fertilizer is able to overcome This research uses Factorial Design 4 x 5
nutrient deficiency quickly because it can which is arranged in Completely Random
be absorbed quickly. Organic fertilizers with 3 replications. The first factor was the
generally do not damage soil and plants concentration of LOF Nasa (P) with 4 levels
even though they are used as often as ie 0 cc / l water (PO), 2.0 cc / l water (P1),
possible. In addition, LOF also has a binder 4.0 cc / l water (P2) and 6.0 cc / l water (P4).
so that the solution can be directly utilized The second factor is NPK compound
fertilizer (Hadisuwito, 2012). fertilizer (N) consists of 5 levels, namely:
Without compound fertilizer (NO), NPK
Nasa organic liquid fertilizer is one type of Mutiara yaramila 18 g / plot (N1), NPK
fertilizer that can be given to the leaves and Mutiara yaramila 36 g / plot (N2), NPK
soil, containing macro and micro nutrients, Grower 18 g / plot (N3) and NPK Grower
can reduce the use of Urea, SP-36 and KCl 36 g / plot (N4) to obtain 60 experimental
reach 12.5% - 25%, NOC nutrient content units. Each experimental unit consists of 15
Nasa is N 0.12%, P2O5 0.03%, K 0.31%, plants and 3 plants as sample plants. The
Ca 60.4 ppm, Mn 2.46 ppm (Anonymous, observed data were analyzed statistically. If
2005). In addition LOF Nasa contains F arithmetic is bigger than F. The table then
organic hormones such as auksin, cytokines, continued with a real test of honest
gibberellins that promote growth, rooting, difference (BNJ) at 5% level.
flowering and fertilization in plants. The
recommended concentrations in food crops The field of research is cleaned and then
and horticulture 2.5 - 3.0 cc / l water. While done the processing of soil with a depth of
the results of research Barus, Khair and 0-20 cm and the plot with the size of 1.2 x
Anshar Siregar (2014), menunujukan that 1.0 meters as much as 60 plots, the distance
the concentration of 4.0 cc / l of water is best between plots 50 cm.
in increasing the growth and production of The seeds to be planted are first inoculated
green beans. Based on the above is expected with green bean soil with a ratio of 100
with the provision of LOF nasa can reduce grams of soil / 0.5 kg of seeds, by wetting
the need for NPK fertilizer and can the seeds with a little water and then stirring
determine the type of NPK compound evenly with soil. Inoculated seeds are then
fertilizer is best in improving the growth planted in a planting hole as much as 2 seeds
and production of green beans. per hole with a distance of 40 cm x 20 cm.
LOF Nasa was administered 4 times, giving
METODHOLOGY the first one week before planting by
splashing to soil and stirring evenly with
The experiment was conducted in dose of 600 ml / plot (50 liter / 100 m2).
experimental garden of Agricultural Faculty Subsequent administration by watering the
of Islamic University of Riau for four soil on the crop line 3 times starting at 7
months starting from November 2016 until days with 10 days interval with wet criterion
February 2017. The materials used in this (age 7 days, 17 days and 27 days) as much
research were Vima-1 Varieties. LOF Nasa, as 600 ml / plot each giving so the LOF dose
NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 Yaramila, NPK during the study as much as 2, 4 liters / plot.
Grower, Dithane M-45, Decis 25 EC, zinc
240
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The concentration used is adjusted for the Plant height

treatment.
The observation result of high green bean
The giving of NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 and plants after the analysis of variance showed
NPK Grower is done when planting by way that in interaction of LOF Nasa and
of run with distance 7 cm distance from line compound Fertilizer as well as their
of plant. The dose was adjusted for each respective real major effect on green bean
treatment ie without NPK, NPK yaramila plant height. The average observation of
18 g / plot (150 kg / ha), NPK yaramila 36 green beans after being tested further with
g / plot (300 kg / ha), NPK Grower 18 g / BNJ at 5% level can be seen in Table 1.
plot (150 kg / ha) and 36 g / plot (300 kg /
ha). Table 1 shows that LOF Nasa and NPK
Compound interacted gave significant
Plant maintenance includes watering done 2 different effect to plant height. The highest
times a day ie in the morning and evening, plant was found in LOF Nasa 4 cc / l water
except when it rains. After the plant is 4 treatment and NPK Mutiara 18 g (P2N1)
weeks watering done 1 times a day. and LOF Nasa 6 cc / l water and NPK
Thinning of plants is done by leaving one Mutiara 18 g (P3N1) with plant height
plant in each planting hole done at the time 55.11 cm but no different from other
of the plant is a week after planting. treatments except with treatment of P1N0,
Weeding and weeding is done first one P3N0, P3N2, P0N2, and P0N0.
week after planting next one week interval
until completion of research. Furthermore,
for pest control is sprayed Decis 25 EC with The higher plant with LOF treatment caused
concentration 2 cc / l water and disease LOF Nasa can improve the soil conditions
control used Dithane M-45 with dose 3 g / l that cause the growth of rooting of green
water. The first spraying is done at the time beans plants well. LOF Nasa contains
of plant 1 week after planting, then done macro and micro nutrients, as well as humat
interval 2 weeks until plant age two weeks acid and acid that can dissat dissolve
before harvest. chemical fertilizers in the soil so that the
Parameters observed in the study included: soil becomes more fertile and loose so that
plant height (cm), number of primary the roots growth goes well.
branches (fruit), number of effective root Good rooting and high availability of soil
nodules (fruit), flowering age (day), harvest nutrients cause nutrient uptake to increase
age (day), number of plant pods, (%), so as to improve the process of
weight of 100 dry seeds (g), and dry seed photosynthesis of green beans and then
weight of crop (g). assimilate the results of photosynthesis can
be utilized to spur plant growth. In addition,
LOF Nasa also contains Auxin Growth
RESULT AND DISCUSSION Regulators, Giberelin and Cytokinins that
can spur plant growth.
Table 1. The High Mean of Green Beans on the Treatment of LOF Nasa and NPK
Compound Fertilizer (cm)
241
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
LOF Nasa NPK Compound fertilizer (g/plot) Averag

e
(cc/l water)
0 Mutiara Mutiara Grower Grower
18 (N1) 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) 36 (N2)
0 (P0) 51, 99bc 53.11 abc 52.33 bc 51.66 c 52, 89abc 52.40 c
2 (P1) 51.89 bc 54.88 a 52.89 abc 53.44 abc 53, 11abc 53, 24b
aircraft
4 (P2) abc 53.33 55, 11a 54.89 a 54, 88a 55.22 a 54.69 a
6 (P3) 51.88 bc 55.11 a 52.33 bc 53.11 abc 54, 22ab 53.33 b
Average 52.27 c 54.55 a 53.11 bc 53, 27b 53, 86ab
KK = 9.40% BNJ P = 0.78 BNJ N = 0.93 BNJ PN = 2.48
Figures on columns and rows followed by the same lower case are not significantly
different according to BNJ at the 5%
According to Sampit (2012), in addition to Mutiara compared with NPK Grower is

ZPT other content of Nasa liquid organic higher that is 16% while in NPK Grower
fertilizer is humic acid and acid that can 15%. This is why the plant height in the
dissat dissolve chemical fertilizers in the treatment of NPK Mutiara is higher than
soil so that the soil will become loose. In that of NPK Grower treatment.
addition it can be as a phosphorus solvent,
helps stabilize pH, regulates movement and NPK Mutiara Fertilizer 16:16:16 is a
distribution of nutrients in the soil that compound fertilizer containing main
creates an environment suitable for the nutrient N (16%), P (16%), K (16%). The
proliferation of soil microorganisms that are main role of nitrogen (N) for plants is to
beneficial to the plant. stimulate overall growth, especially
branches, stems and leaves. Nitrogen also
Higher plant in LOF treatment 4 cc / l and plays an important role in the formation of
NPK Mutiara 18 g / plot (P2N1) and LOF green leaves that are very useful in the
Nasa 6 cc / l water and NPK Mutiara 18 g / process of photosynthesis. Another function
plo (P3N1) compared with other treatment. is to form proteins, fats and various organic
This is due to the treatment of Mutiara NPK compounds (Marsono, 2011).
16:16:16 able to meet the nutrient needs,
especially N needed by plants in the process The better the conditions and the
of plant height growth in green beans. NPK availability of soil nutrients so that
compound Mutiara compound 16:16:16 is photosynthesis will take place well that can
an inorganic fertilizer containing macro be utilized properly in supporting the high
nutrients with a ratio of 16:16:16 can growth of plants (Sandra, 2012).
provide a good balance of nutrients for Number of Primary Branches
plants and can stimulate vegetative growth
of plants. Given the NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 The result of observation on the number of
with a dose of 18 g / plot provides better primer branches of green bean plants after
nutrient requirements compared with other the analysis of variance showed that the
treatments. N nutrient content of NPK main influence of LOF Nasa and Majalah
242
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Fertilizer respectively real to the number of number of primary branches found at

primer branch of green bean plants. The concentration 4 cc / water (P2). This is
average observation on the number of because the treatment is the right
primer branches of green bean plants after concentration of LOF Nasa in improving
further testing with BNJ at 5% level can be the physical properties of soil chemistry and
seen in Table 2. biology as well as improving the root
system in plants. A good root system can
Table 2 shows that the main effect of LOF cause the nutrient absorption process to run
Nasa and Compound Fertilizer is smoothly. In addition, LOF contains macro
significantly different from the number of and micro nutrients that plants need in their
primer branches of green bean plants. growth including growth of primary
Treatment of LOF that produces the most branches.
Table 2. Number of Prime Branches of Green Beans on Treatment of LOF Nasa and NPK
Compound (piece)
LOF Nasa NPK Compound Fertilizer Averag
e
(cc/l water)
0 Mutiara 36 Grower Grower
18 (N1) Mutiara 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) s (N2)
0 (P0) 3.77 4.11 3.77 3.53 4.33 3.90 c
2 (P1) 3.77 4.33 + 4.55 4.00 4.66 4.26 b
4 (P2) 3.89 5.33 5.33 4.89 5.33 4.95 a
6 (P3) 3.77 4.44 4.00 3.89 5.00 4.22 bc
Average 3.80 d + 4.55 4.41 bc 4.08 cd + 4.83 a
ab
KK = 8.10% BNJ P = 0.34 BNJ N = 0.41
The numbers on rows and columns followed by the same lowercase letters show no
significant difference according to the Advanced Test of Honest Real Difference (BNJ) at
the 5% level.
The provision of compound fertilizers Reka (2012) that the number of branches
differed significantly with the number of formed in plants affected by varieties, plant
primary branches where the most primary spacing and soil fertility.
branches were found in NPK Grower 36 g /
plot (N3) NPK fertilizer did not differ NPK Grower fertilizer contains N by 15%
significantly from the treatment of Mutiara while NPK Mutiara fertilizer contains N
16:16:16 of 18 g / plot. This is because NPK 16%. Nutrient nutrients, especially N, cause
Grower and NPK Mutiara fertilizers the vegetative growth process of the plant to
provide the nutrients N needs in plant run well including the formation of primary
growth vegetative growth. According to branches.
243
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Number of Effective Root with LOF 4 cc / l water (P2) of 10.20 fruits

different from other treatments while the
The result of observation of effective root lowest number of root nodules in treatment
nodule after variance analysis showed that without LOF administration This is because
NASA LOF interaction and compound LOF Nasa plays an important role in
Fertilizer had no significant effect, but each improving soil physical properties, can
significant influence on the number of root cause the soil is more friable. LOF Nasa
nodules. Average observation of effective also increases the availability of nutrients so
root nodule of green beans after being tested that the soil becomes more fertile which
further with BNJ at 5% level can be seen in causes better root growth. LOF Nasa at the
Table 3. right concentration of 4 cc / l of water that
Table 3 shows that the main treatments of is able to increase the development of micro
LOF Nasa and compound fertilizers each organism in soil that is useful for plant
have a significant effect on the number of growth including Rhizobium bacteria found
effective root nodules. The concentration of in root of green bean plant. Rhizobium
LOF Nasa differed significantly from the bacteria bersimbiosis with roots of green
effective number of root nodules. The beans with the better rooting of plants hence
highest number of root nodules was treated the symbiosis of rhizobium bacteria with
roots can run well.
Table 3. Number of Effective Root Root of Green Bean Age Plant 28 Days At Treat of
LOF Nasa and Compound Fertilizer NPK (piece)
e
(cc/l water)
18 (N1) Mutiaras 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) (N2)
0 (P0) 6.33 9.00 7.00 is. .. 7.00 c is. ..
2 (P1) 7.67 10.00 9.00 7.00 8.67 8.47 b
4 (P2) 7.67 11.00 10.33 11.00 11.00 at 10 a
6 (P3) is. .. 10.33 9.33 7.67 9.33 8.67 b
Average 7.09 c at 10 a 8.92 ab 8.09 bc 9.00 ab
KK = 3.90% BNJ P = 1.03 BNJ N = 1.23
the 5% level.
Nasa is a natural liquid organic fertilizer stabilize the pH, regulate the movement and
extract from natural ingredients besides distribution of nutrients in the soil, will also
containing macro and micro nutrients also create an environment suitable for the
comes with humat and fulfat acid that helps
244
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
proliferation of soil microorganisms that are age of green bean plants. The average
useful for soil and plants (Anonimus, 2016). observation of flowering age of green bean
plants after further testing with BNJ at 5%
The main effect of NPK compound level can be seen in Table 4.
fertilizer was significantly different from
the number of effective root nodules. The In Table 4, it can be seen that LOF Nasa and
highest number of root nodules was found NPK Compound interacted significantly
in the NPK 18 p / plot (N1) NPK treatment different effect on flowering age of green
although not significantly different from the bean plants. The fastest flowering plant is
NPK Mutiara 36 g / plot (N2) treatment and found in LOF Nasa 2 cc / l water treatment
the NPK Grower 36 g / plot (N4) fertilizer with NPK Mutiara 18 g (P1N1) and LOF
while the lowest number of root nodules Nasa 4 cc / l water with NPK Mutiara 18 g
was treated without NPK but not (P2N1) and LOF Nasa 4 cc / l water with
significantly different with NPK Grower NPK Mutiara 36 g / plot (P2N2). ie 30.33
treatment 18 g / plot (N3). hari.Lebih plant with LOF treatment 2-4 cc
/ water and NPK Mutiara 18-36 g / plot
Nitrogen present in NPK Mutiara and NPK caused LOF Nasa can improve the soil
Grower plays an important role in the conditions that cause the growth of rooting
formation of green leaf which is very useful of green beans plants take place well
in photosynthesis process. Another function because LOF Nasa contains nutrients macro
is to form proteins, fats and various other and micro, as well as humat acid and acid
organic compounds. In the roots of plant that can dissat dissolve chemical fertilizers
nuts, carbohydrate compounds, proteins and in the soil so that the soil becomes more
other compounds can be utilized bacteria fertile and loose so that the roots growth
for life (Anonimus, 2014). goes well. Good rooting and high
Age Flowering availability of soil nutrients cause nutrient
uptake to increase so as to improve the
The observation of flowering age of green process of photosynthesis of green beans
bean plants after the analysis of variance and then assimilate the results of
showed that interaction of LOF Nasa and photosynthesis can be utilized to spur plant
compound fertilizer as well as their growth.
respective significant effect on flowering
Table 4. Flowering Age of Green Beans on Treatment of LOF Nasa and NPK Compound
Fertilizer (days)
LOF Nasa NPK Compound fertilizer (g/plot) Average
(cc/l water) 0 Mutiara Mutiara Grower Grower
18 (N1) 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) 36 (N2)
0 (P0) c 33.00 31.67 abc c 33.00 32.67 bc 32.67 bc 32.60 c
2 (P1) 32.00 abc 30.33 a 32.33 abc 32.67 bc 32.33 abc 31.93 b
4 (P2) 31.00 abc 30.33 a 30.33 a 30.67 ab 30.67 ab 30.60 a
6 (P3) 32.67 bc 31.00 abc 32.33 abc 32.33 abc 31.33 abc 31.93 b
Average 32.17 b a 30.83 32.00 b 32.09 b 31.75 b
245
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
The numbers on the rows and columns followed by the same lowercase letters show no
the 5%
NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 contains a after being tested further with BNJ at 5%
phosphorus (P) element that can meet the level can be seen in Table 5.
nutrient needs of plants in the flowering
process. Lingga and Marsono (2009), states Table 5 shows that compound NPK
that phosphorus for plants is useful for root fertilizers differ significantly in the age of
growth, especially root seeds and young green bean harvest where the fastest harvest
plants. Phosphorus serves as a raw material age was found in treatment of NPK Mutiara
for the formation of certain proteins, assists dose 16 g / plot (N1) 53,33 days although
assimilation and respiration, and accelerates not significantly different with NPK
flowering, ripening of seeds and fruit. Mutiara fertilizer treatment 36 g / N2) and
NPK Grower fertilizer treatment 36 g / plot
Suriatna (1987), suggests that in addition to (N4) whereas the oldest harvest age was
Ca and Mg elements needed in the found without NPK fertilizer. This is due to
development of plants, phosphorus phosphorus (P) contained in both types of
elements also play an important role in fertilizers have been able to meet the
spurring root growth. A good root system nutrient needs of plants in the process of
causes the absorption of more nutrients flowering and fertilization.
smoothly, thus affecting the flowering
process. Lingga and Marsono, (2009) stated that the
phosphorus element for plants is useful for
Harvest Age root growth, especially root seeds and
young plants. Phosphorus serves as a raw
The observation of the age of green bean material for the formation of certain
crop after the analysis of variance showed proteins, assists assimilation and respiration,
that only the main influence of NPK and accelerates flowering, ripening of seeds
compound fertilizer was real to the age of and fruit
green bean crop harvest. The average
observation on the age of green beans crop
Table 5. Harvest Age of Green Beans On Treatment of LOF Nasa and NPK Compound
Fertilizer (days)
e
(cc/l water)
18 (N1) Mutiaras 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) (N2)
0 (P0) at $54.00 53.33 at at 53.33 53.73
$54.00 $54.00
2 (P1) 54.33 53.33 54 RP 54.67 53.67 at
$54.00
4 (P2) 54.67 53.33 53.67 53.33 53.67 53.73
246
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3

e
(cc/l water)
18 (N1) Mutiaras 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) (N2)
6 (P3) 54.33 53.33 53.67 54.67 53.67 53.93
Average 54.33 c 53.33 a 53.84 ab 54.17 b 53.59 a
c c b
KK = 1.10% BNJ N = 0.74

The numbers in the columns followed by the same lowercase letters show no significant
difference according to the Advanced Test of Honest Real Difference (BNJ) at the 5%
Number of pods per plant (piece) well as the real main effect to the number of
green beans planting pods. The average
The result of observation of green bean observation of green bean pod number after
plant pod number after the analysis of further test with BNJ at 5% level can be
variance showed that interaction of LOF seen in Table 6.
Nasa and compound NPK compound as
Table 6. Number of Green Beans Planted Peas at Treatment of LOF Nasa and Compound
Fertilizer NPK (piece)
e
(cc/l
water) 0 Mutiara 36 Grower Grower
Mutiaras 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
(N0) 18 (N1) (N2)
0 (P0) 17.44 c 21.00 abc 21.00 abc at 22.22 abc 20.62
21:44abc
2 (P1) 18.11 c 21.66 abc 22.55 abc 22.66 abc 24.55 a 21.91
4 (P2) 18.77 bc 24.77 a 20.88 abc 23:11 abc 23.00 abc 22:11
6 (P3) at 19 abc 19.88 abc 24.78 a 21.00 abc 24.11 ab 21.84
Average 18.44 b 21.83 a 22.30 a at 22 a 23:47 a
the 5% level.
Table 6 shows that LOF Nasa and NPK in their effect on the number of green pea
compound fertilizers interacted differently pods per plant. The highest number of pods
247
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
was found in LOF 4 cc / l water treatment after being tested further with BNJ at 5%
with NPK Mutiara 16 g / plot (P2N1), P3N2 level can be seen in Table 7.
and P1N4. This is due to the complete
nutrient obtained by plants resulting from Table 7 shows that NPK compound
the fertilizer of LOF Nasa and with the fertilizers differ significantly on the
provision of NPK Mutiara 16:16:16 and percentage of green pea pods. The highest
NPK Grower containing elements of P and percentage of pods was found in the
Ca so as to give effect to the formation of treatment of NPK Mutiara 18 g / plot and
the number of pods. NPK Grower 36 g / plot was not
significantly different with NPK Grower 18
LOF Nasa contains ZPT that can help the g / plot and without NPK but significantly
process of formation of the plant, accelerate different with NPK Mutiara treatment 36 g
the growth of plants, stimulate flowering / plot This was caused by compound
and fruiting plants and prevent or reduce the fertilizer NPK contains Pospor, Ca, and Mg
level of loss of flowers and fruits in plants which play a role in seed formation.
(Sampit, 2012).
Phosphorus contained in NPK fertilizer
Novizan (2005), suggests that a plant can capable of absorbing green beans as a
produce well if the nutrient needs for plants source of energy for the growth and
are in a state of being fulfilled. NPK development of plants that many are in
Compound Fertilizer meets the needs of development in the form of nucleotides that
plant nutrients especially P that plants need function as a compiler of RNA and DNA
in the growth and development of plants. that play a role in the development of plant
Proper and balanced nutrient fulfillment cells and as an enzyme activator.
will result in the growth and development of Phosphorus also plays a role in stimulating
vegetative crops well that will support the generative growth such as the formation of
growth and development of generative flowers, fruits and seed filling. NPK
plants including pod formation. fertilization with the right dosage can cause
the number of pods that contain increasing
and will affect the percentage of pods.
The results of a variety can not be separated
Percentage of Base Pod (%) by adaptation or stability of appearance in
the growing environment. The ability to
The result of observation of percentage of produce number of packed pods is also
green bean plant pods after variation determined by the varieties of plants. Vima
analysis showed only the main influence of 1 vaitas green bean plant is a superior
NPK compound fertilizer significantly on variety that has the ability to produce good
the percentage of green bean planted pods. pods, including producing a number of pods.
The average of observed percentage of pods
Table 7. Percentage of Green Beans Planted Beans Pod in NOC LOF and NPK Compound
Fertilizer (%)
LOF Nasa Pupuk Majemuk NPK (g/plot) Rerata
(cc / l air) 0 (N0) Mutiara Mutiara Grower Grower
18 (N1) 36 (N2) 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
248
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
0 (P0) 77,71 83,16 81,41 85,46 86,55 82,86

2 (P1) 86,06 89,68 72,77 80,47 88,67 83,53
4 (P2) 89,34 88,86 84,48 83,58 86,42 86,54
6 (P3) 90,03 91,10 73,50 88,46 88,97 86,41
Rerata 85,79 ab 88,20 a 79,04 b 84,49 ab 87,65 a
KK= 6,74 % BNJ N = 6,67
the 5% level.
Weight 100 Dry Seeds growth hormone regulator that is auksin,

giberelin and cytokinin which can improve
The observation result of weight of fertilization and seed formation. Nutrients
100 dry beans of green bean plants after the N, P, K and other nutrients in a precise and
analysis of variance showed that interaction balanced state contained NPK Mutiara
of LOF Nasa and NPK Compound Fertilizer compound are available in appropriate
compound as well as the real major amounts so that plant growth takes place
influence to the weight amount of 100 seeds optimally, including in the formation of
of green beans. The average observation seeds and weight increase of seeds in this
result of weight of 100 dry beans after case the weight of 100 seeds of peanut plant
further test with BNJ at 5% level can be green.
seen in Table 8.
Table 8 shows that LOF Nasa and NPK
compound fertilizers interacted Dry Seed Weight Per Plant
significantly for the weight of 100 green
beans seeds. The 100 heaviest seeds were The result of observation of dry bean weight
found in LOF Nasa 4 cc / l water with NPK of green bean planting after the analysis of
Mutiara 16 g / plot (P2N1). This is due to variance showed that interaction of LOF
the benefits of LOF Nasa fertilizer that can Nasa and NPK Compound Fertilizer were
increase the availability of macro and micro compound and also the main influence on
nutrients that plants need and improve the dry seed weight of green bean crop. The
rooting and nutrient uptake so that the average of observation result of dry seed
physiological process of the plant runs weight of cultivation after further test with
smoothly. In addition LOF Nasa contains BNJ at 5% level can be seen in Table 9.
Table 8. Weight of 100 Dry Seeds of Green Bean On Treatment of LOF Nasa and NPK
Compound Fertilizer (g)
LOF Nasa Pupuk Majemuk NPK (g/plot) Rerata

( cc/l air) 0 (N0) Mutiara Mutiara Grower Grower
16 (N3)
16 (N1) 36 (N2) 36 (N4)
249
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
0 (P0) 6,30f 6,27 f 6.33 f 6.40 ef 6.63 abcdef 6.39 c

2 (P1) 6,40 ef 6,90 abcde 6.73abcdef 6.50 def 6.90 abcde 6.69 b
4 (P2) 6,53cdef 7,10 a 6.87 ab 6.87abcde 7.03abc 6.88 a
6 (P3) 6,7 f 7,00abcd 6.30 f 6.57bcdef 6.97 abcd 6.62 b

Rerata 6,38 c 6,82 a 6,56 b 6,59 b 6.88 a
KK = 2,40 % BNJ P = 0,15 BNJ N = 0,18 BNJ PN = 0,51
the 5% level.
250
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Table 9. Dry seed weight of green beans on NOC LOF and NPK Compound Fertilizer (g)
LOF Pupuk Majemuk NPK (g/plot) Rerata
Nasa
(cc/l) 0 (N0) Mutiara Mutiara Grower Grower
18 (N1) 36 (N2) 18 (N3) 36 (N4)
0 (P0) 12.11 g 14.77efg 14.88 defg 15.44 defg 17.22abcde 14.88 c
f
2 (P1) 14.78 efg 14.22 fg 16.22 bcdef 16.78abcde 17.33abcde 15.87 c
f f
4 (P2) 15.44 def 19.99 a 18.33 abc 17.33abcde 19.44 ab 18.11a
g f
6 (P3) 16.22bcde 18.22 abcd 17.22abcde 15.78 cdef 17.66 abcd 17.02 b
f f e
Rerata 16,64 c 16,80 ab 16,66 b 16,33 b 17,91 a
KK = 6,70 % BNJ P = BNJ N = 1,29 BNJ PN = 3,42
The numbers on rows and columns followed by the same lowercase letters show no significant
difference according to the Advanced Test of Honest Real Difference (BNJ) at the 5% level.
Table 9 shows that POC Nasa and NPK lower. Wijayanti, Purwanti and Adie, (2014)
compound fertilizers interacted significantly for also stated that plant height, number of pods,
the weight of dry seeds per plant where the seed weight have direct effect and have strong
heaviest dry seed weight was found in POC correlation to crop production, with high
Nasa 4 cc / l water with NPK Mutiara 16 g / plot variability and heritability value.
(P2N1). This is due to the effect of nutrient
availability found in the optimal POC Nasa on When converted to crop production per Ha by
green bean plants so that the increase of Treat POC 4 cc / l and, 18 m Mutiaras of plot /
photosynthesis and assimilat produced in the plot of about 2.50 tonnes is not different from
form of carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids NPK Mutiara 36 g / plot with production of 2.29
needed in the formation of pods and seeds. In tons. While the provision of POC 4 cc / l water
addition, the content of ZPT contained POC and NPK Grower 36 g / plot 2.43 tons and not
Nasa can reduce the loss of flowers and fruits. different with the provision of POC 4 cc / l
water and NPK Grower 18 g / plot of 2.17 tons
The production of dry beans is closely related to / ha. This proves by giving POC Nasa 4 cc / l
the number of planting pods where the number water can save the use of NPK Compound
and weight of the seeds is one of the fertilizer by 50%.
components of the yield. The more number of
pods and the weight of the seeds, the weight of
dry beans per plant is also increasing. Sandra CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION
(2012), states that the high number of good crop
production can be determined by the number of Conclusion
seeds of pith and weight. If the amount and
Based on the results of this study can be
weight of high seeds will cause the weight
concluded as follows:
increase of dry seeds of plants and will affect
the production of crops and vice versa if the 1. The interaction of POC Nasa and NPK
number and weight is low then the production is compound fertilizer has significant effect on
251
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
plant height, flowering age, number of plant Tepat.www.kebunpediacom. Diakses 10

pods, weight of 100 dry seeds and dry seed Oktober 2016.
weight of the plant. The best responding Anonimus, 2015. Luas panen, produksi dan
treatment is POC Nasa 4 cc / l water and rata-rata produksi kacang hijau tahun
compound fertilizer NPK Mutiara 18 g / plot 2012-2015. Badan Pusat Statistik
(P2N1) Nasional. 2015 URL:
http://www.bps.go.id/
2. The main effect of POC real to the plant tnmnpgn.php?kat=3. [2 Desember 2015].
height, the number of primary branches, the Anonimus, 2016. Mari Mengenal Fungsi
number of root nodules, the flowering age, the Utama POC Nasa. Blogspot com.
weight of 100 dry seeds and the weight of dry Diakses 5 April 2017.
beans per plant. The best responding treatment Barus, W. A., Hadriman K, H. dan Muhammad,
was the concentration of POC 4 cc / l water (P2) A, S 2014. Respon Pertumbuhan Dan
3. The main effect of NPK compound fertilizer Produksi Kacang Hijau Akibat
significantly on plant height, number of primary Penggunaan POC Dan Pupuk TSP.
branches, number of root nodules, flowering Fakultas Pertanian UMSU Medan. Jurnal
age, harvest age, number of plant pods, Agrium. 19 (1): 1-11.
percentage of pods, weight of 100 seeds and dry Damari C, 2012. Toko online pupuk organik
seed weight of the crop. The best response organik nasa natural nusantara
treatment is NPK Grower 36 g / plot (N4) cirebon.http://pupuknasaonline.blogspot.
compound fertilizer. com/2011/11/Poc-Nasa.html.Diakses
tanggal 10 Oktober 2016.
Suggestion Ernita, Maruli dan Gultom, 2012. Pengaruh
Pemberian NPK Grower dan Kompos
Based on the results of this study to improve the
Terhadap Pertumbuhan dan Produksi
growth and yield of green beans recommended
Tanaman Cabe Rawit (Capsicum
the use of POC Nasa 4 cc / l water with the use
frustescen L) Jurnal Dinamika Pertanian
of compound fertilizer NPK Mutiara with a
XXVII (3) : 149-155
dose of 150 kg / ha.
Ernita, Khairizal dan Maruli, 2015. Aplikasi
NPK Grower Pada Beberapa Varitas
Kedelai . Faperta Universitas
REFERENCES Islam Riau. Pekanbaru.
Admin. 2010. Bagaimana penggunaan pupuk Hadisuwito, S. 2012. Membuat Pupuk Organik
organik cair nasa. Cair. Agromedia Pustaka. Jakarta.
http://www.produknatural.com/tag/pengg Irawan, S.A, 2017. Pengaruh POC Nasa dan
unaan-poc-nasa/. Diakses tanggal 20 NPK Mutiara Terhadap Pertumbuhan dan
Februari 2016. Hasil Tanaman Kacang Hijau (Vigna
Anonimus. 1994. Pupuk NPK Mutiara 16:16:16. radiata L). Skripsi Faakultas Pertanian
PT. Meroke tetap jaya. Indonesia. Universitas Islam Riau. Pekanbaru
Anonimus. 2003. Kandungan NPK Grower. Heruli, T, 2016. Aplikasi NPK Grower dan
Yaramila Internasional Hormon Tanaman Unggul Pada Tanaman
Anonimus. 2011. Pupuk Organik Cir Nasa Kacang Hijau (Vigna radiata L)
(Pupuk Organik Cair Nusantara Subur Hidayatullah. 2013. Pengaruh Jarak Tanam dan
Alami). Pemberian Pupuk NPK Mutiara Terhadap
http://networkedblogs.com/q8Zmz?a=sh Pertumbuhan dan Produksi Kacang Tanah
are. Diakses tanggal 10 Oktober 2016. (Arachis hypogea L.). Skripsi Fakultas
Anonimus. 2014. Mamfaat Kacang Hijau Pertanian Universitas Islam Riau.
Untuk Kesehatan Sehat Pekanbaru.
Alami.ww.blogspot.com. Diakses 10 Lingga dan Marsono, 2009. Petunjuk
Oktober 2016. Penggunaan Pupuk. Penebar Swadaya.
Anonimus. 2016. Formulasi dan Dosis Jakarta.
Penggunaan Pupuk NPK Yang
252
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Marzuki, R. dan H.S. Soeprapto, 2004. Purwono dan Purnamawati. 2007. Budidaya 8
Bertanam Kacang Hijau. Penebar Jenis Tanaman Pangan Unggul. Penebar
Swadaya. Jakarta. Swadaya. Jakarta
Musa, A.R, 2016. Pengaruh Pemberian Rukmana, R. 2004. Usaha Tani Tanaman
Limbah Ikan dan Pupuk NPK Mutiara Pangan Unggul. Penebar Swadaya.
(16 :16 : 16) Terhadap Pertumbuhan dan Jakarta.
Hasil Kacang Hijau. Skripsi Fakultas Sampit A, 2012. Petaniku dan Nasa,
Pertanian Universitas Islam Riau. http://wongtaniku.wordpress.com/tanya-
Pekanbaru jawab/.Diakses tanggal 10 April 2017.
Novizan. 2005. Petunjuk PemupukanYang Sandra, E. 2012. Hubungan unsur hara dan
Efektif. Agro Media Pustaka. Jakarta. tanaman. Penerbit Rineka Cipta.
Nurahmi, E., Har dan Mulyani, S. 2010. Yogyakarta.
Pertumbuhan dan hasil kubis bunga Suryadi. 2010. Kandungan Pupuk Organik
akibat pemberian pupuk organik cair nasa CairNasa.http://wongtaniku.wordpress.co
dan zat pengatur tumbuh hormonik. m/2010/05/04/kandunganu-pupuk-
Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Syiah organik-nasa/. Diakses tanggal 20
Kuala. Banda Aceh.Jurnal Agrista.14 (1): Oktober 2016.
1-7. Sutisman, 2012. POC NASA (Pupuk Organik
Pasaribu, S., Barus, A. Dan Kurnianto, H. 2011. Cair Nusantara Subur
Pengaruh Konsentrasi Dan Interval Alami).http://pupuk
Waktu Pemberian Pupuk Organik Cair nasaonline.blogspot.com/2011/11/poc-
(POC) Nasa Terhadap Pertumbuhan Dan nasa.html. Diakses tanggal 10 Oktober
Produksi Jagung Manis. Fakultas 2016.
Pertanian Universitas Muhammadiyah Wijayanti R,Y, S. Parwanti dan Adie M. M,
Sumatera Utara. Jurnal Agrium. 17 (1): 2014. Hubungan Hasil dan Komponen Hasil
1-8. Kedelai (Glycine max L. Merril) Populasi F 5.
Purwono dan Hartanto, R. 2005. Kacang Hijau. Jurnal Vegetalika 3(4): 88-97.
Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta.
253
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
ANALYSIS OF HUMAN RESOURCES WORK IN

PRODUCTION ACTIVITY HYDROPONIC
VEGETABLES COMMODITY (CASE STUDY:
TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION UNIT OF AGRO GARDEN
IN ISLAMIC UNIVERSITY of RIAU)
Darus1, Hajry Arief Wahyudy2
1,2 Faculty of Agriculture, Universitas Islam Riau
Riau, Indonesia
Abstract
Workload analysis needs to be done on hydroponic vegetable farming in Technical

implementation Unit of Agro Garden in Islamic University of Riau to determine how
many workers needed in completing the stage of work especially in the production
process and how the right burden is delegated to one worker. The method used in this
research is descriptive quantitative. Workloads are analyzed using Full Time
Equivalent (FTE) calculations. The results of the identification of the stages of work
on hydroponic vegetable farming in the Technical implementation Unit of Agro
Garden in Islamic University of Riau consists of five stages, namely the preparation
stage of planting, nursery, transplanting, maintenance, harvest and post harvest. Each
stage has a specific description that has been adapted to the cultivation technology.
FTE value obtained from the calculation that is equal to 0.01377 which indicates that
the workload of employees are under under conditions. Solutions that can be
recommended so that this business run effectively and efficiently is the application of
Job Enrichment and Job Enlargement.
Keywords: Full Time Equivalent, Workload, Hydroponics
254
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1. INTRODUCTION Garden in Islamic University of Riau is

1.1. Research Background hampered by the limited product produced,
Technological advances have so in an effort to increase alternative
influenced various activities including production that can be done by companies
production activities of goods or services at such as by extending the planting land.
various companies engaged in various sectors, The expansion of new planting
including agricultural companies. land would require the employees of the
Agricultural barriers that constantly change garden as the managers and the additional
as weather and natural resources is cost to pay their wages. Meanwhile, wages
increasingly limited as agricultural land and are the highest expenditure among other
raw materials to make the company should be operational costs that must be issued by
more creative, effective and efficient in the company every month. Therefore, to
carrying out its production activities. So to avoid the occurrence of cost inefficiency
face these barriers and keep productivity high, then needed a better HR planning to fit the
the company needs resources that are needs of the company as well as effective
effective and efficient and responsive to and efficient in helping the realization of
change. Therefore, to produce effective and corporate goals.
efficient resources the company needs to do According to Marwansyah (2010),
the right target human resource planning to workload analysis is a process to establish
encourage the achievement of the company's the number of man-hours required to
vision and mission. complete the workload within a certain
According to Edison (2010), Human time. Workload analysis aims to
Resource Planning (HR) is a process done determine how many workers are needed
systematically in order to prepare the to complete a job and how much
availability of competent and qualified appropriate burden is assigned to one
human resources in the field, and has a strong worker.
competitiveness in accordance with the Workload analysis is done through
direction of corporate goals. One of the Full Time Equivalent (FTE) calculation.
companies that need to do the HR planning is Human Resource Planning on Technical
the Technical implementation Unit of Agro Implementation Unit Islamic University
Garden in Islamic University of Riau . of Riau Agro Garden is still in the stage of
Technical implementation Unit of improvement and development. In the
Agro Garden in Islamic University of Riau Technical implementation Unit of Agro
is a company that develops agribusiness Garden in Islamic University of Riau has
model (agribusiness) with hydroponics also not done the previous workload
Nutrien Film Technique (NFT) system. The analysis, it is expected with the analysis of
resulting products are green lettuce workload of resource management,
vegetables, romaine, pakchoy, butterhead Technical implementation Unit of Agro
and kailan. Several varieties are marketed to Garden in Islamic University of Riau can
several modern markets such as hyper mart be better. Proper division of labor and
and fruit market in Pekanbaru area. Company appropriate employee placement in terms
data shows that the average monthly of both quantity and competence, is
production of vegetables reaches 300 kg per expected to influence and encourage
462 m2. The amount has not been able to productivity Technical implementation
meet the needs of the market that reached 1- Unitof Agro Garden in Islamic University
1.5 tons / month in a sustainable manner. The of Riau to be higher with cost efficient.
big business opportunity owned by the
Technical implementation Unit of Agro
256
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
1.2. Problem Statement because in the Technical implementation

As a new company developing a Unit Islamic University of Riau Agro
hydroponic farming system, the Technical Garden has never done analysis of
implementation Unit of Agro Garden in workload before, it is expected with the
Islamic University of Riau still has not been analysis of workload of resource
able to meet all market demand, although this management, Technical implementation
business has been running for almost 3 years Unit Islamic University of Riau Agro
and the total area of the garden owned now Garden can be better
reaches 7.5 Ha. Production limitations This research has been conducted for
Technical implementation Unit of Agro four months from December to April 2017.
Garden in Islamic University of Riau is With activities including proposal making,
influenced by several factors, including those proposal improvement, proposal seminar,
related to the limited human resources owned. field observation, data retrieval, analyzing
So to overcome these problems and to data and writing final report..
improve productivity required better human
resource planning for existing human 2.2 Determination Method of
resources performance can be managed more Respondents
effectively and efficiently. The determination of respondents
One part of HR planning that can be was done purposively (sampling sampling)
done is workload analysis. Workload on organic vegetable farming in Technical
analysis aims to determine how many implementation Unit Islamic University of
workers are needed to complete a job and Riau Agro Garden. Respondents consist of
how much appropriate burden is assigned to production and marketing managers who
one worker (Marwansyah 2010). are expected to provide information in
1.3. Objective accordance with the needs of research.
To answer the problem, this research 2.3 Method of collecting data
is done with purpose, that is: (1) Identifying The data collected in this research
work phase of Labor in producing is primary data and secondary data.
hydroponics vegetables in echnical Primary data was obtained through direct
implementation Unit of Agro Garden in observation and interviewing the garden
Islamic University of Riau (2) Analyzing manager using a prepared questionnaire,
work time in production activity of ie data and information related to the
hydroponic vegetable commodity based on management of the hydroponics vegetable
workload analysis through FTE calculation. farm at Agro Garden in Islamic University
1.4. Benefits of Research of Riau.
The benefits of this research include: (1) Types of primary data collected
enriching science in the field of hydroponic include: production activities calculated
agriculture, (2) development for other based on the length of the work process or
science, (3) adding hydroponic insight for the stages of vegetable cultivation in
practitioners. Technical implementation Unit Islamic
Agro Garden in University of Riau.
2. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Secondary data is complementary data
2.1 Method Place and Time Research sourced from related relevant literature.
This study uses case study
method on the Technical implementation 2.4 Analyst of Data
Unit of Agro Garden Islamic University of Analysis of data to be used in this
Riau in Village Kubang Raya, Siak Hulu study can be explained as follows.
Subdistrict, Kampar District. Consideration
of choosing the location of this research
257
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
2.5 Identification of Stages of Labor To identify the job description on

Work on Hydroponics Vegetable hydroponic vegetable farming in
Farming In Technical implementation Technical implementation Unit of Agro
Unit of Agro Garden in Islamic Garden in Islamic University of Riau, it is
University of Riau. necessary to explain about hydroponic
To identify the job description of vegetable cultivation technique as applied
Hydroponics Vegetable Farming in to the farm.
Technical implementation Unit of Agro
Garden in Islamic University of Riau, will 3.1.1. Cultivation Technique
use qualitative descriptive analysis through Technically, the cultivation of
explanation of series of effective work stages hydroponics vegetables in Agro Garden
observed in accordance with technology of Islamic University of Riau using Nutrien
vegetable cultivation in hydroponics NFT. Film Technique (NFT) method. This
method has not been used by farmers in
2.6 Workload Analysis Activity general, therefore the translation of this
Production of vegetable commodities technique is expected to be a feasible
hydroponics at Technical guide to benefit hydroponic farming.
implementation Unit of Agro Garden
in Islamic University of Riau
To analyze the workload of hydroponic a. Preparation of Planting Media
vegetable commodity production activity In
the Technical implementation Unit of Islamic Planting media used in the
University of Riau Agro Garden, will use cultivation of hydroponic vegetables at
quantitative descriptive analysis through Full Agro Garden in Islamic University of Riau
Time Equivalent (FTE) calculation. is cocopeat or coconut powder.
Information:
F = Frequency of activity
performed
WA = time allocated to complete
the work
WPT = the amount of time used to
complete the job
FTE = Full Time Equivalent
Employee needs can be calculated after
the completion of the task is determined. The
number of personnel needs is calculated by
dividing the total number of task completion
times by effective working time and then
multiplied by one person.

3.1. Result of Identification Job
Description of Labor on
Hydroponics Vegetable Farm Of
Figure 3. Media Cocopeat, Netpot
Technical implementation Unit of
and Netpot Tray.
Agro Garden in Islamic University of
Riau
258
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
As a place of planting medium used netpot

with height 6 cm and diameter of 5 cm filled
media garden with weight 0,40 kg, besides
also used netpot tray as netpot place which
has been filled with planting medium and
seed for breeding. Netpot tray has a width of
35 cm and 70 cm long, in a netpot tray can be
filled as much as 40 netpot.
b. Seed Selection
Selection of seeds in the cultivation of
hydroponic vegetables is very important
because as a benchmark high low
productivity of hydroponic cultivation. Seeds
used in the cultivation of hydroponic
vegetables in Agro Garden Islamic Figure 4 Seedling Technique of
University of Riau are mostly still using Vegetable Hydroponics NFT.
imported seeds. The selection of seeds in the
study was in accordance with the opinion of d. Nurseries
Haryanto (2007), which states that the After the seeds 2-3 cm in size then
selection of seed is very important because given nutrients 1.5 cc every day for 10
the productivity of the plant depends on the days. Provision of nutrients is done every
benefits of selected seed day so that when the seeds have reached
c. Seedling Seed the age to be transferred to the greenhouse
treatment, the seeds can absorb nutrients
Seedlings for small seeds are done by so that the seeds can grow well.
placing the seeds above the netpot that has
been filled with the planting medium. For
green lettuce, red lettuce, butterhead and
mustard pakcoy the seeds used in the netpot
are only 1 seed per netpot. After finishing the
seedbed the seeds are stored in a green house,
before the netpot tray is covered with black
plastic tarpaulin / plastic first watered using
clean water. Closure using plastic / black
tarpaulin is done for 2-3 days until the seeds
germinate. Figure 5. Ten-day Hydroponics
Vegetable Seeds
e. Transplanting
Before transferring the 2-week-old
seedlings to the greenhouse the treatment
is firstly selected for seedlings that already
have roots that come out of the netpot 1-2
cm long, this is done so that the plants that
have been transferred to the greenhouse
259
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
treatments can absorb nutrients well. Before Nutrition dose with 1 week of plant age is
moving the vegetable seeds, fill the container 1.5 cc 2 weeks age is 1.8 cc 3 weeks age is
of water and give nutrition as much as 1.5 cc. 2 cc, and age 4 weeks until harvest as
Transfer the seeds from the nursery much as 2.5 cc. The nutrient solution has
greenhouse by bringing the netpot tray to the EC 1.5mS / cm in the 2-week NFT
treatment greenhouse and inserting the netpot hydroponic vegetable crop while the
into each gutter. Gutter is used as a nutrient solution for the 3-week-old plant
hydroponic vegetable treatment plant that has to panaen has an EC 2.5-3 mS / cm
been removed from the nursery, where the
gutter has a length of 6 meters and has a hole
netpot of 28 holes. In 1 rack gutters can be
filled with 6 gutters along the 12 meters
means that in 1 rack gutters have a hole
netpot as much as 336 holes.
Figure 6. Gutters and Seed Transfer Process Figure 7. Nutrition and Nutrition
Delivery Process
f. Giving Nutrition
g. Treatment Plant
Nutrition is essential for the
The treatment of hydroponic NFT
development of NFT hydroponics vegetables.
vegetables is done with special attention.
Nutrition used consists of two groups,
Hydroponic plants are particularly
namely nutrition wiraagro A and wiraagro B.
vulnerable if water and nutrient content
Nutrition wiraagro A with Ca (NO3) 2. 4H20,
are not circulated perfectly, causing the
(CH2N (CH2.COO) 2) 2 and wiraagro B with
plants to die. Treatments include:
KNO3, KH2PO4, MgSO4 content. 7H2O,
checking the nutrient content in the water
MnSO4. H2O, H3B02, CNSO4. 7H2O,
reservoir, checking the pH of water,
CuSO4. 5H20, (NH4) 6Mo7024. 4H20. Both
checking the water pipes to avoid clogging
nutrients A and B are each thawed in a vat
with dirt, cleaning the water container
containing 100 liters of water for a sack of
once every 10 days to avoid bacteria that
wiraagro nutrients. Nutrition wiraagro A and
can interfere with hydroponic vegetable
B are given with the same dose.
crops, the selection of plants contaminated
Nutrition is done daily with different by disease so as not to spread to other
doses according to the age of the plant.
260
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
plants and clean the weeds that grow under h. Harvest and Post Harvest
the rack gutters. Harvesting is done at the age of 28-30
day hydroponic vegetables by selecting
qualified hydroponic vegetables.
Harvesting using a knife or scissors by
cutting the stem of the plant. Harvesting is
done when the vegetables will be sent to
the consumer, this is done so that
hydroponic vegetables remain in a fresh
state.
The marketing of hydroponic vegetables
is heavily influenced by post-harvest
treatment. After the hydroponic
vegetables are cut then weighed using
electric scales then in packing using clear
plastic labeled Islamic University of Riau
and pressed to be protected and easy in
marketing.
3.1.2 Results of Workplace Stage

Identification
Picture 8. Checking the pH of Water and Based on the observations, it can be
Hydroponics Equipment NFT identified the stages of work in the process
of producing hydroponic vegetables as
follows:
Table 3 Identification of Occupational Stages in the process of producing hydroponic

vegetables
No Steps Description Stage
1 Preparation of planting - Preparing the media cocopeat
- Cleaned the remaining cocopeat on the netpot and the
previous nursery tray
- Enter cocopeat into netpot
- Clean gutter and sink
- Checking the performance of water pump machines and
electrical installations
- Sterilized greenhouse from pest by spraying insecticide
2 Seedlings and - Choosing a quality seed
nurseries - Plant the seeds into the netpot that has been prepared on
each tray
- Watering the nursery
- Close the seedbed with plastic / black tarpaulin to
accelerate the growth of sprouts
- Perform routine maintenance (nutrition and anticipation
of pests and diseases)
- Doing embroidery (replacing dead plants with new ones)
- Selecting plant seeds to be moved into the gutter rack
261
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
No Steps Description Stage

3 Transplanting - Fill the water reservoir
(transfer phase from - Submit nutrients in shelter
pre nursery to main - Measure the concentration of the solution as needed
nursery) - Measuring the pH of water
- Transfer the seeds that are 2 weeks old to the greenhouse
and placed on each plant hole on the gutter
4 Maintenance - check the nutrient content in the water reservoir,
- check the pH of water,
- checking the water pipes to keep them from getting
clogged with dirt,
- clean a water container on 10 days to avoid bacteria that
can interfere with hydroponic vegetable crops,
- Selecting the plants contaminated by the disease so as
not to spread to other plants
- Clean the weeds that grow under the rack of gutters.
5 Harvest and post - Cutting plants that can already be harvested
harvest - Standardize and grading vegetables of similar size and
quality
- Ready the weight of vegetables as per packing
requirement
- Packing vegetables with labeled plastic
- Making a plastic packing pressing
- Deliver vegetables to the destination markets.
The results of identification of the Based on observations and

stages of work on hydroponic vegetable interviews, the number of working days in
farming in the Technical implementation a year is 365 days, then minus the day of
Unit Islamic University of Riau Agro Garden the week per year that is 52 days, national
shows that there are five stages to be done, holiday 18 days, leave 14 days to get the
namely from the preparation of planting number of working days is 281 working
media to post-harvest. This activity is days in a year. Working time in one day ie
routinely done every production period that is for 8 hours. So in a year produces effective
for more or less 45 working days. working time of 2,248 hours per year with
3.2. Workload on Production Activities an average efficiency factor of 87.5% or
of Hydroponics Vegetable 118,020 minutes/year.
Commodity at Technical 3.2.1. Productive Working Time
implementation Unit of Agro Garden What is meant by productive
In Islamic University of Riau activities are all activities related to the
In agricultural activities, effective main tasks and job descriptions of
timing differs from the effective timing of employees, so it can be said that apart
other activities. This is because human from it is an activity that is not productive.
resources such as farmers do a series of work Based on the concept, the productive
every day. Technical implementation Unit of working time in hydroponic vegetable
Agro Garden in Islamic University of Riau is farming in Technical implementation Unit
a business engaged in agriculture, namely of Agro Garden in Islamic University of
hydroponic agriculture with the main product Riau is the time used only to perform the
of vegetables that perform daily production stages of work as described earlier.
activities.
259
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
Observation result of productive implementation Unit of Agro Garden in

working time employed by employees in Islamic University of Riau can be seen in
hydroponics vegetable farming in Technical Table 4.
Table 4. Productive Working Time Per Production Process at Stages of Hydroponics

Vegetables Work in Technical Implementation Unit of Agro Garden In Islamic University
of Riau
Productive Time
No Job Stage
Minutes Percent
1 Preparation of planting 2.520 25,85
2 Seedlings and nurseries 1.650 16,92
3 Transplanting 420 4,31
4 Maintenance 4.320 44,31
5 Harvest and post harvest 840 8,62
Total 9.750 100,00
In Table 4.2 it can be explained that has not been productive in order to be
the highest use of productive work time is at utilized by the management in managing
the stage of plant care of 44.31%. Based on hydroponics vegetable farming in Technical
the observation, it is known that the stages implementation Unit of Agro Garden in
of work is an activity of vegetable Islamic University of Riau to be more
production process that is very important efficient.
and requires special attention and accuracy If it is assumed that the duration of
in the process, such as checking the nutrient work in one production process is 45
content in the water reservoir, checking the working days, one working day is
water ph, check the water pipe so as not calculated for 8 hours, then the available
clogged by dirt, water on every 10 days to time is 21,600 minutes. In addition, based
avoid bacteria that can interfere with on the previous calculation, it is known that
hydroponic vegetable crops, selecting productive working time is 9,750 minutes.
plants contaminated with the disease so as So that the working time is not productive
not to spread to other plants, to clean weeds as much as 11,850 minutes. This indicates
that grow under the gutters. that there is time left for the management to
Furthermore, the lowest productive empower the workforce (employee) on
working time is at the stage of transplanting other productive activities so that the
plants from pre nursery to main nursery of allocation of labor usage can be optimized.
4.31%. Based on the observation, it is
known that the job activity is a one-time 3.2.2. Work Time Optimization
work activity in the production process, Through Calculation Full Time
such as filling the water reservoir, Equivalent (FTE)
dissolving the nutrients in the storage basin,
measuring the concentration of the solution The method of calculating workload
as needed, measuring the pH of water, with FTE is the time calculation method
transferring the seeds that are 2 weeks old used to complete various jobs compared to
greenhouse and placed on each plant hole the effective working time available. FTE
on the gutter. aims to simplify work measurements by
Based on the explanation of the use changing hours of workload to the number
of productive working time, it can be of people needed to complete a particular
calculated also how much work time that job. Table 5 shows the calculation of
260
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
workload and FTE for employees Technical

implementation Unit of Agro unit in Islamic
University of Riau.
Table 5. Workload and FTE calculations for employees Technical implementation Unit of
Agro Garden in Islamic University of Riau
F WA WPT FTE
No Activity (times /
minutes minutes Mins/year
year)
1 Preparation Planting 6 2520 420 0,00356
Preparing the media cocopeat 6 240 40 0,00034
Clean up the remaining cocopeat on 6 960 160 0,00136
the netpot and the previous nursery
tray
Insert the cocopeat into the netpot 6 480 80 0,00068
Cleaning gutter and reservoir 6 480 80 0,00068
Check the performance of the water 6 120 20 0,00017
pump machine and electrical
installation
Sterilization of greenhouse from pest 6 240 40 0,00034
by spraying insecticide
2 Seedlings and nurseries 6 1650 275 0,00233
Choosing a quality seed 6 60 10 0,00008
Plant the seeds into the prepared 6 120 20 0,00017
netpot on each tray
Watering the nursery 6 60 10 0,00008
Closed the seedbed with plastic / 6 30 5 0,00004
black tarpaulin to accelerate the
growth of sprouts
Perform routine maintenance 6 1200 200 0,00169
(nutrition and anticipation of pests
and diseases)
Perform stitching (replacing dead plants with 6 60 10 0,00008
new ones)
Selecting plant seeds to be moved into the 6 120 20 0,00017
gutter rack
3 Transplanting 6 420 70 0,00059
Filling the water reservoir 6 60 10 0,00008
Dissolving nutrients in a reservoir 6 60 10 0,00008
Measure concentration of solution as needed 6 30 5 0,00004
Measure water pH 6 30 5 0,00004
Transfer the seeds that are 2 weeks old to the 6 240 40 0,00034
greenhouse and placed on each plant hole on
the gutter
4 Maintenance 6 4320 720 0,00610
checking the nutrient content in the water 6 900 150 0,00127
reservoir,
checking the pH of water, 6 900 150 0,00127
checking the water pipeline so as not to be 6 900 150 0,00127
clogged by dirt,
cleaning the water container once every 10 18 360 20 0,00017
days to avoid bacteria that can interfere with
hydroponic vegetable crops,
Dissecting plants contaminated by the disease 6 900 150 0,00127
so as not to spread to other plants
Clean the weeds that grow under the gutters 261 6 360 60 0,00051
rack.
5 Harvest and Post-harvest 6 840 140 0,00119
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
F WA WPT FTE
No Activity (times /
minutes minutes Mins/year
year)
4 Maintenance 6 4320 720 0,00610
checking the nutrient content in the water 6 900 150 0,00127
reservoir,
checking the pH of water, 6 900 150 0,00127
checking the water pipeline so as not to be 6 900 150 0,00127
clogged by dirt,
cleaning the water container once every 10 18 360 20 0,00017
days to avoid bacteria that can interfere with
hydroponic vegetable crops,
Dissecting plants contaminated by the disease 6 900 150 0,00127
so as not to spread to other plants
Clean the weeds that grow under the gutters 6 360 60 0,00051
rack.
5 Harvest and Post-harvest 6 840 140 0,00119
Cut plants that can be harvested 6 240 40 0,00034
Standardize and grading vegetables of similar 6 120 20 0,00017
size and quality
Weighing vegetables according to packing 12 60 5 0,00004
needs
Packing vegetables with labeled plastic 6 120 20 0,00017
Perform plastic packing pressing 6 60 10 0,00008
Deliver vegetables to the destination markets 6 240 40 0,00034
FTE Total 0,01377
Information:
F = Frequency of activity performed
WA = time allocated to complete the work
WPT = the amount of time used to complete the job
FTE = Full Time Equivalent
Dewi and Satrya (2012) reveal the other activities. At the maintenance stage
implication of FTE value is divided into 3 there is activity of checking nutrient content
types namely overload, normal, and in water reservoir, water pH, pipeline. The
underload. Based on the workload analysis activity can be done in conjunction with the
guidelines issued by the State Personnel activity of sowing plants contaminated with
Board in 2010, the total FTE index value the disease so as not to spread to other plants
above the 1.28 value is considered overload, and to clean the weeds that grow under the
between 1 to 1.28 is considered normal gutters. Likewise with other activities that
whereas if the FTE index value is between can be combined because the process is the
0 up to 0.99 is considered underload or same time.
workload is still lacking. Therefore, based Activities that can be eliminated or
on the calculation results obtained FTE done simultaneously can change the
value on hydroponic vegetable farming in working time to be more effective, so that
Technical implementation Unit Islamic the necessary improvement on hydroponic
University of Riau Agro Garden of 0.01377 vegetable production activities that enable
which indicates that the workload of to make these activities more effective. In
employees are under under conditions. most cases, improvements are made with
In the collection of hydroponic the addition of technology. Therefore, the
vegetable production activities, there are improvement of technology to be one
activities that can be done together with recommendation that can be given to the
262
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
business of hydroponics vegetables in the

Technical implementation Unit of Agro 4. CONCLUSION
Garden in Islamic University of Riau. 1.The identification of stages of work on
hydroponic vegetable farming in
3.2.3. Number of Manpower Technical implementation Unit Islamic
Requirements University of Riau Agro Garden consists
Workload analysis and employee of five stages, namely the preparation
requirement calculation are basic of HR stage of planting, nursery, transplanting,
planning in Technical implementation Unit maintenance, harvest and postharvest.
of Agro Garden in Islamic University of Each stage has a specific description that
Riau. Human resource planning is a key has been adapted to the cultivation
function that must be implemented within technology.
the organization, to ensure that the right 2. FTE value on hydroponic vegetable
workforce is available to occupy the right farming in Technical implementation
positions, positions and jobs at the right Unit Islamic University of Riau Agro
time. All of that is in order to achieve the Garden of 0.01377 indicating that the
goals and targets that have been and will be workload of employees are under under
determined (Sutrisno 2010). Mistakes in conditions.
human resource planning can have a
negative impact on business because they 5. SUGGESTION
can lead to major organizational Mistakes in HR planning can have a
inefficiencies related to labor financing. negative impact on business because it will
The result of the research indicates lead to the inefficiency of major
that the number of manpower available has organizations related to labor financing. If
less workload (under load). The current labor reduction policy can not be done, then
number of workers is three, consisting of the recommended solution for this effort to
one manager, one administration and one run effectively and efficiently is the
technical executive. Therefore, if labor application of Job Enrichment and Job
reduction policy can not be done, there are Enlargement.
some solutions that can be recommended so
that this business can run effectively and REFERENCES
efficiently. Adawiyah, W. dan Sukmawati, A. 2013.
First, Job Enrichment. Job Analisis Beban Kerja Sumber Daya
Enrichment is a fundamental change in the Manusia dalam Aktivitas Produksi
content and obligations of a work that gives Komoditi Sayuran Selada (Studi
a greater challenge to employees (Mondy Kasus: CV Spirit Wira Utama).
2008). Job Enrichment can be applied to off Jurnal Manajemen dan Organisasi
farm activities. Vol IV, No. 2. Hal 129-143.
Second, Job Enlargement. Job Dewi, U. dan Satrya, A. 2012. Analisis
Enlargement is an increase in the number of Kebutuhan Tenaga Kerja
tasks an employee has to perform, where all Berdasarkan Beban Kerja Karyawan
the tasks are at the same level of Pada PT PLN (Persero) Distribusi
responsibility (Mondy 2008). If the current Jakarta Raya dan Tangerang Bidang
HR administration only doing financially Sumber Daya Manusia dan
and marketing only, then the job Organisasi. Jurusan Manajemen
enlargement of human resources SDM Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas
administration can also do activities related Indonesia:
to the production process. http://www.aisi.or.id/statistic/
263
ISBN: 978-979-3793-73-3
diakses pada tanggal 9 September Analysis dalam Pengelolaan SDM.

2013. Pengelolaan SDM Dalam Rangka
Edison, E. 2010. Human Resource Modernisasi Layanan
Development Pengembangan Suleman, W., Andaki. J.A. dan Rarung. L.K.
Sumber Daya Manusia. Alfabeta, 2015. Analisis Beban Kerja
Bandung. Produksi Perusahaan Pembekuan
Haryanto, W, T. Suhartini dan E, rahayu. Ikan (Studi Kasus CV. Muara Mina
2007. Teknik Penanaman Sawi dan Kelurahan Girian Bawah
Selada Secara Hidroponik. Penebar Kecamatan Girian Kota Bitung).
Swadaya. Jurnal AKULTURASI : Vol. III
Kementrian Pendayagunaan Aparatur No.6 Hal 171-176.
Negara Republik Indonesia. 2004. Sutrisno E. 2010. Manajemen Sumber Daya
Pedoman Perhitungan Kebutuhan Manusia. Jakarta (ID): Kencana
Pegawai Berdasarkan Beban Kerja Prenada Media Group
dalam Rangka Penyusunan Formasi Tim Karya Tani Mandiri. 2010. Pedoman
Pegawai Negeri Sipil (Kep. Budidaya Secara Hidroponik NFT.
Men.PAN Nomor: Nuansa Aulia, Bandung.
KEP/75/M.PAN/2004). Kementrian Tridoyo dan Sriyanto. Analisis Beban Kerja
Pendayagunaan Aparatur Negara Dengan Metode Full Time
Republik Indonesia. Equivalent Untuk Mengoptimalkan
Marwansyah. 2010. Manajemen Sumber Kinerja Karyawan Pada Pt Astra
Daya Manusia Edisi Kedua. International Tbk-Honda Sales
Alfabeta, Bandung. Operation Region Semarang.
Mondy RW. 2008. Manajemen Sumber Industrial Enginerering Online
Daya Manusia, Jilid 1 Edisi 10. Journal. Vol. 3 No. 2.
Jakarta (ID): Erlangga. Untung, O. 2001. Hidroponik
Oesman, O. 2012 Penerapan Penggunaan Sayuran Sistem NFT (Nutrient Flim
FTE RACI dan Head Count Tecnique). Penebar Swadaya, Jakarta
264

67447ee78427 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

67447ee78427 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

67447ee78427 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROCEEDNG

International Conference on Science Engineering

Conference Co-Chair Science: Conference Co-Chair Social:

Technical Program Chair:

Technical Program Committees:

Hitoshi Irie, Ph.D Kuen-Song Lin, Ph.D

Dr. Wahyudi Sutopo Dr. Zulfatman

Organizing Committee: Secretary:

FOREWORD FROM CHAIR OF ICOSET & ICOSEEH

In the name of Allah, Most Gracious, Most Merciful

Pekanbaru, 8th November 2017

Dr. Evizal Abdul Kadir, M.Eng

FOREWORD FROM RECTOR

Pekanbaru, 8th November 2017

Prof. Dr. H. Syafrinaldi, SH., MCL

International Conference on Science Engineering and

Auditorium Rectorat 4th Floor

12.00-13.00 Lunch Break Committee 3rd

13.00-15.00 Parallel Session 1 Moderator

Arbi Haza Nasution, Yohei Similarity Cluster of Indonesian Ethnic

7 1015 Sutriana And Shallot Varieties to Growth and Yield

Wahyuning Laily Household Mother In Rejotangan District

Fathra Annis Nauli1,

Husnul Kausarian, Batara, Measurement of Electric Grid Transmission

Determining Sliders Position by Using

Utilization Of Palm Oil Waste With

11 1018 Education Program

Rosyadi, Agusnimar, Abdul Giving Chlorella sp with Different Amount

Organizing Committee -------------------------------------------------------------------- i

1013:Sandstone Reservoir Characteristic Based on Surficial Geological

1027: Green Beans Plant Response (Vigna Radiata L) On Liquid Organic

Nur Khamdi, Muhammad Imam Determining Sliders Position by Using

Design Self Service Software Prototype For

FEASIBILITY STUDY ON SOLAR POWER GENERATION

Evizal Abdul Kadir1, Ahmed A. Al Absi2, Sri Listia Rosa3

Keywords: Solar Power, Feasibility Study, UIR

Figure 1. Generation of electricity from a PV cell

Figure 2. Ground-mounted array diagram

Module technologies are and nontoxic. It builds on a strong industry

Typical overall efficiency of silicon of grain-boundaries (i.e., multiple crystals)

Figure 3. Mono and multi crystalline solar panels.

3. METHODOLOGY generation from solar panels in UIR campus.

Figure 4. The proposed attachment of reflectors.

were done to evaluate the robustness of the

Figure 5. Map of Pekanbaru in Riau.

Both height and latitude is measured important of the photovoltaic system

Table 1. Total irradiance of energy

Average annual irradiation long-term, depend on the location PLTS. Land-based

shows an estimate monthly potential energy

Figure 6. Estimated monthly graph of energy produced

Figure 7. Estimated monthly energy losses

5. CONCLUSION [6] W. Wu, K. Wang, B. Han, G. Li, X.

http://solar.calfinder.com/blog/solar- Energy Information Administration. (2009).

SIMILARITY CLUSTER OF INDONESIAN ETHNIC

Keywords: lexicostatistic, language similarity, hierarchical clustering, k-means

1. INTRODUCTION Similarity Judgment Program

Figure 1. Indonesian Ethnic Languages Level of Development or Endangerment

Table 1. Modification of Swadesh List

Table 2. Levenshtein Distance Algorithm